US20170071862A1 - Protecting oral overdose with abuse deterrent immediate release formulations - Google Patents

Protecting oral overdose with abuse deterrent immediate release formulations Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20170071862A1
US20170071862A1 US15/260,643 US201615260643A US2017071862A1 US 20170071862 A1 US20170071862 A1 US 20170071862A1 US 201615260643 A US201615260643 A US 201615260643A US 2017071862 A1 US2017071862 A1 US 2017071862A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
dosage form
active ingredient
pharmacologically active
particle
form according
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US15/260,643
Other versions
US10842750B2 (en
Inventor
Klaus WENING
Sebastian Schwier
Ulrike Bertram
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Gruenenthal GmbH
Original Assignee
Gruenenthal GmbH
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Gruenenthal GmbH filed Critical Gruenenthal GmbH
Assigned to Grünenthal GmbH reassignment Grünenthal GmbH ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SCHWIER, SEBASTIAN, DR., WENING, KLAUS, DR., BERTRAM, ULRIKE, DR.
Publication of US20170071862A1 publication Critical patent/US20170071862A1/en
Priority to US17/086,702 priority Critical patent/US20210046009A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US10842750B2 publication Critical patent/US10842750B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1605Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/1629Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/1641Organic macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyethylene glycol, poloxamers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/135Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A61K31/137Arylalkylamines, e.g. amphetamine, epinephrine, salbutamol, ephedrine or methadone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/135Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A61K31/138Aryloxyalkylamines, e.g. propranolol, tamoxifen, phenoxybenzamine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A61K31/167Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the nitrogen of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. lidocaine, paracetamol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/485Morphinan derivatives, e.g. morphine, codeine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/205Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, gums; Cyclodextrin
    • A61K9/2054Cellulose; Cellulose derivatives, e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/4808Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate characterised by the form of the capsule or the structure of the filling; Capsules containing small tablets; Capsules with outer layer for immediate drug release
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1682Processes
    • A61K9/1694Processes resulting in granules or microspheres of the matrix type containing more than 5% of excipient

Definitions

  • the invention relates to a pharmaceutical dosage form which is particularly useful for the prevention of an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • drugs have a potential for being abused or misused, i.e. they can be used to produce effects which are not consistent with their intended use.
  • Examples of commonly abused drugs include psychoactive drugs, anxiolytics, sedative hypnotics, stimulants, depressants, and analgesics such as narcotic analgesics, among others.
  • drugs which have a psychotropic effect e.g. opioids, morphine derivatives, barbiturates, amphetamines, ketamine, and other drugs, are abused to induce euphoric states similar to being intoxicated, and can cause psychological or physical dependence.
  • Some common techniques for intentionally abusing a drug begin with an abuser obtaining a solid dosage form such as an orally administered tablet or capsule, and crushing the solid dosage form into a powder.
  • the powder may be administered by an abuser by nasal insufflation (i.e., “snorting”) to introduce the drug to the abuser's bloodstream intranasally.
  • the crushed dosage form may be combined with a solvent that is capable of dissolving the drug, and the solvent with the dissolved drug may be injected directly into an abuser's bloodstream. This type of administration results in an even faster diffusion of the drug compared to the oral abuse, with the result desired by the abuser, namely the kick.
  • aversive agents and/or antagonists in dosage forms in a manner so that they only produce their aversive and/or antagonizing effects when the dosage forms are tampered with.
  • aversive agents e.g. bitter substances, irritants, colorants, emetics, and the like
  • Another concept to prevent abuse relies on the mechanical properties of the pharmaceutical dosage forms, particularly an increased breaking strength (resistance to crushing).
  • the mechanical properties, particularly the high breaking strength of these pharmaceutical dosage forms renders them tamper-resistant.
  • the major advantage of such pharmaceutical dosage forms is that comminuting, particularly pulverization, by conventional means, such as grinding in a mortar or fracturing by means of a hammer, is impossible or at least substantially impeded.
  • the pulverization, necessary for abuse of the dosage forms, by the means that are usually available to a potential abuser is prevented or at least complicated.
  • Such pharmaceutical dosage forms are useful for avoiding drug abuse of the drug contained therein, as they may not be powdered by conventional means and thus, cannot be administered in powdered form, e.g. nasally.
  • break resistant pharmaceutical dosage forms it can be referred to, e.g., WO 2005/016313, WO 2005/016314, WO 2005/063214, WO 2005/102286, WO 2006/002883, WO 2006/002884, WO 2006/002886, WO 2006/082097, WO 2006/082099, WO 2008/107149, WO 2009/092601, WO 2011/009603, WO 2011/009602, WO 2009/135680, WO 2011/095314, WO 2012/028317, WO 2012/028318, WO 2012/028319, WO 2011/009604, WO 2013/017242, WO 2013/017234, WO 2013/050539, WO 2013/127830, WO 2013/0723
  • Still another concept to prevent abuse relies on the presence of auxiliary substances that increase the viscosity of the resultant composition when the dosage forms are tampered with, e.g. when they are subjected to liquids in order to prepare formulations for parenteral administration, e.g. intravenous injection.
  • Said auxiliary substances increase the viscosity of the resultant compositions to such an extent that the liquids cannot be drawn-up in syringes. While it may be possible to extract the drug from the dosage form at least to a certain extent, the extract is not useful for subsequent abuse.
  • WO 2015/103379 A1 discloses abuse-resistant, immediate-release liquid pharmaceutical compositions comprising a mixture of an effective amount at least one pharmaceutically active agent susceptible to abuse, an organic vehicle, a surfactant, a co-solvent, and optionally a viscosity-building polymer; wherein said organic vehicle, surfactant, and co-solvent co-elute with the pharmaceutically active agent when exposed to a solvent, and wherein the viscosity-building polymer is present in an amount that slows the release of the pharmaceutically active agent if multiple unit doses of the composition are administered.
  • the compositions shall reduce the likelihood of improper administration of drugs that are susceptible to abuse.
  • the compositions contain abuse deterrent agents that cause discomfort to the user when administered in an improper manner and make the extraction of an active ingredient more difficult.
  • an abuser might simply ingest multiple units (e.g., tablets) of the dosage form together, e.g., simultaneously. Each one of the multiple dosage form units—immediately releases an amount of drug to produce a short-term concentration spike of the drug in the user's bloodstream and a desired “high” in the user.
  • WO 2008/107149 discloses a multiparticulate pharmaceutical form with impeded abuse including at least one active ingredient with the potential for abuse (A), at least one synthetic or natural polymer (C), optionally at least one natural, semi-synthetic, or synthetic wax (D), at least one disintegrant (E), and optionally one or more additional physiologically tolerable excipients (B), wherein the individual particles of the pharmaceutical form have a breaking strength of at least 500 N and an active ingredient release of at least 75% after 45 minutes, measured according to Pharm. Eur. in the paddle mixer with a sinker in a 600 ml aqueous buffer solution with a pH value of 1.2 at 37° C. and 75 revolutions per minute.
  • WO 2013/017242 and WO 2013/017234 relate to a tamper-resistant tablet comprising a matrix material in an amount of more than one third of the total weight of the tablet; and a plurality of particulates in an amount of less than two thirds of the total weight of the tablet; wherein said particulates comprise a pharmacologically active compound and a polyalkylene oxide; and form a discontinuous phase within the matrix material.
  • US 2015 0118300 A1 discloses oral dosage forms that contain abuse-deterrent features and that contain core-shell polymers that include an active pharmaceutical ingredient, with particular examples including immediate release dosage forms that contain a drug that is commonly susceptible to abuse.
  • US 2015 0118302 A1 and US 2015 0118303 A1 disclose immediate release oral dosage forms that contain abuse-deterrent features.
  • the disclosed dosage forms provide deterrence of abuse by ingestion of multiple individual doses.
  • the disclosed dosage forms provide protection from overdose in the event of accidental or intentional ingestion of multiple individual doses.
  • the dosage forms have a relatively complex construction of a) core-shell particles comprising: a core; an active pharmaceutical layer surrounding the core; at least one layer surrounding the active pharmaceutical layer, the at least one layer comprising a pH-sensitive film comprising pH-sensitive polymer that is insoluble in water at a pH greater than 5 and is soluble in water at a pH below 5; and b) a matrix comprising a disintegrant and a gelling polymer.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms should be particularly useful for avoiding or preventing of an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • a first aspect of the invention relates to a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient a and a polymer matrix which comprises a polyalkylene oxide having an average molecular weight of at least 200,000 g/mol; preferably of at least 500,000 g/mol;
  • a single dosage form provides under physiological conditions fast release, more preferably immediate release of the pharmacologically active ingredient a; and wherein at least a portion of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is contained in one or more particles A which comprise the polymer matrix in which the pharmacologically active ingredient a is embedded; for use in the prevention of an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • the overdose that is to be prevented is the result of an accidental or intentional simultaneous oral administration of a plurality of not-manipulated dosage forms, i.e. the plurality of dosage forms is preferably intact and with respect to an individual dosage form present in prescribed form.
  • the only deviation from the prescribed mode of administration and prescribed route of administration is the number of the administered dosage forms, namely a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • the dosage forms according to the invention provide deterrence against abuse by multi-tablet dosing (multi-dosage-form-dosing). More specifically, in vitro testing of dosage forms was performed by conducting dissolution testing of one or more dosage forms (tablets) in various volumes of 0.1N HCL maintained at 37° C. using a 25 rpm and 50 rpm paddle speed. At 25 rpm the amount (percentage per tablet) of pharmacologically active ingredient a (opioid) and pharmacologically active ingredient b (acetaminophen) released in the media is reduced with an increase in the number of tablets, whereas at 50 rpm this effect was less pronounced or could not be observed.
  • the dosage forms according to the invention provide a method of preventing a short-term concentration spike of the drug in the bloodstream of a patient who is prescribed the drug, or in the bloodstream of an abuser who consumes the drug for recreational purposes, in the event that a patient or the abuser intentionally or unintentionally consumes a supratherapeutic dose of the drug.
  • dosage forms as described herein provide a method whereby a drug overdose may be prevented in the event that a patient intentionally or unintentionally consumes a supratherapeutic dose of the drug.
  • supratherapeutic is meant a dose that exceeds what would normally be prescribed for therapy, for example a dose in excess of four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven or twelve individual dose units (e.g., tablets, capsules, etc.).
  • the dosage formas according to the invention are useful for the prevention of an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a after accidental or intentional simultaneous preferably oral administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • the advantages of the dosage form according to the invention do not only affect the pharmacologically active ingredient a that is embedded in the polyalkylene oxide in particle(s) A, but also the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b that may be present elsewhere in the dosage form.
  • dosage forms that additionally are crush resistant, i.e. have an increased breaking strength, at least with respect to particle(s) A comprising the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • Some tamper-resistant dosage forms of the prior art have also been used to avoid an overdose of the drug contained therein. Said overdose, however, is not the result of a simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the drug (multi-tablet dosing), but the result of an acceleration of the release profile and/or the result of the change of the route of administration.
  • the dose of the drug that was originally contained in the dosage form is absorbed by the organism in a faster manner thereby leading to a transient increase of the plasma level.
  • the dosage forms according to the invention can be preferably formulated to provide an immediate release profile of the pharmacologically active ingredient a as well as of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, and can also be prepared to include effective or advantageous abuse deterrent features that are effective to deter abuse of the same (e.g., one that is commonly susceptible to abuse) that exhibits the immediate release profile.
  • the dosage forms according to the invention combine immediate release with broad abuse resistance for multiple abuse modalities including multi-tablet dosing.
  • the dosage forms according to the invention can provide an immediate release profile, and can at the same time include abuse deterrent features that provide general abuse deterrence or abuse resistance.
  • the dosage forms can also be more specifically characterized as resistant to certain common methods of abuse, such as 1) abuse by injection, 2) abuse by nasal insufflation, and 3) abuse by multi-tablet dosing by oral consumption, meaning simultaneous oral ingestion of multiple or excessive quantities of orally administered dosage forms such as tablets or capsules.
  • the third mode of abuse, multi-tablet dosing is particularly common with immediate release dosage forms and is particularly difficult to defend against by design of a dosage form structure or by formulation. Accordingly, that the dosage forms according to the invention can be effective to prevent or deter abuse (or even accidental overdose) by the mode of multi-tablet dosing is a particularly useful feature of the dosage forms according to the invention.
  • the concept underlying the dosage forms according to the invention provides a high degree in flexibility concerning dosage, release profile, tamper-resistance, patient compliance, ease of manufacture and the like.
  • the dosage forms according to the invention can be prepared from a variety of components that are separately prepared. Specific selection of specific components from said variety of components allows for tailoring dosage forms satisfying a large variety of different requirements. For example, it is possible to make available a variety of three different types of particle(s) A that differ e.g. in their content of pharmacologically active compound a.
  • particles A 1 , A 2 and A 3 may contain a dosage of 0.25 mg
  • particles A 2 may contain a dosage of 1.50 mg
  • particles A 3 may contain a dosage of 3.50 mg, such that a total dosage of e.g. 5.00 mg pharmacologically active ingredient a can be achieved by
  • Another advantage of the concept underlying the dosage forms according to the invention is that nearly every combination may be either filled into capsules or may be compressed into tablets.
  • This flexibility has particular advantages when providing tamper-resistant products that need to satisfy the confidence requirements with respect to the marketing authorization for the initial non-tamper-resistant product.
  • the present invention makes available at a high degree of flexibility tamper-resistant counterparts to existent non-tamper-resistant products. If in initial tests the confidence intervals are not met, the present invention provides easy and predictable measures for slightly altering the properties of the dosage form in order to meet the confidence requirements.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates the preferred behavior of the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention when being subjected to a breaking strength test, in particular their deformability.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the behavior of conventional particle(s) when being subjected to a breaking strength test.
  • FIGS. 3 and 4 show the release profiles of exemplified dosage according to the invention that comprise two pharmacologically active ingredients, namely hydrocodone and acetaminophen.
  • FIG. 3 shows the in vitro release profiles of exemplified dosage forms with respect to the release of hydrocodone (pharmacologically active ingredient a) when testing a single dosage form, a multitude of 5 dosage forms and a multitude of 10 dosage forms expressed in mg of hydrocodone release per tablet.
  • FIG. 4 shows the in vitro release profiles of exemplified dosage forms with respect to the release of acetaminophen (pharmacologically active ingredient b) when testing a single dosage form, a multitude of 5 dosage forms and a multitude of 10 dosage forms expressed in mg of hydrocodone release per tablet.
  • FIGS. 5 and 6 illustrate preferred embodiments of pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention that comprise two pharmacologically active ingredients a and b.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates preferred embodiments of pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention.
  • FIG. 5A illustrates a capsule comprising a multitude of particles A ( 1 ) and pharmacologically active ingredient b that is contained outside the particles A in an outer matrix material, here shown in form of granules ( 2 ).
  • Particles A ( 1 ) may additionally comprise a portion b A of pharmacologically active ingredient b and/or a coating comprising a portion b C of pharmacologically active ingredient b.
  • the capsule according to FIG. 5B additionally comprises a portion b B of pharmacologically active ingredient b contained in particles B ( 3 )
  • the capsule according to FIG. 5C additionally comprises a portion b P of pharmacologically active ingredient b in form of a powder ( 4 ); thus, according to this embodiment, the outer matrix material comprises granules ( 2 ) as well as powder ( 4 ).
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the corresponding preferred embodiments of FIG. 5 where the dosage form is provided as a tablet comprising an outer matrix material ( 5 ) in which particles A ( 1 ), the optionally present granules ( 2 ), the optionally present particles B ( 3 ) and/or the optionally present powder are embedded. It is also possible that said outer matrix material ( 5 ) consists of granules ( 2 ), and the optionally present particles B ( 3 ) and/or the optionally present powder.
  • FIG. 7 schematically illustrates the TIMagc system that was used in Examples 2 and 3 (Inventive vs. Comparative).
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a comparison of the fasted state experiments according to Example 2 for hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a comparison of the fed state experiments according to Example 2 for hydrocodone.
  • FIGS. 10A, 10B and 10C illustrate a comparison of fasted versus fed state experiments for hydrocodone according to Example 2.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a comparison of the fasted state experiments according to Example 2 for acetaminophen.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a comparison of the fed state experiments according to Example 2 for acetaminophen.
  • FIGS. 13A, 13B and 13C illustrate a comparison of fasted versus fed state experiments for acetaminophen according to Example 2.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a comparison of fasted state experiments for amphetamine (capsules and tablets) according to Example 3.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates a comparison of fed state experiments for amphetamine (capsules and tablets) according to Example 3.
  • FIGS. 16A, 16B and 16C illustrate a comparison of fasted versus fed state experiments for amphetamine (capsules and tablets) according to Example 3.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a comparison of fasted state experiments for amphetamine (pellets) according to Example 3.
  • pharmaceutical dosage form refers to a pharmaceutical entity comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient a which is actually administered to, or taken by, a patient, preferably orally.
  • expressions such as “tamper resistant”, “abuse deterrent”, “preventing”, “avoiding”, “deterring” or “inhibiting” associated with the abuse and overdose of drugs relate to features of the dosage forms that provide significant physical and chemical impediments to these practices and processes.
  • the objective in such deterrence includes both making abuse practices significantly more difficult to carry out, and making any product resulting from an attempt to carry out such abuse practices on the dosage forms significantly less desirable, less profitable, and less abusable to the potential abuser.
  • the dosage form according to the invention is a capsule or a tablet.
  • the dosage form when it is a capsule, it is preferably a sprinkle capsule or a multitude of sprinkle capsules.
  • the capsule may comprise the particles and all excipients in form of a loose filling, i.e. an homogeneous mixture, or in form of layers (layered capsule filling).
  • the tablet when the dosage form is a tablet, the tablet may comprise the particle(s) A in an outer matrix material with homogeneous distribution or in form of a mantle tablet.
  • the dosage from comprises particle(s) of a first type, referred to as “particles(s) A” and optionally additional particle(s) of a second type, referred to as “particle(s) B”.
  • the particle(s) A, the optionally present particle(s) B, and/or the dosage form as such may be film-coated.
  • the dosage form according to the invention comprises one or more particles A and optionally, additionally one or more particles B.
  • particles A and optionally, additionally one or more particles B.
  • particle(s) A and “particle(s) B” in order to express that the number of particles in each case may be independently one or more.
  • particle(s) the respective embodiment independently applies to both, to particle(s) A and to optionally present particle(s) B.
  • the dosage form according to the invention may be compressed or molded in its manufacture, and it may be of almost any size, shape, weight, and color. Most dosage forms are intended to be swallowed as a whole and accordingly, preferred dosage forms according to the invention are designed for oral administration. However, alternatively dosage forms may be dissolved in the mouth, chewed, or dissolved or dispersed in liquid or meal before swallowing, and some may be placed in a body cavity. Thus, the dosage form according to the invention may alternatively be adapted for buccal, lingual, rectal or vaginal administration. Implants are also possible.
  • the dosage form according to the invention preferably can be regarded as a MUPS formulation (multiple unit pellet system).
  • the dosage form according to the invention is monolithic.
  • the dosage form according to the invention is not monolithic.
  • monolithic preferably means that the dosage form is formed or composed of material without joints or seams or consists of or constitutes a single unit.
  • the dosage form according to the invention contains all ingredients in a dense compact unit which in comparison to capsules has a comparatively high density. In another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention contains all ingredients in a capsule which in comparison to dense compact unit has a comparatively low density.
  • An advantage of the dosage forms according to the invention is that upon manufacture the particle(s) A may be mixed with excipients in different amounts to thereby produce dosage forms of different strengths.
  • Another advantage of the dosage forms according to the invention is that upon manufacture the different particle(s) A, i.e. particles A having a different constitution, may be mixed with one another to thereby produce dosage forms of different properties, e.g. different release rates, different pharmacologically active ingredients a, and the like.
  • the dosage form according to the invention has preferably a total weight in the range of 0.01 to 1.5 g, more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 1.2 g, still more preferably in the range of 0.1 g to 1.0 g, yet more preferably in the range of 0.2 g to 0.9 g, and most preferably in the range of 0.3 g to 0.8 g.
  • the dosage form according to the invention is not film coated.
  • the dosage form according to the invention is provided, partially or completely, with a conventional coating.
  • the dosage forms according to the invention are preferably film coated with conventional film coating compositions. Suitable coating materials are commercially available, e.g. under the trademarks Opadry®, Opaglos® and Eudragit®.
  • the coating can be resistant to gastric juices and dissolve as a function of the pH value of the release environment. By means of this coating, it is possible to ensure that the dosage form according to the invention passes through the stomach undissolved and the active compound is only released in the intestines.
  • the coating which is resistant to gastric juices preferably dissolves at a pH value of between 5 and 7.5.
  • the subjects to which the dosage forms according to the invention can be administered are not particularly limited.
  • the subjects are animals, more preferably human beings.
  • the tamper-resistant dosage form according to the invention comprises particle(s) A which comprise the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • the particle(s) A contain the total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient a that is contained in the dosage form according to the invention, i.e. the dosage form according to the invention preferably does not contain pharmacologically active ingredient a outside particle(s) A.
  • the particle(s) A contain at least a pharmacologically active ingredient a and a polymer matrix that preferably comprises a polyalkylene oxide.
  • the particle(s) A contain additional pharmaceutical excipients such as disintegrants, antioxidants and plasticizers.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is embedded, preferably dispersed in a polymer matrix preferably comprising a polyalkylene oxide.
  • a polymer matrix preferably comprising a polyalkylene oxide.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the polyalkylene oxide are homogeneously distributed in the core of particle(s) A.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the polyalkylene oxide are preferably homogeneously admixed with one another.
  • the particle(s) A according to the invention are preferably not multilayered, but are preferably composed of a homogeneous core comprising the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the polyalkylene oxide, which homogenous core may optionally be coated with a film coating material that neither is pH sensitive nor contains the pharmacologically active ingredient a or the polyalkylene oxide.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is not particularly limited.
  • the particle(s) A and the dosage form respectively, contain only a single pharmacologically active ingredient a, optionally besides pharmacologically active ingredient b. In another preferred embodiment, the particle(s) A and the dosage form, respectively, contain a combination of two or more pharmacologically active ingredient a, optionally besides pharmacologically active ingredient b.
  • pharmacologically active ingredient a is an active ingredient with potential for being abused.
  • Active ingredients with potential for being abused are known to the person skilled in the art and comprise e.g. tranquilizers, stimulants, barbiturates, narcotics, opioids or opioid derivatives.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a exhibits psychotropic action, i.e. has a psychotropic effect.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is selected from the group consisting of opiates, opioids, stimulants, tranquilizers, and other narcotics.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is an opioid.
  • opioids are divided into natural opium alkaloids, phenylpiperidine derivatives, diphenylpropylamine derivatives, benzomorphan derivatives, oripavine derivatives, morphinan derivatives and others.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is a stimulant.
  • Stimulants are psychoactive drugs that induce temporary improvements in either mental or physical functions or both. Examples of these kinds of effects may include enhanced wakefulness, locomotion, and alertness.
  • Preferred stimulants are phenylethylamine derivatives.
  • stimulants are contained in different classes and groups, e.g. psychoanaleptics, especially psychostimulants, agents used for ADHD and nootropics, particularly centrally acting sympathomimetics; and e.g. nasal preparations, especially nasal decongestants for systemic use, particularly sympathomimetics.
  • opiates, opioids, stimulants, tranquilizers or other narcotics are substances with a psychotropic action, i.e. have a potential of abuse, and hence are preferably contained in the dosage form and the particle(s) A, respectively: alfentanil, allobarbital, allylprodine, alphaprodine, alprazolam, amfepramone, amphetamine, amphetaminil, amobarbital, anileridine, apocodeine, axomadol, barbital, bemidone, benzylmorphine, bezitramide, bromazepam, brotizolam, buprenorphine, butobarbital, butorphanol, camazepam, carfentanil, cathine/D-norpseudoephedrine, cebranopadol, chlordiazepoxide, clobazam clofedanol, clonazepam,
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is selected from the group consisting of DPI-125, M6G (CE-04-410), ADL-5859, CR-665, NRP290 and sebacoyl dinalbuphine ester.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is an opioid selected from the group consisting of oxycodone, hydrocodone, oxymorphone, hydromorphone, morphine, tramadol, tapentadol, cebranopadol and the physiologically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is a stimulant selected from the group consisting of amphetamine, dex-amphetamine, dex-methylphenidate, atomoxetine, caffeine, ephedrine, phenylpropanolamine, phenylephrine, fencamphamin, fenozolone, fenetylline, methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA), methylenedioxypyrovalerone (MDPV), prolintane, lisdexamfetamine, mephedrone, methamphetamine, methylphenidate, modafinil, nicotine, pemoline, phenylpropanolamine, propylhexedrine, dimethylamylamine, and pseudoephedrine.
  • a stimulant selected from the group consisting of amphetamine, dex-amphetamine, dex-methylphenidate, atomoxetine, caffeine, ephe
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a may be present in form of a physiologically acceptable salt, e.g. physiologically acceptable acid addition salt.
  • Physiologically acceptable acid addition salts comprise the acid addition salt forms which can conveniently be obtained by treating the base form of the active ingredient with appropriate organic and inorganic acids. Active ingredients containing an acidic proton may be converted into their non-toxic metal or amine addition salt forms by treatment with appropriate organic and inorganic bases.
  • the term addition salt also comprises the hydrates and solvent addition forms which the active ingredients are able to form. Examples of such forms are e.g. hydrates, alcoholates and the like.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is present in the dosage form in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the amount that constitutes a therapeutically effective amount varies according to the active ingredients being used, the condition being treated, the severity of said condition, the patient being treated, and the frequency of administration.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a in the dosage form is not limited.
  • the dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a which is adapted for administration preferably is in the range of 0.1 mg to 500 mg, more preferably in the range of 1.0 mg to 400 mg, even more preferably in the range of 5.0 mg to 300 mg, and most preferably in the range of 10 mg to 250 mg.
  • the total amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient a that is contained in the dosage form is within the range of from 0.01 to 200 mg, more preferably 0.1 to 190 mg, still more preferably 1.0 to 180 mg, yet more preferably 1.5 to 160 mg, most preferably 2.0 to 100 mg and in particular 2.5 to 80 mg.
  • the skilled person may readily determine an appropriate amount of pharmacologically active ingredient a to include in a dosage form.
  • the total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient a present in the dosage form is that sufficient to provide analgesia.
  • the total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient a administered to a patient in a dose will vary depending on numerous factors including the nature of the pharmacologically active ingredient a, the weight of the patient, the severity of the pain, the nature of other therapeutic agents being administered etc.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is tapentadol, preferably its HCl salt, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently.
  • pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 25 to 100 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is oxymorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 5 to 40 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is oxymorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 10 to 80 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is oxycodone, preferably its HCl salt, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 5 to 80 mg.
  • Oxycodone, preferably its HCl salt, is preferably combined with acetaminophen as optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is hydromorphone, preferably its HCl, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 2 to 52 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is hydromorphone, preferably its HCl, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 4 to 104 mg.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is hydrocodone, preferably its bitartrate salt, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 2.5 to 10 mg.
  • Hydrocodone, preferably its bitartrate salt, is preferably combined with acetaminophen as optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is at least 0.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is at least 2.5 wt.-%, more preferably at least 3.0 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 3.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 4.0 wt.-%, most preferably at least 4.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is at most 70 wt.-%, more preferably at most 65 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 60 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 55 wt.-%, most preferably at most 50 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is at most 20 wt.-%, more preferably at most 17.5 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 15 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 12.5 wt.-%, most preferably at most 10 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is within the range of from 0.01 to 80 wt.-%, more preferably 0.1 to 50 wt.-%, still more preferably 1 to 25 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • the particle(s) A present in the dosage forms according to the invention preferably comprise 1 to 75 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient a, more preferably 2 to 70 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient a, still more preferably 3 to 65 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient a, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • pharmacokinetic parameters such as t 1/2 , T max , C max , AUC and bioavailability.
  • the pharmacokinetic parameters which may be determined from the blood plasma concentrations of 3-(2-dimethylaminomethylcyclohexyl)phenol, are defined as follows:
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is tapentadol or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the hydrochloride.
  • the dosage form according to the invention provides a mean absolute bioavailability of tapentadol of at least 22%, more preferably at least 24%, still more preferably at least 26%, yet more preferably at least 28%, most preferably at least 30%, and in particular at least 32%.
  • T max of tapentadol is preferably within the range of 1.25 ⁇ 1.20 h, more preferably 1.25 ⁇ 1.00 h, still more preferably 1.25 ⁇ 0.80 h, yet more preferably 1.25 ⁇ 0.60 h, most preferably 1.25 ⁇ 0.40 h, and in particular 1.25 ⁇ 0.20 h.
  • t 1/2 of tapentadol is preferably within the range of 4.0 ⁇ 2.8 h, more preferably 4.0 ⁇ 2.4 h, still more preferably 4.0 ⁇ 2.0 h, yet more preferably 4.0 ⁇ 1.6 h, most preferably 4.0 ⁇ 1.2 h, and in particular 4.0 ⁇ 0.8 h.
  • C max of tapentadol is preferably within the range of 90 ⁇ 85 ng/mL, more preferably 90 ⁇ 75 ng/mL, still more preferably 90 ⁇ 65 ng/mL, yet more preferably 90 ⁇ 55 ng/mL, most preferably 90 ⁇ 45 ng/mL, and in particular 90 ⁇ 35 ng/mL; and/or AUC of tapentadol is preferably within the range of 420 ⁇ 400 ng/mL ⁇ h, more preferably 420 ⁇ 350 ng/mL ⁇ h, still more preferably 420 ⁇ 300 ng/mL ⁇ h, yet more preferably 420 ⁇ 250 ng/mL ⁇ h, most preferably 420 ⁇ 200 ng/mL ⁇ h, and in particular 420 ⁇ 150 ng/mL ⁇ h.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is oxycodone or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the hydrochloride.
  • the dosage form according to the invention provides a mean absolute bioavailability of oxycodone of at least 40%, more preferably at least 45%, still more preferably at least 50%, yet more preferably at least 55%, most preferably at least 60%, and in particular at least 70%.
  • T max of oxycodone is preferably within the range of 2.6 ⁇ 2.5 h, more preferably 2.6 ⁇ 2.0 h, still more preferably 2.6 ⁇ 1.8 h, yet more preferably 2.6 ⁇ 0.1.6 h, most preferably 2.6 ⁇ 1.4 h, and in particular 2.6 ⁇ 1.2 h.
  • t 1/2 of oxycodone is preferably within the range of 3.8 ⁇ 3.5 h, more preferably 3.8 ⁇ 3.0 h, still more preferably 3.8 ⁇ 2.5 h, yet more preferably 3.8 ⁇ 2.0 h, most preferably 3.8 ⁇ 1.5 h, and in particular 3.8 ⁇ 1.0 h.
  • C max of oxycodone is preferably within the range of 40 ⁇ 35 ng/mL, more preferably 40 ⁇ 30 ng/mL, still more preferably 40 ⁇ 25 ng/mL, yet more preferably 40 ⁇ 20 ng/mL, most preferably 40 ⁇ 15 ng/mL, and in particular 40 ⁇ 10 ng/mL; and/or AUC of oxycodone is preferably within the range of 270 ⁇ 250 ng/mL ⁇ h, more preferably 270 ⁇ 200 ng/mL ⁇ h, still more preferably 270 ⁇ 150 ng/mL ⁇ h, yet more preferably 270 ⁇ 100 ng/mL ⁇ h, most preferably 270 ⁇ 75 ng/mL ⁇ h, and in particular 270 ⁇ 50 ng/mL ⁇ h.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is hydrocodone or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the bitartrate.
  • T max of hydrocodone is preferably within the range of 1.3 ⁇ 1.2 h, more preferably 1.3 ⁇ 1.0 h, still more preferably 1.3 ⁇ 0.8 h, yet more preferably 1.3 ⁇ 0.6 h, most preferably 1.3 ⁇ 0.4 h, and in particular 1.3 ⁇ 0.2 h.
  • t 1/2 of hydrocodone is preferably within the range of 3.8 ⁇ 3.5 h, more preferably 3.8 ⁇ 3.0 h, still more preferably 3.8 ⁇ 2.5 h, yet more preferably 3.8 ⁇ 2.0 h, most preferably 3.8 ⁇ 1.5 h, and in particular 3.8 ⁇ 1.0 h.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is morphine or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the sulfate.
  • the dosage form according to the invention provides a mean absolute bioavailability of morphine of at least 15%, more preferably at least 20%, still more preferably at least 25%, yet more preferably at least 30%, most preferably at least 35%, and in particular at least 40%.
  • T max of morphine is preferably within the range of 0.625 ⁇ 0.60 h, more preferably 0.625 ⁇ 0.50 h, still more preferably 0.625 ⁇ 0.40 h, yet more preferably 0.625 ⁇ 0.30 h, most preferably 0.625 ⁇ 0.20 h, and in particular 0.625 ⁇ 0.15 h.
  • C max of morphine is preferably within the range of 25 ⁇ 20 ng/mL, more preferably 25 ⁇ 15 ng/mL, still more preferably 25 ⁇ 10 ng/mL, yet more preferably 25 ⁇ 5 ng/mL; and/or AUC of morphine is preferably within the range of 50 ⁇ 45 ng/mL ⁇ h, more preferably 50 ⁇ 40 ng/mL ⁇ h, still more preferably 50 ⁇ 35 ng/mL ⁇ h, yet more preferably 50 ⁇ 30 ng/mL ⁇ h, most preferably 50 ⁇ 25 ng/mL ⁇ h, and in particular 50 ⁇ 20 ng/mL ⁇ h.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is amphetamine or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof.
  • T max of amphetamine is preferably within the range of 1.7 ⁇ 1.2 h, more preferably 1.7 ⁇ 1.0 h, still more preferably 1.7 ⁇ 0.8 h, yet more preferably 1.7 ⁇ 0.6 h, most preferably 1.7 ⁇ 0.4 h, and in particular 1.7 ⁇ 0.2 h.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is dex-amphetamine or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the sulfate.
  • T max of dex-amphetamine is preferably within the range of 3.0 ⁇ 2.9 h, more preferably 3.0 ⁇ 2.5 h, still more preferably 3.0 ⁇ 2.1 h, yet more preferably 3.0 ⁇ 1.7 h, most preferably 3.0 ⁇ 1.3 h, and in particular 3.0 ⁇ 0.9 h.
  • t 1/2 of dex-amphetamine is preferably within the range of 10 ⁇ 6.0 h, more preferably 10 ⁇ 5.0 h, still more preferably 10 ⁇ 4.0 h, yet more preferably 10 ⁇ 3.0 h, most preferably 10 ⁇ 2.0 h, and in particular 10 ⁇ 1.0 h.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form additionally contains a second pharmacologically active ingredient (pharmacologically active ingredient b).
  • the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is not particularly limited.
  • the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b differs from the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b exhibits no psychotropic action.
  • the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is selected from ATC classes [M01A], [M01C], [N02B] and [N02C] according to the WHO.
  • the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is selected from the group consisting of acetylsalicylic acid, aloxiprin, choline salicylate, sodium salicylate, salicylamide, salsalate, ethenzamide, morpholine salicylate, dipyrocetyl, benorilate, diflunisal, potassium salicylate, guacetisal, carbasalate calcium, imidazole salicylate, phenazone, metamizole sodium, aminophenazone, propyphenazone, nifenazone, acetaminophen (paracetamol), phenacetin, bucetin, propacetamol, rimazolium, glafenine, floctafenine, viminol, nefopam, flupirtine, ziconotide, methoxyflurane, nabiximols, dihydroergotamine, ergotamine, methyserg
  • the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is acetaminophen or ibuprofen, more preferably acetaminophen.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is hydrocodone or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof and the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is acetaminophen.
  • the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present in the dosage form in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the amount that constitutes a therapeutically effective amount varies according to the pharmacologically active ingredients being used, the condition being treated, the severity of said condition, the patient being treated, and whether the dosage form or the segment in which the pharmacologically active ingredient is contained is designed for an immediate or retarded release.
  • the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b in the dosage form is not limited.
  • the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b which is adapted for administration preferably is in the range of 0.1 mg to 2,000 mg or 0.1 mg to 1,000 mg or 0.1 mg to 500 mg, more preferably in the range of 1.0 mg to 400 mg, even more preferably in the range of 5.0 mg to 300 mg, and most preferably in the range of 10 mg to 250 mg.
  • the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b which is contained in the dosage form is within the range of from 10 to 1,000 mg, more preferably 50 to 900 mg, still more preferably 100 to 800 mg, yet more preferably 200 to 600 mg, most preferably 250 to 500 mg and in particular 300 to 400 mg.
  • the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b which is contained in the dosage form is within the range of from 10 to 500 mg, more preferably 12 to 450 mg, still more preferably 14 to 400 mg, yet more preferably 16 to 375 mg, most preferably 18 to 350 mg and in particular 20 to 325 mg.
  • the total content of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b preferably ranges from about 0.01 wt.-% to about 95 wt.-%, more preferably from about 0.1 wt.-% to about 80 wt.-%, even more preferably from about 1.0 wt.-% to about 50 wt.-%, yet more preferably from about 1.5 wt.-% to about 30 wt.-%, and most preferably from about 2.0 wt.-% to 20 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • the total content of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is within the range of from 0.01 to 80 wt.-%, more preferably 0.1 to 50 wt.-%, still more preferably 1 to 25 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is acetaminophen.
  • the acetaminophen is preferably contained in the particle(s) B or the dosage form in an amount of from 100 to 600 mg, more preferably 150 to 550 mg, still more preferably 200 to 500 mg, most preferably 250 to 450 mg and in particular 275 to 400 mg.
  • the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is ibuprofen.
  • the ibuprofen is preferably contained in the particle(s) B or the dosage form in an amount of from 100 to 600 mg, more preferably 150 to 550 mg, still more preferably 200 to 500 mg, most preferably 250 to 450 mg and in particular 275 to 400 mg.
  • Preferred combinations A 1 to A 36 of the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b are summarized in the table here below, wherein the pharmacologically active ingredient a as well as the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b each also refer to the physiologically acceptable salts thereof, particularly to the hydrochlorides or bitartrates:
  • the relative weight ratio of the total content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a to the total content of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b [a:b] is within the range of (8 ⁇ 1):1, more preferably (7 ⁇ 1):1, still more preferably (6 ⁇ 1):1, yet more preferably (5 ⁇ 1):1, even more preferably (4 ⁇ 1):1, most preferably (3 ⁇ 1):1 and in particular (2 ⁇ 1):1.
  • the relative weight ratio of the total content of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b to the total content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a [b:a] is within the range of (8 ⁇ 1):1, more preferably (7 ⁇ 1):1, still more preferably (6 ⁇ 1):1, yet more preferably (5 ⁇ 1):1, even more preferably (4 ⁇ 1):1, most preferably (3 ⁇ 1):1 and in particular (2 ⁇ 1):1.
  • the relative weight ratio of the total content of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b to the total content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a [b:a] is within the range of from 10:1 to 150:1, more preferably 10:1 to 50:1, or 30:1 to 140:1.
  • the dosage form according to the invention preferably provides fast release, more preferably immediate release under in vitro conditions of the pharmacologically active ingredient a, and independently of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b in accordance with Ph. Eur.
  • immediate release as applied to dosage forms is understood by persons skilled in the art which has structural implications for the respective dosage forms.
  • the term is defined, for example, in the current issue of the US Pharmacopoeia (USP), General Chapter 1092, “THE DISSOLUTION PROCEDURE: DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION”, heading “STUDY DESIGN”, “Time Points”.
  • USP US Pharmacopoeia
  • TONE DISSOLUTION PROCEDURE DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION
  • STUDY DESIGN Time Points
  • time Points For immediate-release dosage forms, the duration of the procedure is typically 30 to 60 minutes; in most cases, a single time point specification is adequate for Pharmacopeia purposes.
  • Industrial and regulatory concepts of product comparability and performance may require additional time points, which may also be required for product registration or approval. A sufficient number of time points should be selected to adequately characterize the ascending and plateau phases of the dissolution curve.
  • the dosage form according to the invention provides an in vitro release profile of the pharmacologically active ingredient a such that after 30 min under in vitro conditions at 37° C. in 900 mL 0.1 M HCl at 25 rpm in accordance with Ph. Eur.
  • the dosage form according to the invention provides an in vitro release profile of the pharmacologically active ingredient a such that after 30 min under in vitro conditions at 37° C. in 900 mL 0.1 M HCl at 25 rpm in accordance with Ph. Eur.
  • X is 4.65.
  • a multitude of 10 dosage forms must not release more than a total of 23.25 mg of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • the dosage form according to the invention comprises the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b
  • the dosage form provides an in vitro release profile of the pharmacologically active ingredient b such that after 30 min under in vitro conditions at 37° C. in 900 mL 0.1 M HCl at 25 rpm in accordance with Ph. Eur.
  • Suitable in vitro conditions are known to the skilled artisan. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., the Eur. Ph.
  • the release profile is measured under the following conditions: Paddle apparatus equipped without sinker, 25 rpm, 37 ⁇ 5° C., 900 mL 0.1 N HCl.
  • the dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration once daily. In another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration twice daily. In still another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration thrice daily. In yet another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration more frequently than thrice daily, for example 4 times daily, 5 times daily, 6 times daily, 7 times daily or 8 times daily.
  • the dosage form according to the invention has under in vitro conditions a disintegration time measured in accordance with Ph. Eur. of at most 10 minutes, more preferably at most 8 minutes, or at most 6 minutes, or at most 5 minutes, more preferably at most 4 minutes, still more preferably at most 3 minutes, yet more preferably at most 2.5 minutes, most preferably at most 2 minutes and in particular at most 1.5 minutes.
  • the dosage form according to the invention comprises one or more particle(s) A, typically a multitude of particles A.
  • the particle(s) A comprise a pharmacologically active ingredient a, which is embedded in a polymer matrix that preferably comprises a polyalkylene oxide and preferably further excipients.
  • the term “particle” refers to a discrete mass of material that is solid, e.g. at 20° C. or at room temperature or ambient temperature.
  • a particle is solid at 20° C.
  • the individual particle(s) A are monoliths.
  • the multitude of particles A, however, is not monolithic, but multiparticulate.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the constituents of the polymer matrix are intimately homogeneously distributed in the particle(s) A so that the particle(s) A do not contain any segments where either pharmacologically active ingredient a is present in the absence of polymer matrix or where polymer matrix is present in the absence of pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • the dosage form according to the invention comprises a single particle A.
  • the dosage form according to the invention comprises a plurality of particles A, more preferably a multitude of particles A.
  • the dosage form comprises at least 2, or at least 3, or at least 4, or at least 5 particles A.
  • the dosage form comprises not more than 10, or not more than 9, or not more than 8, or not more than 7 particles A.
  • the particles A amount to a total number within the range of from 20 to 600. More preferably, the dosage form comprises at least 30, or at least 60, or at least 90, or at least 120, or at least 150 particles A. Preferably, the dosage form comprises not more than 500, or not more than 400, or not more than 300, or not more than 200 particles A.
  • the individual particles A may be of the same or of different size, shape and/or composition.
  • all particles A are made from the same mixture of ingredients and/or are substantially of the same size, shape, weight and composition.
  • particles A can be divided into at least 2 or at least 3 different types, e.g. particles A 1 , particles A 2 , and optionally particles A 3 , that differ from one another in at least one property, preferably being selected from the group consisting of size, shape, weight, composition, release profile, breaking strength and resistance against solvent extraction.
  • the content of the particle(s) is not particularly limited and preferably amounts to a total content within the range of from 10 wt.-% to 80 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • the content of the particle(s) A in the dosage forms according to the invention is at most 99 wt.-%, or at most 98 wt.-%, or at most 96 wt.-%, or at most 94 wt.-%, more preferably at most 92 wt.-%, or at most 90 wt.-%, or at most 88 wt.-%, or at most 86 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 84 wt.-%, or at most 82 wt.-%, or at most 80 wt.-%, or at most 78 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 76 wt.-%, or at most 74 wt.-%, or at most 72 wt.
  • the content of the particle(s) A in the dosage forms according to the invention is at least 2.5 wt.-%, at least 3.0 wt.-%, at least 3.5 wt.-% or at least 4.0 wt.-%; more preferably at least 4.5 wt.-%, at least 5.0 wt.-%, at least 5.5 wt.-% or at least 6.0 wt.-%; still more preferably at least 6.5 wt.-%, at least 7.0 wt.-%, at least 7.5 wt.-% or at least 8.0 wt.-%; yet more preferably at least 8.5 wt.-%, at least 9.0 wt.-%, at least 9.5 wt.-% or at least 10 wt.-%; even more preferably at least 11 wt.-%, at least 12 wt.-%, at least 13 wt.-% or at least 14 wt.-%; most preferably at least at least
  • the dosage form according to the invention comprises one or more particle(s) A comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient a as well as one or more particle(s) B comprising an optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b.
  • the particle(s) A and the particle(s) B have preferably, but independently of one another corresponding composition and properties, in the following it is referred to “particle(s)” meaning that these preferred embodiments independently apply to particle(s) A as well as to optionally present particle(s) B.
  • the polymer matrix is preferably homogeneously distributed in the core of the dosage form, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain polymer matrix. Nonetheless, the film coating as such may of course contain one or more polymers, which however, preferably differ from the constituents of the polymer matrix contained in the core.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a/b is preferably homogeneously distributed in the core of the dosage form, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain pharmacologically active ingredient a/b.
  • the shape of the particle(s) is not particularly limited.
  • preferred particle(s) present in the dosage forms according to the invention are generally cylindrical in shape.
  • the diameter of such particle(s) is therefore the diameter of their circular cross section.
  • the cylindrical shape is caused by the extrusion process according to which the diameter of the circular cross section is a function of the extrusion die and the length of the cylinders is a function of the cutting length according to which the extruded strand of material is cut into pieces of preferably more or less predetermined length.
  • the aspect ratio is regarded as an important measure of the spherical shape.
  • the aspect ratio is defined as the ratio of the maximal diameter (d max ) and its orthogonal Feret-diameter.
  • d max maximal diameter
  • the aspect ratio has values above 1. The smaller the value the more spherical is the particle(s). Aspect ratios below 1.1 are typically considered satisfactory, aspect ratios above 1.2, however, are typically considered not suitable for the manufacture of conventional dosage forms.
  • the aspect ratio of the particle(s) is at most 1.40, more preferably at most 1.35, still more preferably at most 1.30, yet more preferably at most 1.25, even more preferably at most 1.20, most preferably at most 1.15 and in particular at most 1.10.
  • the aspect ratio of the particle(s) is at least 1.10, more preferably at least 1.15, still more preferably at least 1.20, yet more preferably at least 1.25, even more preferably at least 1.30, most preferably at least 1.35 and in particular at least 1.40.
  • the particle(s) are of macroscopic size, typically the average diameter is within the range of from 100 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m, preferably 200 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m, more preferably 300 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m, still more preferably 400 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m, most preferably 500 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m, and in particular 600 ⁇ m to 1500 ⁇ m.
  • the particle(s) in the dosage forms according to the invention are of macroscopic size, i.e. typically have an average particle(s) size of at least 50 ⁇ m, more preferably at least 100 ⁇ m, still more preferably at least 150 ⁇ m or at least 200 ⁇ m, yet more preferably at least 250 ⁇ m or at least 300 ⁇ m, most preferably at least 400 ⁇ m or at least 500 ⁇ m, and in particular at least 550 ⁇ m or at least 600 ⁇ m.
  • Preferred particle(s) have an average length and average diameter of 1000 ⁇ m or less.
  • the “length” of particle(s) is the dimension of the particle(s) that is parallel to the direction of extrusion.
  • the “diameter” of particle(s) is the largest dimension that is perpendicular to the direction of extrusion.
  • Particularly preferred particle(s) have an average diameter of less than 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably less than 800 ⁇ m, still more preferably of less than 650 ⁇ m.
  • Especially preferred particle(s) have an average diameter of less than 700 ⁇ m, particularly less than 600 ⁇ m, still more particularly less than 500 ⁇ m, e.g. less than 400 ⁇ m.
  • Particularly preferred particle(s) have an average diameter in the range 200 to 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 400 to 800 ⁇ m, still more preferably 450 to 700 ⁇ m, yet more preferably 500 to 650 ⁇ m, e.g. 500 to 600 ⁇ m.
  • Further preferred particle(s) have an average diameter of between 300 ⁇ m and 400 ⁇ m, of between 400 ⁇ m and 500 ⁇ m, or of between 500 ⁇ m and 600 ⁇ m, or of between 600 ⁇ m and 700 ⁇ m or of between 700 ⁇ m and 800 ⁇ m.
  • Preferred particle(s) that are present in the dosage forms according to the invention have an average length of less than 1000 ⁇ m, preferably an average length of less than 800 ⁇ m, still more preferably an average length of less than 650 ⁇ m, e.g. a length of 800 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m 600 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m or 300 ⁇ m.
  • Especially preferred particle(s) have an average length of less than 700 ⁇ m, particularly less than 650 ⁇ m, still more particularly less than 550 ⁇ m, e.g. less than 450 ⁇ m.
  • Particularly preferred particle(s) therefore have an average length in the range 200-1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 400-800 ⁇ m, still more preferably 450-700 ⁇ m, yet more preferably 500-650 ⁇ m, e.g. 500-600 ⁇ m.
  • the minimum average length of the microparticle(s) is determined by the cutting step and may be, e.g. 500 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m or 200 ⁇ m.
  • the particle(s) have (i) an average diameter of 1000 ⁇ 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 1000 ⁇ 250 ⁇ m, still more preferably 1000 ⁇ 200 ⁇ m, yet more preferably 1000 ⁇ 150 ⁇ m, most preferably 1000 ⁇ 100 ⁇ m, and in particular 1000 ⁇ 50 ⁇ m; and/or (ii) an average length of 1000 ⁇ 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 1000 ⁇ 250 ⁇ m, still more preferably 1000 ⁇ 200 ⁇ m, yet more preferably 1000 ⁇ 150 ⁇ m, most preferably 1000 ⁇ 100 ⁇ m, and in particular 1000 ⁇ 50 ⁇ m.
  • the size of particle(s) may be determined by any conventional procedure known in the art, e.g. laser light scattering, sieve analysis, light microscopy or image analysis.
  • the individual particle(s) have a weight within the range of from 0.1 mg to 5.0 mg.
  • the individual particle(s) preferably have a weight within the range of 1.0 ⁇ 0.9 mg, or 1.0 ⁇ 0.8 mg, or 1.0 ⁇ 0.7 mg, or 1.0 ⁇ 0.6 mg, or 1.0 ⁇ 0.5 mg, or 1.0 ⁇ 0.4 mg, or 1.0 ⁇ 0.3 mg; or 1.5 ⁇ 0.9 mg, or 1.5 ⁇ 0.8 mg, or 1.5 ⁇ 0.7 mg, or 1.5 ⁇ 0.6 mg, or 1.5 ⁇ 0.5 mg, or 1.5 ⁇ 0.4 mg, or 1.5 ⁇ 0.3 mg; or 2.0 ⁇ 0.9 mg, or 2.0 ⁇ 0.8 mg, or 2.0 ⁇ 0.7 mg, or 2.0 ⁇ 0.6 mg, or 2.0 ⁇ 0.5 mg, or 2.0 ⁇ 0.4 mg, or 2.0 ⁇ 0.3 mg; or 2.5 ⁇ 0.9 mg, or 2.5 ⁇ 0.8 mg, or 2.5 ⁇ 0.7 mg, or 2.5 ⁇ 0.6 mg, or 2.5 ⁇ 0.5 mg, or 2.5 ⁇ 0.4 mg, or 2.5 ⁇ 0.3 mg; or 3.0 ⁇ 0.9 mg, or 3.0 ⁇ 0.8 mg, or 3.0 ⁇ 0.7 mg, or 3.0 ⁇ 0.6 mg, or 3.0 ⁇ 0.5 mg, or 3.0 ⁇ 0.4 mg, or 3.0 ⁇ 0.3 mg.
  • the particle(s) A have a total weight over all particles A within the range of from 10 mg to 500 mg.
  • the total weight of the particle(s) A is within the range of 180 ⁇ 170 mg, or 180 ⁇ 150 mg, or 180 ⁇ 130 mg, or 180 ⁇ 110 mg, or 180 ⁇ 90 mg, or 180 ⁇ 70 mg, or 180 ⁇ 50 mg, or 180 ⁇ 30 mg.
  • the particle(s) that are contained in the dosage form according to the invention have an arithmetic average weight, in the following referred to as “aaw”, wherein at least 70%, more preferably at least 75%, still more preferably at least 80%, yet more preferably at least 85%, most preferably at least 90% and in particular at least 95% of the individual particle(s) contained in said one or more particle(s) has an individual weight within the range of aaw ⁇ 30%, more preferably aaw ⁇ 25%, still more preferably aaw ⁇ 20%, yet more preferably aaw ⁇ 15%, most preferably aaw ⁇ 10%, and in particular aaw ⁇ 5%.
  • aaw arithmetic average weight
  • the dosage form according to the invention contains a plurality of 100 particles and aaw of said plurality of particles is 1.00 mg, at least 75 individual particles (i.e. 75%) have an individual weight within the range of from 0.70 to 1.30 mg (1.00 mg ⁇ 30%).
  • the particle(s) are not film coated. In another preferred embodiment, the particle(s) are film coated.
  • the particle(s) according to the invention can optionally be provided, partially or completely, with a conventional coating.
  • the particle(s) according to the invention are preferably film coated with conventional film coating compositions. Suitable coating materials are commercially available, e.g. under the trademarks Opadry® and Eudragit®.
  • the content of the dried film coating is preferably at most 5 wt.-%, more preferably at most 4 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 3.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 3 wt.-%, most preferably at most 2.5 wt.-%, and in particular at most 2 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • the weight increase based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) (uncoated starting material) is within the range of from 3.0 to 4.7 wt.-%, more preferably 3.1 to 4.6 wt.-%, still more preferably 3.2 to 4.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 3.3 to 4.4 wt.-%, most preferably 3.4 to 4.3 wt.-%, and in particular 3.5 to 4.2 wt.-%.
  • the film coating of the particle(s) A contains the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b or a portion b C thereof.
  • the tamper-resistant dosage form according to the invention comprises one or more particle(s) A which comprise a polymer matrix, wherein the polymer matrix preferably comprises a polyalkylene oxide, preferably at a content of at least 25 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • the optionally present particle(s) B may also, independently of the particle(s) A, comprise a polymer matrix, wherein the polymer matrix preferably comprises a polyalkylene oxide, preferably at a content of at least 25 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) B.
  • the polyalkylene oxide is selected from polymethylene oxide, polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, or copolymers thereof. Polyethylene oxide is preferred.
  • the polyalkylene oxide has a weight average molecular weight of at least 200,000 g/mol, more preferably at least 500,000 g/mol.
  • the polyalkylene oxide has a weight average molecular weight (M W ) or viscosity average molecular weight (M ⁇ ) of at least 750,000 g/mol, preferably at least 1,000,000 g/mol or at least 2,500,000 g/mol, more preferably in the range of 1,000,000 g/mol to 15,000,000 g/mol, and most preferably in the range of 5,000,000 g/mol to 10,000,000 g/mol.
  • M W and M ⁇ are known to a person skilled in the art.
  • M ⁇ is preferably determined by rheological measurements
  • M W can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • Polyalkylene oxide may comprise a single polyalkylene oxide having a particular average molecular weight, or a mixture (blend) of different polymers, such as two, three, four or five polymers, e.g., polymers of the same chemical nature but different average molecular weight, polymers of different chemical nature but same average molecular weight, or polymers of different chemical nature as well as different molecular weight.
  • a polyalkylene glycol has a molecular weight of up to 20,000 g/mol whereas a polyalkylene oxide has a molecular weight of more than 20,000 g/mol.
  • the weight average over all molecular weights of all polyalkylene oxides that are contained in the dosage form is at least 200,000 g/mol.
  • polyalkylene glycols, if any, are preferably not taken into consideration when determining the weight average molecular weight of polyalkylene oxide.
  • the polyalkylene oxide may be combined with one or more different polymers selected from the group consisting of polyalkylene oxide, preferably polymethylene oxide, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide; polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, poly(alk)acrylate, poly(hydroxy fatty acids), such as for example poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate) (Biopol®), poly(hydroxyvaleric acid); polycaprolactone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyesteramide, polyethylene succinate, polylactone, polyglycolide, polyurethane, polyamide, polylactide, polyacetal (for example polysaccharides optionally with modified side chains), polylactide/glycolide, polylactone, polyglycolide, polyorthoester, polyanhydride, block polymers of polyethylene glycol and polybutylene terephthalate (Polyactive®), polyanhydride (Pol
  • the molecular weight dispersity M w /M n of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 2.5 ⁇ 2.0, more preferably 2.5 ⁇ 1.5, still more preferably 2.5 ⁇ 1.0, yet more preferably 2.5 ⁇ 0.8, most preferably 2.5 ⁇ 0.6, and in particular 2.5 ⁇ 0.4.
  • the polyalkylene oxide preferably has a viscosity at 25° C. of 30 to 17,600 cP, more preferably 55 to 17,600 cP, still more preferably 600 to 17,600 cP and most preferably 4,500 to 17,600 cP, measured in a 5 wt.-% aqueous solution using a model RVF Brookfield viscosimeter (spindle no. 2/rotational speed 2 rpm); of 400 to 4,000 cP, more preferably 400 to 800 cP or 2,000 to 4,000 cP, measured on a 2 wt.-% aqueous solution using the stated viscosimeter (spindle no.
  • Polyethylene oxide that is suitable for use in the dosage forms according to the invention is commercially available from Dow.
  • Polyox WSR N-12K, Polyox N-60K, Polyox WSR 301 NF or Polyox WSR 303NF may be used in the dosage forms according to the invention.
  • it can be referred to e.g. the product specification.
  • the content of the polyalkylene oxide is within the range of from 25 to 80 wt.-%, more preferably 25 to 75 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 to 70 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25 to 65 wt.-%, most preferably 30 to 65 wt.-% and in particular 35 to 65 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • the content of the polyalkylene oxide is at least 30 wt.-%, more preferably at least 35 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 45 wt.-% and in particular at least 50 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 35 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, more preferably 35 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, most preferably 35 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, and in particular 35 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 40 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, more preferably 40 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 40 ⁇ 7 wt.-%, and in particular 40 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 45 ⁇ 16 wt.-%, more preferably 45 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, most preferably 45 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, and in particular 45 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 50 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 50 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 50 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 50 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 55 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 55 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 55 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 55 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 60 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 60 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 60 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 60 ⁇ 5 wt.-%.
  • the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 65 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 65 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and most preferably 65 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 65 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the pharmacologically active ingredient a is within the range of 30:1 to 1:10, more preferably 20:1 to 1:1, still more preferably 15:1 to 5:1, yet more preferably 14:1 to 6:1, most preferably 13:1 to 7:1, and in particular 12:1 to 8:1.
  • the total content of the polyalkylene oxide in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention amounts to at least 25 mg, or at least 30 mg, or at least 35 mg, or at least 40 mg, or at least 45 mg; more preferably at least 50 mg, or at least 55 mg, or at least 60 mg, or at least 65 mg, or at least 70 mg, or at least 75 mg; still more preferably at least 80 mg, or at least 85 mg, or at least 90 mg, or at least 95 mg; and most preferably at least 100 mg.
  • the dosage form according to the invention is preferably tamper-resistant.
  • the term “tamper-resistant” refers to dosage forms that are preferably resistant to conversion into a form suitable for misuse or abuse, particular for nasal and/or intravenous administration, by conventional means such as grinding in a mortar or crushing by means of a hammer.
  • the dosage forms as such may be crushable by conventional means.
  • the particle(s) A contained in the dosage forms according to the invention preferably exhibit mechanical properties such that they cannot be pulverized by conventional means any further. The same may independently apply to the optionally present particle(s) B.
  • particle(s) A are of macroscopic size and contain the pharmacologically active ingredient a
  • the optionally present particle(s) B may independently be of macroscopic size and contain the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, they cannot be administered nasally thereby rendering the dosage forms tamper-resistant.
  • the particle(s) A have a breaking strength of at least 300 N.
  • the overall dosage form as such does not have a breaking strength of at least 300 N, i.e. typically the breaking strength of the dosage form as such, e.g. of the tablet or capsule, is below 300 N.
  • these particle(s) B may also have a breaking strength of at least 300 N.
  • the invention also includes embodiments where optionally present particle(s) B do not have a breaking strength of at least 300 N.
  • the particle(s) are tamper-resistant as such so that they also provide tamper-resistance after they have been separated from the remaining constituents of the dosage form.
  • the particle(s) as such contain all ingredients that are necessary to render them tamper-resistant.
  • the liquid part of the formulation that can be separated from the remainder by means of a syringe is as less as possible, preferably it contains not more than 20 wt.-%, more preferably not more than 15 wt.-%, still more preferably not more than 10 wt.-%, and most preferably not more than 5 wt.-% of the originally contained pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • pharmacologically active ingredient a is more prone to abuse than optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b.
  • this property is tested by (i) dispensing a dosage form that is either intact or has been manually comminuted by means of two spoons in 5 ml of purified water, (ii) heating the liquid up to its boiling point, (iii) boiling the liquid in a covered vessel for 5 min without the addition of further purified water, (iv) drawing up the hot liquid into a syringe (needle 21G equipped with a cigarette filter), (v) determining the amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient a and/or b contained in the liquid within the syringe.
  • the particle(s) when trying to disrupt the dosage forms by means of a hammer or mortar, the particle(s) preferably tend to adhere to one another thereby forming aggregates and agglomerates, respectively, which are larger in size than the untreated particle(s).
  • tamper-resistance is achieved based on the mechanical properties of the particle(s) so that comminution is avoided or at least substantially impeded.
  • comminution means the pulverization of the particle(s) using conventional means usually available to an abuser, for example a pestle and mortar, a hammer, a mallet or other conventional means for pulverizing under the action of force.
  • tamper-resistance preferably means that pulverization of the particle(s) using conventional means is avoided or at least substantially impeded.
  • the mechanical properties of the particle(s) according to the invention substantially rely on the presence and spatial distribution of a polymer matrix, preferably comprising polyalkylene oxide, although its mere presence does typically not suffice in order to achieve said properties.
  • the advantageous mechanical properties of the particle(s) according to the invention may not automatically be achieved by simply processing pharmacologically active ingredient a/b, the components of the polymer matrix such as polyalkylene oxide, and optionally further excipients by means of conventional methods for the preparation of dosage forms.
  • suitable apparatuses must be selected for the preparation and critical processing parameters must be adjusted, particularly pressure/force, temperature and time.
  • the process protocols usually must be adapted in order to meet the required criteria.
  • the particle(s) exhibiting the desired properties may be obtained only if, during preparation of the particle(s),
  • the process protocols must be adapted in order to meet the required criteria. Therefore, the breaking strength and deformability of the particle(s) is separable from the composition.
  • the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention preferably have a breaking strength of at least 300 N, at least 400 N, or at least 500 N, preferably at least 600 N, more preferably at least 700 N, still more preferably at least 800 N, yet more preferably at least 1000 N, most preferably at least 1250 N and in particular at least 1500 N.
  • breaking strength test can usually be terminated once the force corresponding to the desired breaking strength has been slightly exceeded, e.g. at forces of e.g. 330 N and 550 N, respectively.
  • the “breaking strength” (resistance to crushing) of a dosage form and of a particle(s) is known to the skilled person. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., W. A. Ritschel, Die Tablette, 2. Auflage, Editio Cantor Verlag Aulendorf, 2002; H Liebermann et al., Dosage forms: Dosage forms, Vol. 2, Informa Healthcare; 2 edition, 1990; and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, Informa Healthcare; 1 edition.
  • the particle is regarded as being broken if the force decreases by 50% (threshold value) of the highest force measured during the measurement (see below).
  • the particle(s) according to the invention are distinguished from conventional particles that can be contained in dosage forms in that, due to their breaking strength, they cannot be pulverized by the application of force with conventional means, such as for example a pestle and mortar, a hammer, a mallet or other usual means for pulverization, in particular devices developed for this purpose (tablet crushers).
  • pulverization means crumbling into small particles. Avoidance of pulverization virtually rules out oral or parenteral, in particular intravenous or nasal abuse.
  • Breaking Strength [in N] 10 ⁇ Diameter Of The Dosage form/Particle [in mm].
  • a round dosage form/particle having a breaking strength of at least 300 N would require a diameter of at least 30 mm.
  • Such a particles could not be swallowed, let alone a dosage form containing a plurality of such particles.
  • the above empirical formula preferably does not apply to the particle(s) according to the invention, which are not conventional but rather special.
  • the actual mean chewing force is 220 N (cf., e.g., P. A. Proeschel et al., J Dent Res, 2002, 81(7), 464-468).
  • the particle(s) according to the invention can preferably withstand a weight of more than 30 kg without being pulverized.
  • the breaking strength can be measured in accordance with the Eur. Ph. 5.0, 2.9.8 or 6.0, 2.09.08 “Resistance to Crushing of Dosage forms”.
  • the test is intended to determine, under defined conditions, the resistance to crushing of dosage forms and of the particle(s), respectively, measured by the force needed to disrupt them by crushing.
  • the apparatus consists of 2 jaws facing each other, one of which moves towards the other.
  • the flat surfaces of the jaws are perpendicular to the direction of movement.
  • the crushing surfaces of the jaws are flat and larger than the zone of contact with the dosage form and a single particle, respectively.
  • the apparatus is calibrated using a system with a precision of 1 Newton.
  • the dosage form and particle, respectively, is placed between the jaws, taking into account, where applicable, the shape, the break-mark and the inscription; for each measurement the dosage form and particle, respectively, is oriented in the same way with respect to the direction of application of the force (and the direction of extension in which the breaking strength is to be measured).
  • the measurement is carried out on 10 dosage forms and particles, respectively, taking care that all fragments have been removed before each determination.
  • the result is expressed as the mean, minimum and maximum values of the forces measured, all expressed in Newton.
  • breaking strength breaking force
  • the breaking strength can alternatively be measured in accordance with the method described therein where it is stated that the breaking strength is the force required to cause a dosage form and particle, respectively, to fail (i.e., break) in a specific plane.
  • the dosage forms and particle, respectively are generally placed between two platens, one of which moves to apply sufficient force to the dosage form and particle, respectively, to cause fracture.
  • loading occurs across their diameter (sometimes referred to as diametral loading), and fracture occurs in the plane.
  • the breaking force of a dosage form and a particle, respectively is commonly called hardness in the pharmaceutical literature; however, the use of this term is misleading.
  • hardness refers to the resistance of a surface to penetration or indentation by a small probe.
  • crushing strength is also frequently used to describe the resistance of dosage forms and particles, respectively, to the application of a compressive load. Although this term describes the true nature of the test more accurately than does hardness, it implies that dosage forms and particles, respectively, are actually crushed during the test, which is often not the case.
  • the breaking strength can be measured in accordance with WO 2008/107149, which can be regarded as a modification of the method described in the Eur. Ph.
  • a skilled person knows how to properly adjust the test speed, e.g. to 10 mm/min, 20 mm/min, or 40 mm/min, for example.
  • LE-position clamping length 150 mm.
  • LE-speed 500 mm/min
  • clamping length after pre-travel 195 mm
  • pre-travel speed 500 mm/min
  • pre-force speed 10 mm/min sample data: no sample form, measuring length traverse distance 10 mm, no input required prior to testing—testing/end of test
  • test speed position-controlled 10 mm/min, delay speed shift: 1, force shut down threshold 50% F max , no force threshold for break-tests, no max length variation
  • upper force limit 600N—expansion compensation: no correction of measuring length—actions after testing: LE to be set after test, no unload of sample—TRS: data memory: TRS distance interval until break 1 TRS time interval 0.1 s, TRS force interval 1N—machine; traverse distance controller: upper soft end 358 mm,
  • the particle is regarded as being broken if it is fractured into at least two separate pieces of comparable morphology. Separated matter having a morphology different from that of the deformed particle, e.g. dust, is not considered as pieces qualifying for the definition of breaking.
  • the particle(s) according to the invention preferably exhibit mechanical strength over a wide temperature range, in addition to the breaking strength (resistance to crushing) optionally also sufficient hardness, yield strength, fatigue strength, impact resistance, impact elasticity, tensile strength, compressive strength and/or modulus of elasticity, optionally also at low temperatures (e.g. below ⁇ 24° C., below ⁇ 40° C. or possibly even in liquid nitrogen), for it to be virtually impossible to pulverize by spontaneous chewing, grinding in a mortar, pounding, etc.
  • breaking strength resistance to crushing
  • sufficient hardness, yield strength, fatigue strength, impact resistance, impact elasticity, tensile strength, compressive strength and/or modulus of elasticity optionally also at low temperatures (e.g. below ⁇ 24° C., below ⁇ 40° C. or possibly even in liquid nitrogen), for it to be virtually impossible to pulverize by spontaneous chewing, grinding in a mortar, pounding, etc.
  • the comparatively high breaking strength of the particle(s) according to the invention is maintained even at low or very low temperatures, e.g., when the dosage form is initially chilled to increase its brittleness, for example to temperatures below ⁇ 25° C., below ⁇ 40° C. or even in liquid nitrogen.
  • the particle(s) according to the invention are preferably characterized by a certain degree of breaking strength. This does not mean that the particle(s) must also exhibit a certain degree of hardness. Hardness and breaking strength are different physical properties. Therefore, the tamper-resistance of the dosage form does not necessarily depend on the hardness of the particle(s). For instance, due to their breaking strength, impact strength, elasticity modulus and tensile strength, respectively, the particle(s) can preferably be deformed, e.g. plastically, when exerting an external force, for example using a hammer, but cannot be pulverized, i.e., crumbled into a high number of fragments. In other words, the particle(s) according to the invention are preferably characterized by a certain degree of breaking strength, but not necessarily also by a certain degree of form stability.
  • a particle that is deformed when being exposed to a force in a particular direction of extension but that does not break is preferably to be regarded as having the desired breaking strength in said direction of extension.
  • Preferred particle(s) present in the dosage forms according to the invention are those having a suitable tensile strength as determined by a test method currently accepted in the art. Further preferred particle(s) are those having a Youngs Modulus as determined by a test method of the art. Still further preferred particle(s) are those having an acceptable elongation at break.
  • the particle(s) according to the invention preferably exhibit a certain degree of deformability.
  • the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention preferably have a deformability such that they show an increase, preferably a substantially steady increase of the force at a corresponding decrease of the displacement in the force-displacement-diagram when being subjected to a breaking strength test as described above.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 This mechanical property, i.e. the deformability of the individual particle(s), is illustrated in FIGS. 1 and 2 .
  • FIG. 1 schematically illustrates the measurement and the corresponding force-displacement-diagram.
  • FIG. 1A shows the initial situation at the beginning of the measurement.
  • the sample particle ( 2 ) is placed between upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) which each are in intimate contact with the surface of the particle ( 2 ).
  • the initial displacement d 0 between upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) corresponds to the extension of the particle orthogonal to the surfaces of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ).
  • no force is exerted at all and thus, no graph is displayed in the force-displacement-diagram below.
  • FIG. 1B shows a situation where due to the movement of upper jaw ( 1 a ) towards lower jaw ( 1 b ) a force is exerted on particle ( 2 ). Because of its deformability, the particle ( 2 ) is flattened without being fractured.
  • FIG. 1C shows a situation where due to the continuous movement of upper jaw ( 1 a ) towards lower jaw ( 1 b ), the force that is exerted on particle ( 2 ) causes further deformation, although the particle ( 2 ) does not fracture.
  • FIG. 2 schematically illustrates the measurement and the corresponding force-displacement-diagram of a conventional comparative particle not having the degree of deformability as the particle(s) according to the invention.
  • FIG. 2A shows the initial situation at the beginning of the measurement.
  • the comparative sample particle ( 2 ) is placed between upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) which each are in intimate contact with the surface of the comparative particle ( 2 ).
  • the initial displacement d 0 between upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) corresponds to the extension of the comparative particle orthogonal to the surfaces of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ).
  • FIG. 2B shows a situation where due to the movement of upper jaw ( 1 a ) towards lower jaw ( 1 b ) a force is exerted on comparative particle ( 2 ). Because of some deformability, the comparative particle ( 2 ) is slightly flattened without being fractured.
  • the force-displacement-diagram indicates that after a reduction of the displacement d 0 of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) by distance x 1 , i.e.
  • FIG. 2C shows a situation where due to the continuous movement of upper jaw ( 1 a ) towards lower jaw ( 1 b ), the force that is exerted on particle ( 2 ) causes sudden fracture of the comparative particle ( 2 ).
  • the particle ( 2 ) has been broken (fractured) and no steady increase of the force in the force-displacement-diagram is measured.
  • the sudden drop (decrease) of the force can easily be recognized and does not need to be quantified for the measurement.
  • the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they show an increase, preferably a substantially steady increase of the force at a corresponding decrease of the displacement in the force-displacement-diagram when being subjected to a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant speed), preferably at least until the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) has been reduced to a value of 90% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e.
  • d 0.9 ⁇ d 0 ), preferably to a displacement d of 80% of the original displacement d 0 , more preferably to a displacement d of 70% of the original displacement d 0 , still more preferably to a displacement d of 60% of the original displacement d 0 , yet more preferably to a displacement d of 50% of the original displacement d 0 , even more preferably to a displacement d of 40% of the original displacement d 0 , most preferably to a displacement d of 30% of the original displacement d 0 , and in particular to a displacement d of 20% of the original displacement d 0 , or to a displacement d of 15% of the original displacement d 0 , to a displacement d of 10% of the original displacement d 0 , or to a displacement d of 5% of the original displacement d 0 .
  • the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they show an increase, preferably a substantially steady increase of the force at a corresponding decrease of the displacement in the force-displacement-diagram when being subjected to a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant speed), preferably at least until the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) has been reduced to 0.80 mm or 0.75 mm, preferably 0.70 mm or 0.65 mm, more preferably 0.60 mm or 0.55 mm, still more preferably 0.50 mm or 0.45 mm, yet more preferably 0.40 mm or 0.35 mm, even more preferably 0.30 mm or 0.25 mm, most preferably 0.20 mm or 0.15 mm and in particular 0.10 or 0.05 mm.
  • the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they show an increase, preferably a substantially steady increase of the force at a corresponding decrease of the displacement in the force-displacement-diagram when being subjected to a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant speed), at least until the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) has been reduced to 50% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e.
  • the force measured at said displacement is at least 25 N or at least 50 N, preferably at least 75 N or at least 100 N, still more preferably at least 150 N or at least 200 N, yet more preferably at least 250 N or at least 300 N, even more preferably at least 350 N or at least 400 N, most preferably at least 450 N or at least 500 N, and in particular at least 625 N, or at least 750 N, or at least 875 N, or at least 1000 N, or at least 1250 N, or at least 1500 N.
  • the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they show an increase, preferably a substantially steady increase of the force at a corresponding decrease of the displacement in the force-displacement-diagram when being subjected to a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant speed), at least until the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) has been reduced by at least 0.1 mm, more preferably at least 0.2 mm, still more preferably at least 0.3 mm, yet more preferably at least 0.4 mm, even more preferably at least 0.5 mm, most preferably at least 0.6 mm, and in particular at least 0.7 mm, whereas the force measured at said displacement is within the range of from 5.0 N to 250 N, more preferably from 7.5 N to 225 N, still more preferably from 10 N to 200 N, yet more preferably from 15 N to 175 N, even more preferably from 20 N to 150 N, most
  • the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they are deformed without being fractured when subjected to a constant force of e.g. 50 N, 100 N, 200 N, 300 N, 400 N, 500 N or 600 N in a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant force), until the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) is reduced so that no further deformation takes place at said constant force, whereas at this equilibrated state the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) is at most 90% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e.
  • d ⁇ 0.9 ⁇ d 0 preferably at most 80% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.8 ⁇ d 0 ), more preferably at most 70% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.7 ⁇ d 0 ), still more preferably at most 60% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.6 ⁇ d 0 ), yet more preferably at most 50% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.5 ⁇ d 0 ), even more preferably at most 40% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.4 ⁇ d 0 ), most preferably at most 30% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e.
  • d ⁇ 0.3 ⁇ d 0 and in particular at most 20% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.2 ⁇ d 0 ), or at most 15% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.15 ⁇ d 0 ), at most 10% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.1 ⁇ d 0 ), or at most 5% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.05 ⁇ d 0 ).
  • the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they are deformed without being fractured when subjected to a constant force of e.g. 50 N, 100 N, 200 N, 300 N, 400 N, 500 N or 600 N in a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant force), until the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) is reduced so that no further deformation takes place at said constant force, whereas at this equilibrated state the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) is at most 0.80 mm or at most 0.75 mm, preferably at most 0.70 mm or at most 0.65 mm, more preferably at most 0.60 mm or at most 0.55 mm, still more preferably at most 0.50 mm or at most 0.45 mm, yet more preferably at most 0.40 mm or at most 0.35 mm, even more preferably at most 0.30 mm or
  • the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they are deformed without being fractured when subjected to a constant force of e.g. 50 N, 100 N, 200 N, 300 N, 400 N, 500 N or 600 N in a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant force), until the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) is reduced so that no further deformation takes place at said constant force, whereas at this equilibrated state the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) is at least 5% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e.
  • d ⁇ 0.05 ⁇ d 0 preferably at least 10% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.1 ⁇ d 0 ), more preferably at least 15% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.15 ⁇ d 0 ), still more preferably at least 20% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.2 ⁇ d 0 ), yet more preferably at least 30% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.3 ⁇ d 0 ), even more preferably at least 40% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.4 ⁇ d 0 ), most preferably at least 50% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e.
  • d ⁇ 0.5 ⁇ d 0 and in particular at least 60% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.6 ⁇ d 0 ), or at least 70% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.7 ⁇ d 0 ), at least 80% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.8 ⁇ d 0 ), or at least 90% of the original displacement d 0 (i.e. d ⁇ 0.9 ⁇ d 0 ).
  • the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they are deformed without being fractured when subjected to a constant force of e.g. 50 N, 100 N, 200 N, 300 N, 400 N, 500 N or 600 N in a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant force), until the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) is reduced so that no further deformation takes place at said constant force, whereas at this equilibrated state the displacement d of upper jaw ( 1 a ) and lower jaw ( 1 b ) is at least 0.05 mm or at least 0.10 mm, preferably at least 0.15 mm or at least 0.20 mm, more preferably at least 0.25 mm or at least 0.30 mm, still more preferably at least 0.35 mm or at least 0.40 mm, yet more preferably at least 0.45 mm or at least 0.50 mm, even more preferably at least 0.55 mm or
  • the dosage form according to the invention comprises a multitude of particles A which
  • the dosage form according to the invention comprises at least a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b outside the particle(s) A in an outer matrix material, which preferably comprises granules comprising optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b and excipients selected from binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, and the like.
  • the outer matrix material may also comprise the optionally present granule(s) B and the optionally present portion b P of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b that is present in form of a powder outside particle(s) A and B.
  • the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b that is contained in the dosage form according to the invention is contained outside the particle(s) A in the outer matrix material, preferably in the granules that are part of said outer matrix material.
  • a portion b G of the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b that is contained in the dosage form according to the invention is contained in the outer matrix material, preferably in the granules that are part of said outer matrix material, whereas the remainder of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is contained elsewhere in the dosage form according to the invention.
  • portion b A When a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present in the one or more particle(s) A, said portion is referred to as “portion b A ”. Said portion b A is neither contained in particle(s) B, nor is it contained in a coating of particle(s) A, nor is it present in form of a powder, nor is it present in form of granules.
  • portion b B When a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present outside the particle(s) A in one or more particle(s) B, said portion is referred to as “portion b B ”. Said portion b B is neither contained in particle(s) A, nor is it contained in a coating of particle(s) A, nor is it present in form of a powder, nor is it present in form of granules.
  • portion b C When a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present outside the particle(s) A in a coating of particle(s) A, said portion is referred to as “portion b C ”. Said portion b C is neither contained in particle(s) A, nor is it contained in particle(s) A, nor is it present in form of a powder, nor is it present in form of granules.
  • portion b G When a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present outside the particle(s) A in the outer matrix material, preferably in the granules that are part of said outer matrix material, said portion is referred to as “portion b G ”. Said portion b G is neither contained in particle(s) A, nor is it contained in a coating of particle(s) A, nor is it contained in particle(s) B, nor is it present in form of a powder.
  • portion b P When a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present outside the particle(s) A in form of a powder, said portion is referred to as “portion b P ”. Said portion b P is neither contained in particle(s) A, nor is it contained in a coating of particle(s) A, nor is it contained in particle(s) B, nor is it present in form of granules.
  • the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is divided into portions that are present at different locations of the dosage form, the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is preferably divided in not more than three portions, more preferably not more than two portions.
  • portion b G is present the outer matrix material, preferably in the granules that are part of said outer matrix material, whereas preferably the entire remainder amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, which is not present in the granules that are part of said outer matrix material, is present either as portion b A in the particle(s) A, or as portion b B in particle(s) B, or as portion b C in a coating of particle(s) A, or as portion b P outside particle(s) A in form of a powder.
  • the relative weight ratio of portion b G to portion b A is within the range of from 100:1 to 1:100, more preferably 50:1 to 1:50, still more preferably 10:1 to 1:10, yet more preferably 5:1 to 1:5.
  • the weight of portion b G is greater than the weight of portion b A , or the weight of portion b G is greater than the weight of portion b B , or the weight of portion b G is greater than the weight of portion b C , or the weight of portion b G is greater than the weight of portion b P .
  • the weight of portion b A is greater than the weight of portion b G , or the weight of portion b B is greater than the weight of portion b G , or the weight of portion b C is greater than the weight of portion b G , or the weight of portion b P is greater than the weight of portion b G .
  • the dosage form according to the invention is a tablet, wherein the particle(s) A are contained in an outer matrix material.
  • the “outer matrix material” is not to be confused with the “polymer matrix” of the particle(s) A and the optionally present particle(s) B. In the following, this preferred embodiment is referred to as the “preferred tablet according to the invention”.
  • the preferred tablet according to the invention comprises particle(s) B
  • the following preferred embodiments described for particles(s) A may also analogously and independently apply to particle(s) B.
  • the particle(s) when no specific distinction between particle(s) A and the optionally present particle(s) B is necessary, nevertheless implying the quality and quantity of particle(s) A and particle(s) B are still independent of one another.
  • the preferred tablet according to the invention comprises subunits having different morphology and properties, namely particle(s) and outer matrix material, wherein the particle(s) form a discontinuous phase within the outer matrix material.
  • the particle(s) typically have mechanical properties that differ from the mechanical properties of the outer matrix material.
  • the particle(s) have a higher mechanical strength than the outer matrix material.
  • the particle(s) within the preferred tablet according to the invention can be visualized by conventional means such as x-ray, solid state nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, raster electron microscopy, terahertz spectroscopy and the like.
  • the particle(s) are incorporated in an outer matrix material.
  • the outer matrix material preferably forms a continuous phase in which the particle(s) are embedded as discontinuous phase.
  • the outer matrix material is a homogenous coherent mass, preferably a homogeneous mixture of solid constituents, in which the particle(s) are embedded thereby spatially separating the particle(s) from one another. While it is possible that the surfaces of particle(s) are in contact or at least in very close proximity with one another, the plurality of particle(s) preferably cannot be regarded as a single continuous coherent mass within the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • the preferred tablet according to the invention comprises the particle(s) as volume element(s) of a first type in which the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the polymer matrix, which preferably comprises polyalkylene oxide, are contained, preferably homogeneously, and the outer matrix material as volume element of a second type differing from the material that forms the particle(s), preferably containing neither pharmacologically active ingredient a/b nor polymer matrix, polyalkylene oxide, but optionally polyethylene glycol which differs from polyethylene oxide in its molecular weight.
  • portion b P of the pharmacologically active ingredient is present in form of a powder
  • said powder is a constituent of the outer matrix material of the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • portion b G of the pharmacologically active ingredient is present in form of granules
  • said granules are a constituent of the outer matrix material of the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • a purpose of the outer matrix material in the preferred tablet according to the invention is to ensure rapid disintegration and subsequent release of the pharmacologically active ingredients a and b from the disintegrated preferred tablet according to the invention, i.e. from the particle(s) A and optionally from particle(s) B, from the coating of particle(s) A, from the granules and from the powder, respectively.
  • the outer matrix material preferably does not contain any excipient that might have a retardant effect on disintegration and drug release, respectively.
  • the outer matrix material preferably does not contain any polymer that is typically employed as outer matrix material in prolonged release formulations.
  • the preferred tablet according to the invention preferably comprises the outer matrix material in an amount of more than one third of the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • the polymer matrix which preferably comprises polyalkylene oxide and which is contained in the particle(s) A of the preferred tablet according to the invention is preferably not also contained in the outer matrix material.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a which is contained in the particle(s) A of the preferred tablet according to the invention is preferably not also contained in the outer matrix material.
  • the total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient a contained in the preferred tablet according to the invention is present in the particle(s) A which form a discontinuous phase within the outer matrix material; and the outer matrix material forming a continuous phase does not contain any pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is contained in the outer matrix material, whereas compaction of the preferred tablet according to the invention has typically caused compaction of said powder and/or granules, typically in admixture with the other constituents of the outer matrix material.
  • the content of the outer matrix material is at least 35 wt.-%, at least 37.5 wt.-% or at least 40 wt.-%; more preferably at least 42.5 wt.-%, at least 45 wt.-%, at least 47.5 wt.-% or at least 50 wt.-%; still more preferably at least 52.5 wt.-%, at least 55 wt.-%, at least 57.5 wt.-% or at least 60 wt.-%; yet more preferably at least 62.5 wt.-%, at least 65 wt.-%, at least 67.5 wt.-% or at least 60 wt.-%; most preferably at least 72.5 wt.-%, at least 75 wt.-%, at least 77.5 wt.-% or at least 70 wt.-%; and in particular at least 82.5 wt.-%, at least 85 wt.-%, at least 87.5 w
  • the content of the outer matrix material is at most 90 wt.-%, at most 87.5 wt.-%, at most 85 wt.-%, or at most 82.5 wt.-%; more preferably at most 80 wt.-%, at most 77.5 wt.-%, at most 75 wt.-% or at most 72.5 wt.-%; still more preferably at most 70 wt.-%, at most 67.5 wt.-%, at most 65 wt.-% or at most 62.5 wt.-%; yet more preferably at most 60 wt.-%, at most 57.5 wt.-%, at most 55 wt.-% or at most 52.5 wt.-%; most preferably at most 50 wt.-%, at most 47.5 wt.-%, at most 45 wt.-% or at most 42.5 wt.-%; and in particular at most 40 wt.-%, at most 37.5
  • the content of the outer matrix material is within the range of 40 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, more preferably 40 ⁇ 2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the outer matrix material is within the range of 45 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, more preferably 45 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 45 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, and most preferably 45 ⁇ 2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • the content of the outer matrix material is within the range of 50 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, more preferably 50 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 50 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, and most preferably 50 ⁇ 2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • the content of the outer matrix material is within the range of 55 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, more preferably 55 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 55 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, and most preferably 55 ⁇ 2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • the outer matrix material is a mixture, preferably a homogeneous mixture of at least two different constituents, more preferably of at least three different constituents.
  • all constituents of the outer matrix material are homogeneously distributed in the continuous phase that is formed by the outer matrix material.
  • the outer matrix material is a homogenous powdery or coherent mass, preferably a homogeneous mixture of solid constituents, in which the particle(s) A are embedded.
  • the particle(s) A are preferably spatially separated from one another. While it is possible that the surfaces of particle(s) A are in contact or at least in very close proximity with one another, the plurality of particle(s) A preferably cannot be regarded as a single continuous coherent mass within the dosage form.
  • the dosage form according to the invention may contain additional pharmaceutical excipients conventionally contained in dosage forms in conventional amounts, such as fillers, binders, dispersing agents, wetting agents, disintegrants, gelling agents, antioxidants, preservatives, lubricants, plasticizer, fillers, binders, and the like.
  • Said excipients may independently of one another be present in the particle(s) A, the matrix material of the preferred tablet according to the invention, the optionally present particle(s) B, the optionally present coating of particle(s) A, and the optionally present granules, respectively.
  • the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently comprise one or more fillers or binders.
  • fillers can be regarded as binders and vice versa, for the purpose of the specification “filler/binder” refers to any excipient that is suitable as filler, binder or both.
  • the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently preferably comprise a filler/binder.
  • fillers are selected from the group consisting of silicium dioxide (e.g. Aerosil®), microcrystalline cellulose (e.g. Avicel®, Elcema®, Emocel®, ExCel®, Vitacell®); cellulose ether (e.g. Natrosol®, Klucel®, Methocel®, Blanose®, Pharmacoat®, Viscontran®); mannitol; dextrines; dextrose; calciumhydrogen phosphate (e.g. Emcompress®); tricalcium phosphate, maltodextrine (e.g. Emdex®); lactose (e.g.
  • PVP polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • saccharose e.g. Nu-Tab®, Sugar Tab®
  • magnesium salts e.g. MgCO 3 , MgO, MgSiO 3
  • starches and pretreated starches e.g. Prejel®, Primotab® ET, Starch® 1500.
  • fillers/binders may also serve other purposes. It is known, for example, that silicium dioxide exhibits excellent function as a glidant.
  • the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently comprise a glidant such as silicium dioxide.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently is within the range of 50 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, more preferably 50 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, still more preferably 50 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 50 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 50 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 50 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently is within the range of 65 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, more preferably 65 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, still more preferably 65 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 65 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 65 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 65 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently is within the range of 80 ⁇ 19 wt.-%, more preferably 80 ⁇ 17.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 80 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 80 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, most preferably 80 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 80 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently is within the range of 90 ⁇ 9 wt.-%, more preferably 90 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, still more preferably 90 ⁇ 7 wt.-%, yet more preferably 90 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, most preferably 90 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, and in particular 90 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the total content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the dosage form is within the range of 25 ⁇ 24 wt.-%, more preferably 25 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 ⁇ 16 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, most preferably 25 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, and in particular 25 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of dosage form.
  • the total content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the dosage form is within the range of 30 ⁇ 29 wt.-%, more preferably 30 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 30 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 30 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, most preferably 30 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 30 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of dosage form.
  • the total content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the dosage form is within the range of 35 ⁇ 34 wt.-%, more preferably 35 ⁇ 28 wt.-%, still more preferably 35 ⁇ 22 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35 ⁇ 16 wt.-%, most preferably 35 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 35 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of dosage form.
  • the total content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the dosage form is within the range of 40 ⁇ 39 wt.-%, more preferably 40 ⁇ 32 wt.-%, still more preferably 40 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 40 ⁇ 18 wt.-%, most preferably 40 ⁇ 11 wt.-%, and in particular 40 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of dosage form.
  • the capsule is preferably filled with particle(s) A, which are optionally coated comprising portion b C of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, and/or with the outer matrix material and/or with portion b P of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b in form of a powder, and/or with optionally present particle(s) B, and/or with the optionally present granules comprising portion b G of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b; and additionally with a filler/binder, preferably lactose or mannitol.
  • particle(s) A which are optionally coated comprising portion b C of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, and/or with the outer matrix material and/or with portion b P of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b in form of a powder, and/or with optionally present particle(s) B, and/or with the optionally present granules comprising portion b G of the optionally present
  • the total content of the filler/binder is preferably within the range of 25 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, more preferably 25 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and most preferably 25 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • the total content of the filler/binder is preferably within the range of 35 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, more preferably 35 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 35 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, even more preferably 35 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and most preferably 35 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • the total content of the filler/binder is preferably within the range of 45 ⁇ 40 wt.-%, more preferably 45 ⁇ 35 wt.-%, still more preferably 45 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, yet more preferably 45 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, even more preferably 45 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, and most preferably 45 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and in particular 45 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • the total content of the filler/binder is preferably within the range of 55 ⁇ 40 wt.-%, more preferably 55 ⁇ 35 wt.-%, still more preferably 55 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, yet more preferably 55 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, even more preferably 55 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, and most preferably 55 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, and in particular 55 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • the total content of the filler/binder is preferably within the range of 65 ⁇ 30 wt.-%, more preferably 65 ⁇ 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 65 ⁇ 20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 65 ⁇ 15 wt.-%, even more preferably 65 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and most preferably 65 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • the filler/binder in the capsule filling can accelerate in vitro release of the pharmacologically active ingredient a and/or of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b from the dosage form according to the invention.
  • the filler/binder is contained in the optionally present particle(s) B but not in the particle(s) A of the dosage form according to the invention.
  • the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently comprise a disintegrant, wherein the content of the disintegrant is more than 5.0 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the dosage form contains the entire amount of disintegrant within the particle(s), i.e. outside the particle(s) there is preferably no disintegrant.
  • the disintegrant is preferably homogeneously distributed in the particle(s).
  • the coating does not contain disintegrant.
  • the dosage form contains the disintegrant within the particle(s) as well as outside the particle(s).
  • the nature of disintegrant within the particle(s) is identical with the nature of disintegrant outside the particle(s).
  • different disintegrants inside the particle(s) and outside the particle(s) are also possible in accordance with the invention.
  • the disintegrant is preferably homogeneously distributed in the particle(s).
  • the coating does not contain disintegrant.
  • the dosage form particularly when the dosage form is the preferred tablet according to the invention, contains the disintegrant outside the particle(s), and optionally also within the particle.
  • Suitable disintegrants are known to the skilled person and are preferably selected from the group consisting of starches, starch derivatives, cellulose derivatives and gas releasing substances. Croscarmellose ist particularly preferred as disintegrant.
  • Preferred starches include but are not limited to “standard starch” (e.g. native maize starch) and pregelatinized starch (e.g. starch 1500).
  • Preferred starch derivatives include but are not limited to sodium starch glycolate (e.g. Vivastar®).
  • Preferred gas releasing substances include but are not limited to sodium bicarbonate.
  • Preferred disintegrants include but are not limited to crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Na-CMC) (e.g. Crosscarmellose, Vivasol®, Ac-Di-Sol®); crosslinked casein (e.g. Esma-Spreng®); polysaccharide mixtures obtained from soybeans (e.g. Emcosoy®); maize starch or pretreated maize starch (e.g. Amijel®); sodium alginate; polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) (e.g. Kollidone®, Polyplasdone®, Polydone®); crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP CI) (e.g.
  • Crosslinked polymers are particularly preferred disintegrants, especially crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Na-CMC) or crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP CI).
  • the content of the disintegrant is at least 6.0 wt.-%, at least 7.0 wt.-%, at least 8.0 wt.-%, at least 9.0 wt.-%, or at least 10 wt.-%, more preferably at least 12 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 14 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 15 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 16 wt.-%, most preferably at least 18 wt.-%, and in particular at least 19 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 15 ⁇ 9.0 wt.-%, more preferably 15 ⁇ 8.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 15 ⁇ 8.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 15 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, most preferably 15 ⁇ 7.0 wt.-%, and in particular 15 ⁇ 6.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 15 ⁇ 6.0 wt.-%, more preferably 15 ⁇ 5.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 15 ⁇ 5.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 15 ⁇ 4.5 wt.-%, most preferably 15 ⁇ 4.0 wt.-%, and in particular 15 ⁇ 3.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 15 ⁇ 3.0 wt.-%, more preferably 15 ⁇ 2.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 15 ⁇ 2.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 15 ⁇ 1.5 wt.-%, most preferably 15 ⁇ 1.0 wt.-%, and in particular 15 ⁇ 0.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 20 ⁇ 15 wt.-% or 20 ⁇ 14 wt.-%, more preferably 20 ⁇ 13 wt.-%, still more preferably 20 ⁇ 12 wt.-%, yet more preferably 20 ⁇ 11 wt.-%, most preferably 20 ⁇ 10 wt.-%, and in particular 20 ⁇ 9.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 20 ⁇ 9.0 wt.-%, more preferably 20 ⁇ 8.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 20 ⁇ 8.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 20 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, most preferably 20 ⁇ 7.0 wt.-%, and in particular 20 ⁇ 6.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 20 ⁇ 6.0 wt.-%, more preferably 20 ⁇ 5.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 20 ⁇ 5.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 20 ⁇ 4.5 wt.-%, most preferably 20 ⁇ 4.0 wt.-%, and in particular 20 ⁇ 3.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 20 ⁇ 3.0 wt.-%, more preferably 20 ⁇ 2.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 20 ⁇ 2.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 20 ⁇ 1.5 wt.-%, most preferably 20 ⁇ 1.0 wt.-%, and in particular 20 ⁇ 0.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 25 ⁇ 9.0 wt.-%, more preferably 25 ⁇ 8.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 ⁇ 8.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25 ⁇ 7.5 wt.-%, most preferably 25 ⁇ 7.0 wt.-%, and in particular 25 ⁇ 6.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 25 ⁇ 6.0 wt.-%, more preferably 25 ⁇ 5.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 ⁇ 5.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25 ⁇ 4.5 wt.-%, most preferably 25 ⁇ 4.0 wt.-%, and in particular 25 ⁇ 3.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 25 ⁇ 3.0 wt.-%, more preferably 25 ⁇ 2.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 ⁇ 2.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25 ⁇ 1.5 wt.-%, most preferably 25 ⁇ 1.0 wt.-%, and in particular 25 ⁇ 0.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules respectively.
  • the dosage form according to the invention contains more than a single disintegrant, e.g. a mixture of two different disintegrants, the above percentages preferably refer to the total content of disintegrants.
  • the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the disintegrant is within the range of 8:1 to 1:5, more preferably 7:1 to 1:4, still more preferably 6:1 to 1:3, yet more preferably 5:1 to 1:2, most preferably 4:1 to 1:1, and in particular 3:1 to 2:1.
  • the relative weight ratio of the pharmacologically active ingredient a to the disintegrant is within the range of 4:1 to 1:10, more preferably 3:1 to 1:9, still more preferably 2:1 to 1:8, yet more preferably 1:1 to 1:7, most preferably 1:2 to 1:6, and in particular 1:3 to 1:5.
  • the dosage form may contain a single disintegrant or a mixture of different disintegrants.
  • the dosage form may contain a single disintegrant.
  • the dosage form according to the invention and/or the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently further comprise an antioxidant.
  • Suitable antioxidants include ascorbic acid, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), salts of ascorbic acid, monothioglycerol, phosphorous acid, vitamin C, vitamin E and the derivatives thereof, coniferyl benzoate, nordihydroguajaretic acid, gallus acid esters, sodium bisulfate, particularly preferably butylhydroxytoluene or butylhydroxyanisole and a-tocopherol.
  • the antioxidant is preferably present in quantities of 0.01 wt.-% to 10 wt.-%, more preferably of 0.03 wt.-% to 5 wt.-%, most preferably of 0.05 wt.-% to 2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the dosage form according to the invention and/or the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently further comprise an acid, preferably citric acid.
  • the amount of acid is preferably in the range of 0.01 wt.-% to 20 wt.-%, more preferably in the range of 0.02 wt.-% to 10 wt.-%, and still more preferably in the range of 0.05 wt.-% to 5 wt.-%, and most preferably in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to 1.0 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the dosage form according to the invention and/or the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently further comprise another polymer which is preferably selected from cellulose esters and cellulose ethers, in particular hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC).
  • another polymer which is preferably selected from cellulose esters and cellulose ethers, in particular hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC).
  • the amount of the further polymer, preferably hydroxypropyl methylcellulose preferably ranges from 0.1 wt.-% to 30 wt.-%, more preferably in the range of 1.0 wt.-% to 20 wt.-%, most preferably in the range of 2.0 wt.-% to 15 wt.-%, and in particular in the range of 3.5 wt.-% to 10.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the further polymer is within the range of 4.5 ⁇ 2:1, more preferably 4.5 ⁇ 1.5:1, still more preferably 4.5 ⁇ 1:1, yet more preferably 4.5 ⁇ 0.5:1, most preferably 4.5 ⁇ 0.2:1, and in particular 4.5 ⁇ 0.1:1.
  • the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the further polymer is within the range of 8 ⁇ 7:1, more preferably 8 ⁇ 6:1, still more preferably 8 ⁇ 5:1, yet more preferably 8 ⁇ 4:1, most preferably 8 ⁇ 3:1, and in particular 8 ⁇ 2:1.
  • the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the further polymer is within the range of 11 ⁇ 8:1, more preferably 11 ⁇ 7:1, still more preferably 11 ⁇ 6:1, yet more preferably 11 ⁇ 5:1, most preferably 11 ⁇ 4:1, and in particular 11 ⁇ 3:1.
  • the dosage form and/or the particle(s) according to the invention do not contain any further polymer besides the polyalkylene oxide and optionally, polyethylene glycol.
  • the dosage form according to the invention contains at least one lubricant.
  • the lubricant is contained in the dosage form outside the particle(s), i.e. the particle(s) as such preferably do not contain lubricant.
  • the lubricant can be independently contained in the coating, the outer matrix material, and/or the granules.
  • Especially preferred lubricants are selected from
  • the amount of the lubricant ranges from 0.01 wt.-% to 10 wt.-%, more preferably in the range of 0.05 wt.-% to 7.5 wt.-%, most preferably in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to 5 wt.-%, and in particular in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to 1 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the dosage form contains no lubricant.
  • the dosage form according to the invention and/or the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently further comprise a plasticizer.
  • the plasticizer improves the processability of the polymer matrix that preferably comprises polyalkylene oxide.
  • a preferred plasticizer is polyalkylene glycol, like polyethylene glycol, triacetin, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, waxes and/or microcrystalline waxes.
  • Particularly preferred plasticizers are polyethylene glycols, such as PEG 6000 (Macrogol 6000).
  • the content of the plasticizer is within the range of from 0.5 to 30 wt.-%, more preferably 1.0 to 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 2.5 wt.-% to 22.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 5.0 wt.-% to 20 wt.-%, most preferably 6 to 20 wt.-% and in particular 7 wt.-% to 17.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the plasticizer is a polyalkylene glycol having a content within the range of 7 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, more preferably 7 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, still more preferably 7 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, yet more preferably 7 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, most preferably 7 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, and in particular 7 ⁇ 1 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the plasticizer is a polyalkylene glycol having a content within the range of 10 ⁇ 8 wt.-%, more preferably 10 ⁇ 6 wt.-%, still more preferably 10 ⁇ 5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 10 ⁇ 4 wt.-%, most preferably 10 ⁇ 3 wt.-%, and in particular 10 ⁇ 2 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the polyalkylene glycol is within the range of 5.4 ⁇ 2:1, more preferably 5.4 ⁇ 1.5:1, still more preferably 5.4 ⁇ 1:1, yet more preferably 5.4 ⁇ 0.5:1, most preferably 5.4 ⁇ 0.2:1, and in particular 5.4 ⁇ 0.1:1. This ratio satisfies the requirements of relative high polyalkylene oxide content and good extrudability.
  • Plasticizers can sometimes act as a lubricant, and lubricants can sometimes act as a plasticizer.
  • the polymer matrix comprises a polyalkylene oxide, preferably a polyethylene oxide with a weight average molecular weight within the range of from 0.5 to 15 million g/mol.
  • the particle(s) A comprise pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • Particularly preferred embodiments C 1 to C 12 are summarized in the tables here below:
  • a [wt.-%] C 5 C 6 C 7 C 8 pharmacologically active ingredient a 15.00 ⁇ 25.00 15.00 ⁇ 20.00 15.00 ⁇ 15.00 15.00 ⁇ 10.00 polyalkylene oxide 60.00 ⁇ 35.00 60.00 ⁇ 30.00 60.00 ⁇ 25.00 60.00 ⁇ 15.00 optionally acid, e.g. citric acid 0.80 ⁇ 0.75 0.80 ⁇ 0.65 0.80 ⁇ 0.50 0.80 ⁇ 0.35 optionally plasticizer, e.g.
  • a [wt.-%] C 9 C 10 C 11 C 12 pharmacologically active ingredient a 30.00 ⁇ 25.00 30.00 ⁇ 20.00 30.00 ⁇ 15.00 30.00 ⁇ 10.00 polyalkylene oxide 60.00 ⁇ 35.00 60.00 ⁇ 30.00 60.00 ⁇ 25.00 60.00 ⁇ 15.00 optionally acid, e.g.
  • plasticizer e.g. polyethylene 9.00 ⁇ 8.00 9.00 ⁇ 6.00 9.00 ⁇ 5.00 9.00 ⁇ 4.00 glycol optionally antioxidant, e.g. ⁇ -tocopherol 0.20 ⁇ 0.18 0.20 ⁇ 0.14 0.20 ⁇ 0.10 0.20 ⁇ 0.06 (all percentages relative to the total weight of the particle(s) A).
  • the particle(s) A and/or the optionally present particle(s) B are hot melt-extruded.
  • the particle(s) according to the invention are preferably prepared by melt-extrusion, although also other methods of thermoforming may be used in order to manufacture the particle(s) according to the invention such as press-molding at elevated temperature or heating of particle(s) that were manufactured by conventional compression in a first step and then heated above the softening temperature of the polyalkylene oxide in the particle(s) in a second step to form hard dosage forms.
  • thermoforming means the forming, or molding of a mass after the application of heat.
  • the particle(s) are thermoformed by hot-melt extrusion.
  • the particle(s) are prepared by hot melt-extrusion, preferably by means of a twin-screw-extruder.
  • Melt extrusion preferably provides a melt-extruded strand that is preferably cut into monoliths, which are then optionally compressed and formed into particle(s).
  • compression is achieved by means of a die and a punch, preferably from a monolithic mass obtained by melt extrusion. If obtained via melt extrusion, the compressing step is preferably carried out with a monolithic mass exhibiting ambient temperature, that is, a temperature in the range from 20 to 25° C.
  • the strands obtained by way of extrusion can either be subjected to the compression step as such or can be cut prior to the compression step.
  • This cutting can be performed by usual techniques, for example using rotating knives or compressed air, at elevated temperature, e.g. when the extruded stand is still warm due to hot-melt extrusion, or at ambient temperature, i.e. after the extruded strand has been allowed to cool down.
  • singulation of the extruded strand into extruded particle(s) is preferably performed by cutting the extruded strand immediately after it has exited the extrusion die. It is possible to subject the extruded strands to the compression step or to the cutting step when still warm, that is more or less immediately after the extrusion step.
  • the extrusion is preferably carried out by means of a twin-screw extruder.
  • the particle(s) of the dosage form according to the invention may be produced by different processes, the particularly preferred of which are explained in greater detail below.
  • Several suitable processes have already been described in the prior art. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., WO 2005/016313, WO 2005/016314, WO 2005/063214, WO 2005/102286, WO 2006/002883, WO 2006/002884, WO 2006/002886, WO 2006/082097, and WO 2006/082099.
  • the process for the production of the particle(s) according to the invention preferably comprises the following steps:
  • the mixture is compressed and subsequently heated. In another preferred embodiment, the mixture is heated and subsequently compressed. In still another preferred embodiment, the mixture is heated and compressed simultaneously. A skilled person recognizes that combinations of these embodiments according to the invention are also possible.
  • Heat may be supplied directly, e.g. by contact or by means of hot gas such as hot air, or with the assistance of ultrasound; or is indirectly supplied by friction and/or shear.
  • Force may be applied and/or the particle(s) may be shaped for example by direct tabletting or with the assistance of a suitable extruder, particularly by means of a screw extruder equipped with one or two screws (single-screw-extruder and twin-screw-extruder, respectively) or by means of a planetary gear extruder.
  • the final shape of the particle(s) may either be provided during the hardening of the mixture by applying heat and force (step (c)) or in a subsequent step (step (e)).
  • the mixture of all components is preferably in the plastified state, i.e. preferably, shaping is performed at a temperature at least above the softening point of the polyalkylene oxide.
  • extrusion at lower temperatures e.g. ambient temperature, is also possible and may be preferred.
  • a particularly preferred process for the manufacture of the particle(s) according to the invention involves hot-melt extrusion.
  • the particle(s) according to the invention are produced by thermoforming with the assistance of an extruder, preferably without there being any observable consequent discoloration of the extrudate.
  • Mixing of the components according to process step a) may also proceed in the extruder.
  • the components may also be mixed in a mixer known to the person skilled in the art.
  • the mixer may, for example, be a roll mixer, shaking mixer, shear mixer or compulsory mixer.
  • The, preferably molten, mixture which has been heated in the extruder at least up to the softening point of polyalkylene oxide is extruded from the extruder through a die with at least one bore, preferably a multitude of bores.
  • the process according to the invention requires the use of suitable extruders, preferably screw extruders. Screw extruders which are equipped with two screws (twin-screw-extruders) are particularly preferred.
  • extrusion is performed in the absence of water, i.e., no water is added.
  • traces of water e.g., caused by atmospheric humidity may be present.
  • the extruder preferably comprises at least two temperature zones, with heating of the mixture at least up to the softening point of the polyalkylene oxide proceeding in the first zone, which is downstream from a feed zone and optionally mixing zone.
  • the throughput of the mixture is preferably from 1.0 kg to 15 kg/hour. In a preferred embodiment, the throughput is from 0.5 kg/hour to 3.5 kg/hour. In another preferred embodiment, the throughput is from 4 to 15 kg/hour.
  • the die head pressure is within the range of from 25 to 200 bar.
  • the die head pressure can be adjusted inter alia by die geometry, temperature profile, extrusion speed, number of bores in the dies, screw configuration, first feeding steps in the extruder, and the like.
  • the die geometry or the geometry of the bores is freely selectable.
  • the die or the bores may accordingly exhibit a round, oblong or oval cross-section, wherein the round cross-section preferably has a diameter of 0.1 mm to 2 mm, preferably of 0.5 mm to 0.9 mm.
  • the die or the bores have a round cross-section.
  • the casing of the extruder used according to the invention may be heated or cooled. The corresponding temperature control, i.e.
  • the mixture to be extruded exhibits at least an average temperature (product temperature) corresponding to the softening temperature of the polyalkylene oxide and does not rise above a temperature at which the pharmacologically active ingredient a to be processed may be damaged.
  • the temperature of the mixture to be extruded is adjusted to below 180° C., preferably below 150° C., but at least to the softening temperature of polyalkylene oxide. Typical extrusion temperatures are 120° C. and 150° C.
  • the extruder torque is within the range of from 30 to 95%.
  • Extruder torque can be adjusted inter alia by die geometry, temperature profile, extrusion speed, number of bores in the dies, screw configuration, first feeding steps in the extruder, and the like.
  • the extrudates are preferably singulated. This singulation may preferably be performed by cutting up the extrudates by means of revolving or rotating knives, wires, blades or with the assistance of laser cutters.
  • intermediate or final storage of the optionally singulated extrudate or the final shape of the particle(s) according to the invention is performed under oxygen-free atmosphere which may be achieved, e.g., by means of oxygen-scavengers.
  • the singulated extrudate may be press-formed into particle(s) in order to impart the final shape to the particle(s).
  • the application of force in the extruder onto the at least plasticized mixture is adjusted by controlling the rotational speed of the conveying device in the extruder and the geometry thereof and by dimensioning the outlet orifice in such a manner that the pressure necessary for extruding the plasticized mixture is built up in the extruder, preferably immediately prior to extrusion.
  • the extrusion parameters which, for each particular composition, are necessary to give rise to a dosage form with desired mechanical properties, may be established by simple preliminary testing.
  • extrusion may be performed by means of a twin-screw-extruder type ZSE 18 or ZSE27 (Leistritz, Nurnberg, Germany), screw diameters of 18 or 27 mm. Screws having eccentric or blunt ends may be used.
  • a heatable die with a round bore or with a multitude of bores each having a diameter of 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9 or 1.0 mm may be used.
  • the extrusion parameters may be adjusted e.g.
  • the throughput can generally be increased by increasing the number of dies at the extruder outlet.
  • extrusion is performed by means of twin-screw-extruders or planetary-gear-extruders, twin-screw extruders (co-rotating or contra-rotating) being particularly preferred.
  • the particle(s) according to the invention are preferably produced by thermoforming with the assistance of an extruder without any observable consequent discoloration of the extrudates.
  • the particle(s) may be produced e.g. by means of a Micro Pelletizer (Leistritz, Nurnberg, Germany).
  • the process for the preparation of the particle(s) according to the invention is preferably performed continuously.
  • the process involves the extrusion of a homogeneous mixture of all components.
  • the thus obtained intermediate e.g. the strand obtained by extrusion, exhibits uniform properties.
  • Particularly desirable are uniform density, uniform distribution of the active compound, uniform mechanical properties, uniform porosity, uniform appearance of the surface, etc. Only under these circumstances the uniformity of the pharmacological properties, such as the stability of the release profile, may be ensured and the amount of rejects can be kept low.
  • the particle(s) according to the invention can be regarded as “extruded pellets”.
  • extruded pellets has structural implications which are understood by persons skilled in the art. A person skilled in the art knows that pelletized dosage forms can be prepared by a number of techniques, including:
  • extruded pellets can be obtained either by hot-melt extrusion or by extrusion-spheronization.
  • Extruded pellets can be distinguished from other types of pellets, as extruded pellets typically have a different shape.
  • the shape of the extruded pellets is typically more cut-rod-like than perfectly globated round.
  • Extruded pellets can be distinguished from other types of pellets because they are structurally different. For example, drug layering on nonpareils yields multilayered pellets having a core, whereas extrusion typically yields a monolithic mass comprising a homogeneous mixture of all ingredients. Similarly, spray drying and spray congealing typically yield spheres, whereas extrusion typically yields cylindrical extrudates which can be subsequently spheronized.
  • extruded pellets and “agglomerated pellets” are significant because they may affect the release of active substances from the pellets and consequently result in different pharmacological profiles. Therefore, a person skilled in the pharmaceutical formulation art would not consider “extruded pellets” to be equivalent to “agglomerated pellets”.
  • the dosage forms according to the invention may be prepared by any conventional method. Suitable methods and apparatuses are known to the skilled person.
  • all components may be filled separately or as admixture into the capsules.
  • Said components may include but are not limited to particle(s) A, which may optionally be provided with a coating comprising optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b or portion b C thereof, the optionally present particle(s) B, the optionally present powder of optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, and the optionally present granules of optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, respectively.
  • the tablet is preferably prepared by compression.
  • particle(s) are preferably mixed, e.g. blended and/or granulated (e.g. wet granulated), e.g. with matrix material of the preferred table according to the invention, the optionally present powder of optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b and the optionally present granules of optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, respectively, and the resulting mix (e.g. blend or granulate) is then compressed, preferably in moulds, to form dosage forms.
  • the particle(s) may be incorporated into a matrix using other processes, such as by melt granulation (e.g. using fatty alcohols and/or water-soluble waxes and/or water-insoluble waxes) or high shear granulation, followed by compression.
  • the compression force is preferably within the range of from 5 to 30 kN, preferably from 15 to 25 kN.
  • the compression force is preferably within the range of from 5 to 40 kN, in certain embodiments >25 kN, in other embodiments 13 kN.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably comprises no wax ingredients.
  • Wax ingredients include fatty acid esters, glycerol fatty acid esters, fatty glyceride derivatives, waxes, and fatty alcohols such as, for example, glycerol behenate, glycerol palmitostearate, glycerol monostearate, stearoyl macroglycerides.
  • waxes more generally include insect and animal waxes, vegetable waxes, mineral waxes, petroleum waxes, and synthetic waxes; particularly examples include beeswax, carnauba wax, condelilla wax, montan wax, ouricury wax, rice-bran wax, jojoba wax, microcrystalline wax, cetyl ester wax, cetyl alcohol, anionic emulsifying wax, nonionic emulsifying wax and paraffin wax.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises particle(s) A which preferably neither comprise an active pharmaceutical layer comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient nor a layer comprising a pH-sensitive film comprising a pH-sensitive polymer that is insoluble in water at a pH greater than 5 and is soluble in water at a pH below 5.
  • the particle(s) A and dosage forms according to the invention may be used in medicine, e.g. as an analgesic.
  • the particle(s) A and dosage forms are therefore particularly suitable for the treatment or management of pain.
  • the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably an analgesic.
  • a further aspect according to the invention relates to the dosage form as described above for use in the treatment of pain.
  • a further aspect of the invention relates to the use of a pharmacologically active ingredient a and/or of an optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b for the manufacture of a dosage form according to the invention for the treatment of pain.
  • a further aspect of the invention relates to a method for the treatment of pain comprising the administration, preferably oral administration of a dosage form according to the invention to a subject in need thereof.
  • a further aspect according to the invention relates to the use of a dosage form according to the invention for avoiding or hindering the abuse of the pharmacologically active ingredient a and optionally also of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b contained therein.
  • a further aspect according to the invention relates to the use of a dosage form according to the invention for avoiding or hindering the unintentional overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a contained therein.
  • the invention also relates to the use of a pharmacologically active ingredient a and/or of an optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b for the manufacture of the dosage form according to the invention for the prophylaxis and/or the treatment of a disorder, thereby preventing an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a, particularly due to comminution of the dosage form by mechanical action.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to the use of a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention as described above for the prevention of an overdose of pharmacologically active ingredient a after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to method for the prevention of an overdose of pharmacologically active ingredient a after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a, the method comprising the provision of a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention as described above.
  • Comparative Example 1 both relate to a combination comprising 10 mg hydrocodone and 325 mg acetaminophen. Comparative Example 1 is based on a commercial product.
  • Inventive Example 2 and Comparative Example 2 both relate to a combination comprising 5 mg hydrocodone and acetaminophen.
  • Inventive Example 2 relates to a dose of 325 mg acetaminophen, whereas Comparative Example 2 relates to a dose of 300 mg acetaminophen. This minor difference, however, is not significant for the effect as demonstrated by this comparative experimental setting.
  • Comparative Example 2 is based on a commercial product.
  • Comparative Example 3 both relate to a composition containing 10 mg amphetamine as the only pharmacologically active ingredient. Comparative Example 3 is based on a commercial product.
  • Tablets containing a combination of hydrocodone with acetaminophen were manufactured from
  • Powder mixtures of the various ingredients for the pellets were manufactured by weighing (10 kg balance), sieving (1.0 mm hand sieve) and blending. The thus obtained powder mixtures were then hot-melt extruded (twin-screw extruder, Leistritz ZSE 18, blunt ends of kneading elements, and extrusion diameter of 8 ⁇ 0.8 mm).
  • the extrusion parameters are summarized in the table here below:
  • Extrusion parameter set Extrusion temperature [° C.] 100-135° C. nozzle [° C.] 135 speed screw [rpm] 100 die diameter [mm] 0.8
  • the granules comprising acetaminophen were separately prepared by conventional granulation.
  • a powder mixture comprising acetaminophen was prepared and thoroughly blended by means of a rapid mixer/granulator (Diosna® P10-60, chopper switched off) for 5 min at 90 rpm.
  • a granulation solution was prepared from purified water and hypromellose. The solution was stirred for 15 min at 550 rpm and 70° C.
  • the powder mixture was granulated by adding the granulation solution over 1:30 min in the rapid mixer/granulator (Diosna® P10-60, chopper at 500 rpm) for 5 min at 135 rpm.
  • compositions of the hot-melt extruded pellets, the granules and the powder as well as their relative contents in the overall tablets are summarized in the table here below:
  • the in vitro release profiles were measured under modified conditions.
  • the testing conditions were varied, particularly with respect to the overall volume of the release medium (900 mL, 600 mL, and 250 mL).
  • the results of the in vitro release measurements are shown in the tables here below.
  • the dosage forms according to Inventive Example 1 are useful for avoiding overdose upon multiple dosing. For example, while a single dosage form has released 4.13 mg hydrocodone after 30 minutes, when a multitude of 5 dosage forms is tested thereby simulating 5-fold multiple dosing, one dosage form within the group of 5 dosage form has released only 1.97 mg hydrocodone after 30 minutes. When a multitude of 10 dosage forms is tested thereby simulating 10-fold multiple dosing, one dosage form within the group of 10 dosage forms has even only released 1.20 mg hydrocodone after 30 minutes.
  • the dosage forms according to Inventive Example 1 are useful for avoiding overdose upon multiple dosing of both pharmacologically active ingredients. For example, while a single dosage form has released 123.13 mg acetaminophen after 30 minutes, when a multitude of 5 dosage forms is tested thereby simulating 5-fold multiple dosing, one dosage form within the group of 5 dosage form has released only 60.74 mg acetaminophen after 30 minutes. When a multitude of 10 dosage forms is tested thereby simulating 10-fold multiple dosing, one dosage form within the group of 10 dosage forms has even only released 51.20 mg acetaminophen after 30 minutes.
  • the advantages of the dosage form according to the invention do not only affect the pharmacologically active ingredient a that is embedded in the polyalkylene oxide in particle(s) A, but also the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b that may be present elsewhere in the dosage form.
  • the in vitro release profiles with respect to the release of hydrocodone (pharmacologically active ingredient a) are shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the in vitro release profiles with respect to the release of acetaminophen (optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b) are shown in FIG. 4 .
  • 1 tablet 10 tablets [mg] 1 tablet 10 tablets mean [mg] per tablet all 10 [%] [%] 0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 15 min 142.07 133.69 1336.87 43.71 41.13 30 min 178.55 177.74 1777.37 54.94 54.69 60 min 221.90 207.28 2072.80 68.28 63.78
  • tablets were prepared comprising hot-melt extruded pellets, granules and powder as summarized in the table here below containing 5 mg hydrocodone+325 mg acetaminophen:
  • the TIMagc system was used for testing release.
  • the advanced gastric compartment of the TIMagc system realistically simulates gastric shape and motility and the consequent forces that are applied to dosage forms and food.
  • This compartment can be used as standalone or as part of the TIM gastrointestinal systems to evaluate the bio-accessibility (availability for absorption) of nutrients.
  • TIM is the dynamic in vitro gastro-intestinal model that simulates very closely the successive conditions of the stomach and small intestine.
  • the luminal conditions in the stomach are accurately simulated under computer-controlled conditions.
  • the TIMagc system was designed and validated for the in vivo situation (see Bellmann et al., Development of an advanced in vitro model of the stomach for studying the gastric behaviour of compounds. Food Res. Internat. 2016).
  • TIMagc Fed state Fasted state Intake 300 g 270 g High fat meal (HFM) 150 g — Citrate buffer — 27 g Water 70 g 213 g Gastric start residue 10 g 30 g Gastric electrolyte solution 70 g — Gastric emptying T1 ⁇ 2 80 min 20 min Gastric pH 6.5 to 1.7 in 180 min 3.0 to 1.8 in 30 min
  • the high fat meal was used for fed state experiments as recommended by the FDA for clinical studies (FDA, CDER Guidance for Bioavailability and Fed Bioequivalence).
  • This meal contained 50 energy % fat, 20 energy % protein and 30 energy % in the form of carbohydrates.
  • the meal was composed of eggs, bacon, toast bread, potatoes, milk, butter and margarine.
  • the meal was prepared as one batch, divided in portions (160 g) and stored below ⁇ 18° C. Per TIMagc run one portion of the meal was used.
  • Gastric secretions are composed of gastric enzymes, namely lipase, pepsin and (‘swallowed’) alpha-amylase, sodium acetate buffer, as well as gastric electrolyte solution (NaCl, KCl, CaCl 2 ⁇ 2H 2 O).
  • Gastric starting fluid was composed of 15 g gastric electrolyte solution and 15 g HPMC (0.4%) plus bile (0.04%).
  • the in vitro gastrointestinal model TIM equipped with the advanced gastric compartment was used.
  • the compartment consisted of a body part and the distal and proximal antrum.
  • FIG. 7 schematically illustrates the TIMagc representing A: gastric body; B: proximal antrum; C: distal (terminal) antrum; D: pyloric sphincter.
  • Gastric secretions comprising gastric enzymes and gastric acid entered the TIMagc in the gastric body ( FIG. 7 , part A).
  • the TIMagc emptied over time as a result of the pre-set gastric emptying curve according to the fed state or fasted state profile.
  • the gastric effluent was collected at the following time points: 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 45 and 60 minutes in the fasted state and at 10, 15, 20, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180 minutes in the fed state. At the end of each experiment all residual material was collected by a pipet from the TIMagc and the compartment was rinsed once with 50 ml warm water. Withdrawn samples were directly treated for sample analysis by the sponsor.
  • a (mg) C sample ( ⁇ g/ml) ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 ⁇ V sample (ml)
  • Acetaminophen cumulative amount [% LS] fasted state
  • Acetaminophen cumulative amount [% LS] ⁇ fed state [% LS] ⁇ fed state:
  • FIGS. 11 to 13 The results for acetaminophen are illustrated by FIGS. 11 to 13 .
  • pellets having the following composition were prepared and coated with a protective coating (Opadry®):
  • the pellets were filled into capsules (Capsugel® transparent, coni snap), size 2.
  • Example 2 In accordance with Inventive Example 2 and Comparative Example 2 (TIMagc system), the following experiments were performed for the following test products (the capsules/tablets were tested as such as well as the pellets contained in such capsules after removal of the capsule):
  • FIGS. 14 to 16 The results for amphetamine capsules/tablets are also illustrated by FIGS. 14 to 16 .
  • FIG. 17 The results for the separated amphetamine pellets are illustrated by FIG. 17 .
  • the number of dosage forms that are contained in the stomach i.e. that are administered simultaneously, can be distinguished from one another (1 vs. 5 vs. 10).
  • the residence time in the stomach is of clinical relevance. The longer the residence time in the stomach, the more difficult (less likely) it is to achieve the desired “kick” by simultaneously administering a plurality of dosage forms.
  • the experimental data demonstrate that the inventive formulations provide an extended residence time in the stomach when administered simultaneously as a plurality, whereas the comparative formulations do not show such an extended residence time in the stomach.

Abstract

The invention relates to a pharmaceutical dosage form which is particularly useful for the prevention of an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient.

Description

  • This application claims priority of European patent application no. 15 184 634.2 that was filed on Sep. 10, 2015.
  • The invention relates to a pharmaceutical dosage form which is particularly useful for the prevention of an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • A large number of drugs have a potential for being abused or misused, i.e. they can be used to produce effects which are not consistent with their intended use. Examples of commonly abused drugs include psychoactive drugs, anxiolytics, sedative hypnotics, stimulants, depressants, and analgesics such as narcotic analgesics, among others. In particular, drugs which have a psychotropic effect, e.g. opioids, morphine derivatives, barbiturates, amphetamines, ketamine, and other drugs, are abused to induce euphoric states similar to being intoxicated, and can cause psychological or physical dependence.
  • Some common techniques for intentionally abusing a drug begin with an abuser obtaining a solid dosage form such as an orally administered tablet or capsule, and crushing the solid dosage form into a powder. The powder may be administered by an abuser by nasal insufflation (i.e., “snorting”) to introduce the drug to the abuser's bloodstream intranasally. Alternately, the crushed dosage form may be combined with a solvent that is capable of dissolving the drug, and the solvent with the dissolved drug may be injected directly into an abuser's bloodstream. This type of administration results in an even faster diffusion of the drug compared to the oral abuse, with the result desired by the abuser, namely the kick.
  • Various concepts for the avoidance of drug abuse have been developed. It has been proposed to incorporate in dosage forms aversive agents and/or antagonists in a manner so that they only produce their aversive and/or antagonizing effects when the dosage forms are tampered with. However, the presence of such aversive agents, e.g. bitter substances, irritants, colorants, emetics, and the like is principally not desirable and there is a need to provide sufficient tamper-resistance without relying on aversive agents and/or antagonists.
  • Another concept to prevent abuse relies on the mechanical properties of the pharmaceutical dosage forms, particularly an increased breaking strength (resistance to crushing). The mechanical properties, particularly the high breaking strength of these pharmaceutical dosage forms renders them tamper-resistant. The major advantage of such pharmaceutical dosage forms is that comminuting, particularly pulverization, by conventional means, such as grinding in a mortar or fracturing by means of a hammer, is impossible or at least substantially impeded. Thus, the pulverization, necessary for abuse of the dosage forms, by the means that are usually available to a potential abuser is prevented or at least complicated. Such pharmaceutical dosage forms are useful for avoiding drug abuse of the drug contained therein, as they may not be powdered by conventional means and thus, cannot be administered in powdered form, e.g. nasally. In the context of such break resistant pharmaceutical dosage forms it can be referred to, e.g., WO 2005/016313, WO 2005/016314, WO 2005/063214, WO 2005/102286, WO 2006/002883, WO 2006/002884, WO 2006/002886, WO 2006/082097, WO 2006/082099, WO 2008/107149, WO 2009/092601, WO 2011/009603, WO 2011/009602, WO 2009/135680, WO 2011/095314, WO 2012/028317, WO 2012/028318, WO 2012/028319, WO 2011/009604, WO 2013/017242, WO 2013/017234, WO 2013/050539, WO 2013/127830, WO 2013/072395, WO 2013/127831, WO 2013/156453, WO 2013/167735, WO 2015/004245, WO 2014/191396, and WO 2014/191397.
  • Still another concept to prevent abuse relies on the presence of auxiliary substances that increase the viscosity of the resultant composition when the dosage forms are tampered with, e.g. when they are subjected to liquids in order to prepare formulations for parenteral administration, e.g. intravenous injection. Said auxiliary substances increase the viscosity of the resultant compositions to such an extent that the liquids cannot be drawn-up in syringes. While it may be possible to extract the drug from the dosage form at least to a certain extent, the extract is not useful for subsequent abuse.
  • WO 2015/103379 A1 discloses abuse-resistant, immediate-release liquid pharmaceutical compositions comprising a mixture of an effective amount at least one pharmaceutically active agent susceptible to abuse, an organic vehicle, a surfactant, a co-solvent, and optionally a viscosity-building polymer; wherein said organic vehicle, surfactant, and co-solvent co-elute with the pharmaceutically active agent when exposed to a solvent, and wherein the viscosity-building polymer is present in an amount that slows the release of the pharmaceutically active agent if multiple unit doses of the composition are administered. The compositions shall reduce the likelihood of improper administration of drugs that are susceptible to abuse. The compositions contain abuse deterrent agents that cause discomfort to the user when administered in an improper manner and make the extraction of an active ingredient more difficult.
  • Alternatively, with immediate release oral dosage forms, an abuser might simply ingest multiple units (e.g., tablets) of the dosage form together, e.g., simultaneously. Each one of the multiple dosage form units—immediately releases an amount of drug to produce a short-term concentration spike of the drug in the user's bloodstream and a desired “high” in the user.
  • WO 2008/107149 discloses a multiparticulate pharmaceutical form with impeded abuse including at least one active ingredient with the potential for abuse (A), at least one synthetic or natural polymer (C), optionally at least one natural, semi-synthetic, or synthetic wax (D), at least one disintegrant (E), and optionally one or more additional physiologically tolerable excipients (B), wherein the individual particles of the pharmaceutical form have a breaking strength of at least 500 N and an active ingredient release of at least 75% after 45 minutes, measured according to Pharm. Eur. in the paddle mixer with a sinker in a 600 ml aqueous buffer solution with a pH value of 1.2 at 37° C. and 75 revolutions per minute.
  • WO 2013/017242 and WO 2013/017234 relate to a tamper-resistant tablet comprising a matrix material in an amount of more than one third of the total weight of the tablet; and a plurality of particulates in an amount of less than two thirds of the total weight of the tablet; wherein said particulates comprise a pharmacologically active compound and a polyalkylene oxide; and form a discontinuous phase within the matrix material.
  • US 2015 0118300 A1 discloses oral dosage forms that contain abuse-deterrent features and that contain core-shell polymers that include an active pharmaceutical ingredient, with particular examples including immediate release dosage forms that contain a drug that is commonly susceptible to abuse.
  • US 2015 0118302 A1 and US 2015 0118303 A1 disclose immediate release oral dosage forms that contain abuse-deterrent features. In particular, the disclosed dosage forms provide deterrence of abuse by ingestion of multiple individual doses. In addition, the disclosed dosage forms provide protection from overdose in the event of accidental or intentional ingestion of multiple individual doses. The dosage forms have a relatively complex construction of a) core-shell particles comprising: a core; an active pharmaceutical layer surrounding the core; at least one layer surrounding the active pharmaceutical layer, the at least one layer comprising a pH-sensitive film comprising pH-sensitive polymer that is insoluble in water at a pH greater than 5 and is soluble in water at a pH below 5; and b) a matrix comprising a disintegrant and a gelling polymer.
  • The properties of conventional tamper-resistant dosage forms are not satisfactory in every respect. The requirements for tamper-resistant dosage forms that nowadays need to be satisfied are complex and sometimes are difficult to be combined and arranged with one another. While a certain measure may improve tamper-resistance in a certain aspect, the same measure may deteriorate tamper-resistance in another aspect or otherwise may have a detrimental effect on the properties of the dosage forms.
  • Although the pharmaceutical industry has identified a variety of abuse deterrent features useful with oral dosage forms, there is continuing need to improve and identify new abuse deterrent features to inhibit or prevent abuse or overdosing of active pharmaceutical ingredients.
  • It is an object of the invention to provide pharmaceutical dosage forms having advantages compared to the pharmaceutical dosage forms of the prior art. The pharmaceutical dosage forms should be particularly useful for avoiding or preventing of an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient contained therein after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient.
  • This object has been achieved by the subject-matter of the patent claims.
  • A first aspect of the invention relates to a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient a and a polymer matrix which comprises a polyalkylene oxide having an average molecular weight of at least 200,000 g/mol; preferably of at least 500,000 g/mol;
  • wherein preferably a single dosage form provides under physiological conditions fast release, more preferably immediate release of the pharmacologically active ingredient a; and
    wherein at least a portion of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is contained in one or more particles A which comprise the polymer matrix in which the pharmacologically active ingredient a is embedded;
    for use in the prevention of an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • Preferably, the overdose that is to be prevented is the result of an accidental or intentional simultaneous oral administration of a plurality of not-manipulated dosage forms, i.e. the plurality of dosage forms is preferably intact and with respect to an individual dosage form present in prescribed form. Preferably, the only deviation from the prescribed mode of administration and prescribed route of administration is the number of the administered dosage forms, namely a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • It has been surprisingly found that the dosage forms according to the invention provide deterrence against abuse by multi-tablet dosing (multi-dosage-form-dosing). More specifically, in vitro testing of dosage forms was performed by conducting dissolution testing of one or more dosage forms (tablets) in various volumes of 0.1N HCL maintained at 37° C. using a 25 rpm and 50 rpm paddle speed. At 25 rpm the amount (percentage per tablet) of pharmacologically active ingredient a (opioid) and pharmacologically active ingredient b (acetaminophen) released in the media is reduced with an increase in the number of tablets, whereas at 50 rpm this effect was less pronounced or could not be observed. The mixing conditions at 25 rpm are still not comparable with the conditions in the gastrointestinal tract under in vivo conditions (J. L. Baxter et al., Int J Pharm 292 (2005) 17-28; M. Koziolek et al., Eur J Pharm Sci 57 (2014) 250-256). Under in vivo conditions in the stomach pharmaceutical dosage forms are not subject to rotational movement but to compression forces. The data suggest that the dosage forms according to the invention are effective to prevent increased levels of drug uptake in an individual who would accidentally or intentionally ingest multiple tablets, preventing or reducing the risk of an intentional or unintentional overdose of the drug.
  • Accordingly, the dosage forms according to the invention provide a method of preventing a short-term concentration spike of the drug in the bloodstream of a patient who is prescribed the drug, or in the bloodstream of an abuser who consumes the drug for recreational purposes, in the event that a patient or the abuser intentionally or unintentionally consumes a supratherapeutic dose of the drug. In addition, dosage forms as described herein provide a method whereby a drug overdose may be prevented in the event that a patient intentionally or unintentionally consumes a supratherapeutic dose of the drug. By “supratherapeutic” is meant a dose that exceeds what would normally be prescribed for therapy, for example a dose in excess of four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven or twelve individual dose units (e.g., tablets, capsules, etc.).
  • Thus, the dosage formas according to the invention are useful for the prevention of an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a after accidental or intentional simultaneous preferably oral administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • Unexpectedly, the advantages of the dosage form according to the invention do not only affect the pharmacologically active ingredient a that is embedded in the polyalkylene oxide in particle(s) A, but also the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b that may be present elsewhere in the dosage form.
  • It has been surprisingly found that these advantages can be achieved by dosage forms that additionally are crush resistant, i.e. have an increased breaking strength, at least with respect to particle(s) A comprising the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • Some tamper-resistant dosage forms of the prior art have also been used to avoid an overdose of the drug contained therein. Said overdose, however, is not the result of a simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the drug (multi-tablet dosing), but the result of an acceleration of the release profile and/or the result of the change of the route of administration. When accelerating the release profile, e.g. by pulverizing a dosage form, and/or extracting a drug therefrom and administering the extract, the dose of the drug that was originally contained in the dosage form is absorbed by the organism in a faster manner thereby leading to a transient increase of the plasma level. Once a certain plasma level has been exceeded, an euphoric state can be achieved and this is usually desired by potential abusers. No plurality of dosage forms is needed in order to achieve such overdose, as a single dosage form already contains a sufficient dose of the drug that—once absorbed in a sufficiently fast manner—reaches excessive plasma levels. This type of overdose, i.e. this excessive plasma level, is conventionally prevented by providing dosage forms having an increased breaking strength such that they cannot be easily pulverized. Therefore, the type of overdose that is to be conventionally prevented substantially differs from the type of overdose that is to be prevented according to the invention.
  • The dosage forms according to the invention can be preferably formulated to provide an immediate release profile of the pharmacologically active ingredient a as well as of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, and can also be prepared to include effective or advantageous abuse deterrent features that are effective to deter abuse of the same (e.g., one that is commonly susceptible to abuse) that exhibits the immediate release profile. Thus, the dosage forms according to the invention combine immediate release with broad abuse resistance for multiple abuse modalities including multi-tablet dosing. The dosage forms according to the invention can provide an immediate release profile, and can at the same time include abuse deterrent features that provide general abuse deterrence or abuse resistance.
  • The dosage forms can also be more specifically characterized as resistant to certain common methods of abuse, such as 1) abuse by injection, 2) abuse by nasal insufflation, and 3) abuse by multi-tablet dosing by oral consumption, meaning simultaneous oral ingestion of multiple or excessive quantities of orally administered dosage forms such as tablets or capsules. The third mode of abuse, multi-tablet dosing, is particularly common with immediate release dosage forms and is particularly difficult to defend against by design of a dosage form structure or by formulation. Accordingly, that the dosage forms according to the invention can be effective to prevent or deter abuse (or even accidental overdose) by the mode of multi-tablet dosing is a particularly useful feature of the dosage forms according to the invention.
  • The concept underlying the dosage forms according to the invention provides a high degree in flexibility concerning dosage, release profile, tamper-resistance, patient compliance, ease of manufacture and the like. The dosage forms according to the invention can be prepared from a variety of components that are separately prepared. Specific selection of specific components from said variety of components allows for tailoring dosage forms satisfying a large variety of different requirements. For example, it is possible to make available a variety of three different types of particle(s) A that differ e.g. in their content of pharmacologically active compound a. When manufacturing pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention having a predetermined total dosage of pharmacologically active ingredient a, one may select different combinations of particles A1, A2 and A3 in order to achieve said total dosage of pharmacologically active ingredient a. For example, particles A1 may contain a dosage of 0.25 mg, particles A2 may contain a dosage of 1.50 mg, and particles A3 may contain a dosage of 3.50 mg, such that a total dosage of e.g. 5.00 mg pharmacologically active ingredient a can be achieved by
      • 20 particles A1;
      • 2 particles A1 in combination with 3 particles A2;
      • 1 particle A2 in combination with 1 particle A3; or
      • 6 particles A1 in combination with 1 particle A3.
  • Another advantage of the concept underlying the dosage forms according to the invention is that nearly every combination may be either filled into capsules or may be compressed into tablets. This flexibility has particular advantages when providing tamper-resistant products that need to satisfy the confidence requirements with respect to the marketing authorization for the initial non-tamper-resistant product. Thus, the present invention makes available at a high degree of flexibility tamper-resistant counterparts to existent non-tamper-resistant products. If in initial tests the confidence intervals are not met, the present invention provides easy and predictable measures for slightly altering the properties of the dosage form in order to meet the confidence requirements.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates the preferred behavior of the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention when being subjected to a breaking strength test, in particular their deformability.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the behavior of conventional particle(s) when being subjected to a breaking strength test.
  • FIGS. 3 and 4 show the release profiles of exemplified dosage according to the invention that comprise two pharmacologically active ingredients, namely hydrocodone and acetaminophen.
  • FIG. 3 shows the in vitro release profiles of exemplified dosage forms with respect to the release of hydrocodone (pharmacologically active ingredient a) when testing a single dosage form, a multitude of 5 dosage forms and a multitude of 10 dosage forms expressed in mg of hydrocodone release per tablet.
  • FIG. 4 shows the in vitro release profiles of exemplified dosage forms with respect to the release of acetaminophen (pharmacologically active ingredient b) when testing a single dosage form, a multitude of 5 dosage forms and a multitude of 10 dosage forms expressed in mg of hydrocodone release per tablet.
  • FIGS. 5 and 6 illustrate preferred embodiments of pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention that comprise two pharmacologically active ingredients a and b.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates preferred embodiments of pharmaceutical dosage forms according to the invention. FIG. 5A illustrates a capsule comprising a multitude of particles A (1) and pharmacologically active ingredient b that is contained outside the particles A in an outer matrix material, here shown in form of granules (2). Particles A (1) may additionally comprise a portion bA of pharmacologically active ingredient b and/or a coating comprising a portion bC of pharmacologically active ingredient b. The capsule according to FIG. 5B additionally comprises a portion bB of pharmacologically active ingredient b contained in particles B (3), whereas the capsule according to FIG. 5C additionally comprises a portion bP of pharmacologically active ingredient b in form of a powder (4); thus, according to this embodiment, the outer matrix material comprises granules (2) as well as powder (4).
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the corresponding preferred embodiments of FIG. 5 where the dosage form is provided as a tablet comprising an outer matrix material (5) in which particles A (1), the optionally present granules (2), the optionally present particles B (3) and/or the optionally present powder are embedded. It is also possible that said outer matrix material (5) consists of granules (2), and the optionally present particles B (3) and/or the optionally present powder.
  • FIG. 7 schematically illustrates the TIMagc system that was used in Examples 2 and 3 (Inventive vs. Comparative).
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a comparison of the fasted state experiments according to Example 2 for hydrocodone.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a comparison of the fed state experiments according to Example 2 for hydrocodone.
  • FIGS. 10A, 10B and 10C illustrate a comparison of fasted versus fed state experiments for hydrocodone according to Example 2.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a comparison of the fasted state experiments according to Example 2 for acetaminophen.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a comparison of the fed state experiments according to Example 2 for acetaminophen.
  • FIGS. 13A, 13B and 13C illustrate a comparison of fasted versus fed state experiments for acetaminophen according to Example 2.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a comparison of fasted state experiments for amphetamine (capsules and tablets) according to Example 3.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates a comparison of fed state experiments for amphetamine (capsules and tablets) according to Example 3.
  • FIGS. 16A, 16B and 16C illustrate a comparison of fasted versus fed state experiments for amphetamine (capsules and tablets) according to Example 3.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a comparison of fasted state experiments for amphetamine (pellets) according to Example 3.
  • As used herein, the term “pharmaceutical dosage form” or “dosage form” refers to a pharmaceutical entity comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient a which is actually administered to, or taken by, a patient, preferably orally.
  • As used herein, expressions such as “tamper resistant”, “abuse deterrent”, “preventing”, “avoiding”, “deterring” or “inhibiting” associated with the abuse and overdose of drugs, relate to features of the dosage forms that provide significant physical and chemical impediments to these practices and processes. The objective in such deterrence includes both making abuse practices significantly more difficult to carry out, and making any product resulting from an attempt to carry out such abuse practices on the dosage forms significantly less desirable, less profitable, and less abusable to the potential abuser.
  • Preferably, the dosage form according to the invention is a capsule or a tablet.
  • In a preferred embodiment, when the dosage form is a capsule, it is preferably a sprinkle capsule or a multitude of sprinkle capsules. The capsule may comprise the particles and all excipients in form of a loose filling, i.e. an homogeneous mixture, or in form of layers (layered capsule filling).
  • In another preferred embodiment, when the dosage form is a tablet, the tablet may comprise the particle(s) A in an outer matrix material with homogeneous distribution or in form of a mantle tablet.
  • The dosage from comprises particle(s) of a first type, referred to as “particles(s) A” and optionally additional particle(s) of a second type, referred to as “particle(s) B”. The particle(s) A, the optionally present particle(s) B, and/or the dosage form as such may be film-coated.
  • The dosage form according to the invention comprises one or more particles A and optionally, additionally one or more particles B. In the following, it is referred to “particles(s) A” and “particle(s) B” in order to express that the number of particles in each case may be independently one or more. When it is referred to “particle(s)”, the respective embodiment independently applies to both, to particle(s) A and to optionally present particle(s) B.
  • The dosage form according to the invention may be compressed or molded in its manufacture, and it may be of almost any size, shape, weight, and color. Most dosage forms are intended to be swallowed as a whole and accordingly, preferred dosage forms according to the invention are designed for oral administration. However, alternatively dosage forms may be dissolved in the mouth, chewed, or dissolved or dispersed in liquid or meal before swallowing, and some may be placed in a body cavity. Thus, the dosage form according to the invention may alternatively be adapted for buccal, lingual, rectal or vaginal administration. Implants are also possible.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention preferably can be regarded as a MUPS formulation (multiple unit pellet system). In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is monolithic. In another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is not monolithic. In this regard, monolithic preferably means that the dosage form is formed or composed of material without joints or seams or consists of or constitutes a single unit.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention contains all ingredients in a dense compact unit which in comparison to capsules has a comparatively high density. In another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention contains all ingredients in a capsule which in comparison to dense compact unit has a comparatively low density.
  • An advantage of the dosage forms according to the invention is that upon manufacture the particle(s) A may be mixed with excipients in different amounts to thereby produce dosage forms of different strengths. Another advantage of the dosage forms according to the invention is that upon manufacture the different particle(s) A, i.e. particles A having a different constitution, may be mixed with one another to thereby produce dosage forms of different properties, e.g. different release rates, different pharmacologically active ingredients a, and the like.
  • The dosage form according to the invention has preferably a total weight in the range of 0.01 to 1.5 g, more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 1.2 g, still more preferably in the range of 0.1 g to 1.0 g, yet more preferably in the range of 0.2 g to 0.9 g, and most preferably in the range of 0.3 g to 0.8 g.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is not film coated.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is provided, partially or completely, with a conventional coating. The dosage forms according to the invention are preferably film coated with conventional film coating compositions. Suitable coating materials are commercially available, e.g. under the trademarks Opadry®, Opaglos® and Eudragit®.
  • The coating can be resistant to gastric juices and dissolve as a function of the pH value of the release environment. By means of this coating, it is possible to ensure that the dosage form according to the invention passes through the stomach undissolved and the active compound is only released in the intestines. The coating which is resistant to gastric juices preferably dissolves at a pH value of between 5 and 7.5.
  • The subjects to which the dosage forms according to the invention can be administered are not particularly limited. Preferably, the subjects are animals, more preferably human beings.
  • The tamper-resistant dosage form according to the invention comprises particle(s) A which comprise the pharmacologically active ingredient a. Preferably, the particle(s) A contain the total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient a that is contained in the dosage form according to the invention, i.e. the dosage form according to the invention preferably does not contain pharmacologically active ingredient a outside particle(s) A.
  • The particle(s) A contain at least a pharmacologically active ingredient a and a polymer matrix that preferably comprises a polyalkylene oxide. Preferably, however, the particle(s) A contain additional pharmaceutical excipients such as disintegrants, antioxidants and plasticizers.
  • The pharmacologically active ingredient a is embedded, preferably dispersed in a polymer matrix preferably comprising a polyalkylene oxide. Preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the polyalkylene oxide are homogeneously distributed in the core of particle(s) A. Thus, the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the polyalkylene oxide are preferably homogeneously admixed with one another. Thus, the particle(s) A according to the invention are preferably not multilayered, but are preferably composed of a homogeneous core comprising the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the polyalkylene oxide, which homogenous core may optionally be coated with a film coating material that neither is pH sensitive nor contains the pharmacologically active ingredient a or the polyalkylene oxide.
  • The pharmacologically active ingredient a is not particularly limited.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the particle(s) A and the dosage form, respectively, contain only a single pharmacologically active ingredient a, optionally besides pharmacologically active ingredient b. In another preferred embodiment, the particle(s) A and the dosage form, respectively, contain a combination of two or more pharmacologically active ingredient a, optionally besides pharmacologically active ingredient b.
  • Preferably, pharmacologically active ingredient a is an active ingredient with potential for being abused. Active ingredients with potential for being abused are known to the person skilled in the art and comprise e.g. tranquilizers, stimulants, barbiturates, narcotics, opioids or opioid derivatives.
  • Preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient a exhibits psychotropic action, i.e. has a psychotropic effect.
  • Preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is selected from the group consisting of opiates, opioids, stimulants, tranquilizers, and other narcotics.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is an opioid. According to the ATC index, opioids are divided into natural opium alkaloids, phenylpiperidine derivatives, diphenylpropylamine derivatives, benzomorphan derivatives, oripavine derivatives, morphinan derivatives and others.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is a stimulant. Stimulants are psychoactive drugs that induce temporary improvements in either mental or physical functions or both. Examples of these kinds of effects may include enhanced wakefulness, locomotion, and alertness. Preferred stimulants are phenylethylamine derivatives. According to the ATC index, stimulants are contained in different classes and groups, e.g. psychoanaleptics, especially psychostimulants, agents used for ADHD and nootropics, particularly centrally acting sympathomimetics; and e.g. nasal preparations, especially nasal decongestants for systemic use, particularly sympathomimetics.
  • The following opiates, opioids, stimulants, tranquilizers or other narcotics are substances with a psychotropic action, i.e. have a potential of abuse, and hence are preferably contained in the dosage form and the particle(s) A, respectively: alfentanil, allobarbital, allylprodine, alphaprodine, alprazolam, amfepramone, amphetamine, amphetaminil, amobarbital, anileridine, apocodeine, axomadol, barbital, bemidone, benzylmorphine, bezitramide, bromazepam, brotizolam, buprenorphine, butobarbital, butorphanol, camazepam, carfentanil, cathine/D-norpseudoephedrine, cebranopadol, chlordiazepoxide, clobazam clofedanol, clonazepam, clonitazene, clorazepate, clotiazepam, cloxazolam, cocaine, codeine, cyclobarbital, cyclorphan, cyprenorphine, delorazepam, desomorphine, dex-amphetamine, dextromoramide, dextropropoxyphene, dezocine, diampromide, diamorphone, diazepam, dihydrocodeine, dihydromorphine, dihydromorphone, dimenoxadol, dimephetamol, dimethylthiambutene, dioxaphetylbutyrate, dipipanone, dronabinol, eptazocine, estazolam, ethoheptazine, ethylmethylthiambutene, ethyl loflazepate, ethylmorphine, etonitazene, etorphine, faxeladol, fencamfamine, fenethylline, fenpipramide, fenproporex, fentanyl, fludiazepam, flunitrazepam, flurazepam, halazepam, haloxazolam, heroin, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, hydroxypethidine, isomethadone, hydroxymethylmorphinan, ketazolam, ketobemidone, levacetylmethadol (LAAM), levomethadone, levorphanol, levophenacylmorphane, levoxemacin, lisdexamfetamine dimesylate, lofentanil, loprazolam, lorazepam, lormetazepam, mazindol, medazepam, mefenorex, meperidine, meprobamate, metapon, meptazinol, metazocine, methylmorphine, metamphetamine, methadone, methaqualone, 3-methylfentanyl, 4-methylfentanyl, methylphenidate, methylphenobarbital, methyprylon, metopon, midazolam, modafinil, morphine, myrophine, nabilone, nalbuphene, nalorphine, narceine, nicomorphine, nimetazepam, nitrazepam, nordazepam, norlevorphanol, normethadone, normorphine, norpipanone, opium, oxazepam, oxazolam, oxyco done, oxymorphone, Papaver somniferum, papaveretum, pemoline, pentazocine, pentobarbital, pethidine, phenadoxone, phenomorphane, phenazocine, phenoperidine, piminodine, pholcodeine, phenmetrazine, phenobarbital, phentermine, pinazepam, pipradrol, piritramide, prazepam, profadol, proheptazine, promedol, properidine, propoxyphene, pseudoephedrine, remifentanil, secbutabarbital, secobarbital, sufentanil, tapentadol, temazepam, tetrazepam, tilidine (cis and trans), tramadol, triazolam, vinylbital, N-(1-methyl-2-piperidinoethyl)-N-(2-pyridyl)propionamide, (1R,2R)-3-(3-dimethylamino-1-ethyl-2-methyl-propyl)phenol, (1R,2R,4S)-2-(dimethylamino)methyl-4-(p-fluorobenzyloxy)-1-(m-methoxyphenyl)cyclo-hexanol, (1R,2R)-3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-cyclohexyl)phenol, (1S,2S)-3-(3-dimethylamino-1-ethyl-2-methyl-propyl)phenol, (2R,3R)-1-dimethyl amino-3(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-pentan-3-ol, (1RS,3RS,6RS)-6-dimethyl amino methyl-1-(3-methoxyphenyl)-cyclohexane-1,3-diol, preferably as racemate, 3-(2-dimethyl amino methyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)phenyl 2-(4-isobutyl-phenyl)propionate, 3-(2-dimethyl amino methyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)phenyl 2-(6-methoxy-naphthalen-2-yl)propionate, 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-phenyl 2-(4-isobutyl-phenyl)propionate, 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-cyclohex-1-enyl)-phenyl 2-(6-methoxy-naphthalen-2-yl)propionate, (RR-SS)-2-acetoxy-4-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethyl amino methyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-2-hydroxy-4-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethyl amino methyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-4-chloro-2-hydroxy-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-2-hydroxy-4-methyl-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-2-hydroxy-5-nitro-benzoic acid 3-(2-dimethyl aminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, (RR-SS)-2′,4′-difluoro-3-hydroxy-biphenyl-4-carboxylic acid 3-(2-dimethylaminomethyl-1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl)-phenyl ester, and corresponding stereoisomeric compounds, in each case the corresponding derivatives thereof, physiologically acceptable enantiomers, stereoisomers, diastereomers and racemates and the physiologically acceptable derivatives thereof, e.g. ethers, esters or amides, and in each case the physiologically acceptable compounds thereof, in particular the acid or base addition salts thereof and solvates, e.g. hydrochlorides.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is selected from the group consisting of DPI-125, M6G (CE-04-410), ADL-5859, CR-665, NRP290 and sebacoyl dinalbuphine ester.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is an opioid selected from the group consisting of oxycodone, hydrocodone, oxymorphone, hydromorphone, morphine, tramadol, tapentadol, cebranopadol and the physiologically acceptable salts thereof.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is a stimulant selected from the group consisting of amphetamine, dex-amphetamine, dex-methylphenidate, atomoxetine, caffeine, ephedrine, phenylpropanolamine, phenylephrine, fencamphamin, fenozolone, fenetylline, methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA), methylenedioxypyrovalerone (MDPV), prolintane, lisdexamfetamine, mephedrone, methamphetamine, methylphenidate, modafinil, nicotine, pemoline, phenylpropanolamine, propylhexedrine, dimethylamylamine, and pseudoephedrine.
  • The pharmacologically active ingredient a may be present in form of a physiologically acceptable salt, e.g. physiologically acceptable acid addition salt.
  • Physiologically acceptable acid addition salts comprise the acid addition salt forms which can conveniently be obtained by treating the base form of the active ingredient with appropriate organic and inorganic acids. Active ingredients containing an acidic proton may be converted into their non-toxic metal or amine addition salt forms by treatment with appropriate organic and inorganic bases. The term addition salt also comprises the hydrates and solvent addition forms which the active ingredients are able to form. Examples of such forms are e.g. hydrates, alcoholates and the like.
  • The pharmacologically active ingredient a is present in the dosage form in a therapeutically effective amount. The amount that constitutes a therapeutically effective amount varies according to the active ingredients being used, the condition being treated, the severity of said condition, the patient being treated, and the frequency of administration.
  • The content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a in the dosage form is not limited. The dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a which is adapted for administration preferably is in the range of 0.1 mg to 500 mg, more preferably in the range of 1.0 mg to 400 mg, even more preferably in the range of 5.0 mg to 300 mg, and most preferably in the range of 10 mg to 250 mg. In a preferred embodiment, the total amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient a that is contained in the dosage form is within the range of from 0.01 to 200 mg, more preferably 0.1 to 190 mg, still more preferably 1.0 to 180 mg, yet more preferably 1.5 to 160 mg, most preferably 2.0 to 100 mg and in particular 2.5 to 80 mg.
  • The skilled person may readily determine an appropriate amount of pharmacologically active ingredient a to include in a dosage form. For instance, in the case of analgesics, the total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient a present in the dosage form is that sufficient to provide analgesia. The total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient a administered to a patient in a dose will vary depending on numerous factors including the nature of the pharmacologically active ingredient a, the weight of the patient, the severity of the pain, the nature of other therapeutic agents being administered etc.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is tapentadol, preferably its HCl salt, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently. In this embodiment, pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 25 to 100 mg.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is oxymorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 5 to 40 mg. In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is oxymorphone, preferably its HCl salt, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 10 to 80 mg.
  • In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is oxycodone, preferably its HCl salt, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 5 to 80 mg. Oxycodone, preferably its HCl salt, is preferably combined with acetaminophen as optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b.
  • In still another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is hydromorphone, preferably its HCl, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 2 to 52 mg. In another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is hydromorphone, preferably its HCl, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 4 to 104 mg.
  • In yet another particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is hydrocodone, preferably its bitartrate salt, and the dosage form is adapted for administration once daily, twice daily, thrice daily or more frequently. In this embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably contained in the dosage form in an amount of from 2.5 to 10 mg. Hydrocodone, preferably its bitartrate salt, is preferably combined with acetaminophen as optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b.
  • Preferably, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is at least 0.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • Preferably, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is at least 2.5 wt.-%, more preferably at least 3.0 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 3.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 4.0 wt.-%, most preferably at least 4.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is at most 70 wt.-%, more preferably at most 65 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 60 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 55 wt.-%, most preferably at most 50 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is at most 20 wt.-%, more preferably at most 17.5 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 15 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 12.5 wt.-%, most preferably at most 10 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • Preferably, the content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is within the range of from 0.01 to 80 wt.-%, more preferably 0.1 to 50 wt.-%, still more preferably 1 to 25 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • The particle(s) A present in the dosage forms according to the invention preferably comprise 1 to 75 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient a, more preferably 2 to 70 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient a, still more preferably 3 to 65 wt.-% of pharmacologically active ingredient a, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
  • A skilled person knows how to determine pharmacokinetic parameters such as t1/2, Tmax, Cmax, AUC and bioavailability. For the purposes of the description, the pharmacokinetic parameters, which may be determined from the blood plasma concentrations of 3-(2-dimethylaminomethylcyclohexyl)phenol, are defined as follows:
  • Cmax maximum measured plasma concentration of the active ingredient
    after single administration (≡average peak plasma level)
    tmax interval of time from administration of the active ingredient until
    Cmax is reached
    AUC total area of the plasma concentration/time curve including the
    subarea from the final measured value extrapolated to infinity
    t1/2 half-life
  • The above parameters are in each case stated as mean values of the individual values for all investigated patients/test subjects.
  • A person skilled in the art knows how the pharmacokinetic parameters of the active ingredient may be calculated from the measured concentrations of the active ingredient in the blood plasma. In this connection, reference may be made, for example, to Willi Cawello (ed.) Parameters for Compartment-free Pharmacokinetics, Shaker Verlag Aachen (1999).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is tapentadol or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the hydrochloride. Preferably, the dosage form according to the invention provides a mean absolute bioavailability of tapentadol of at least 22%, more preferably at least 24%, still more preferably at least 26%, yet more preferably at least 28%, most preferably at least 30%, and in particular at least 32%. Tmax of tapentadol is preferably within the range of 1.25±1.20 h, more preferably 1.25±1.00 h, still more preferably 1.25±0.80 h, yet more preferably 1.25±0.60 h, most preferably 1.25±0.40 h, and in particular 1.25±0.20 h. t1/2 of tapentadol is preferably within the range of 4.0±2.8 h, more preferably 4.0±2.4 h, still more preferably 4.0±2.0 h, yet more preferably 4.0±1.6 h, most preferably 4.0±1.2 h, and in particular 4.0±0.8 h. Preferably, when normalized to a dose of 100 mg tapentadol, Cmax of tapentadol is preferably within the range of 90±85 ng/mL, more preferably 90±75 ng/mL, still more preferably 90±65 ng/mL, yet more preferably 90±55 ng/mL, most preferably 90±45 ng/mL, and in particular 90±35 ng/mL; and/or AUC of tapentadol is preferably within the range of 420±400 ng/mL·h, more preferably 420±350 ng/mL·h, still more preferably 420±300 ng/mL·h, yet more preferably 420±250 ng/mL·h, most preferably 420±200 ng/mL·h, and in particular 420±150 ng/mL·h.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is oxycodone or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the hydrochloride. Preferably, the dosage form according to the invention provides a mean absolute bioavailability of oxycodone of at least 40%, more preferably at least 45%, still more preferably at least 50%, yet more preferably at least 55%, most preferably at least 60%, and in particular at least 70%. Tmax of oxycodone is preferably within the range of 2.6±2.5 h, more preferably 2.6±2.0 h, still more preferably 2.6±1.8 h, yet more preferably 2.6±0.1.6 h, most preferably 2.6±1.4 h, and in particular 2.6±1.2 h. t1/2 of oxycodone is preferably within the range of 3.8±3.5 h, more preferably 3.8±3.0 h, still more preferably 3.8±2.5 h, yet more preferably 3.8±2.0 h, most preferably 3.8±1.5 h, and in particular 3.8±1.0 h. Preferably, when normalized to a dose of 30 mg oxycodone, Cmax of oxycodone is preferably within the range of 40±35 ng/mL, more preferably 40±30 ng/mL, still more preferably 40±25 ng/mL, yet more preferably 40±20 ng/mL, most preferably 40±15 ng/mL, and in particular 40±10 ng/mL; and/or AUC of oxycodone is preferably within the range of 270±250 ng/mL·h, more preferably 270±200 ng/mL·h, still more preferably 270±150 ng/mL·h, yet more preferably 270±100 ng/mL·h, most preferably 270±75 ng/mL·h, and in particular 270±50 ng/mL·h.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is hydrocodone or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the bitartrate. Tmax of hydrocodone is preferably within the range of 1.3±1.2 h, more preferably 1.3±1.0 h, still more preferably 1.3±0.8 h, yet more preferably 1.3±0.6 h, most preferably 1.3±0.4 h, and in particular 1.3±0.2 h. t1/2 of hydrocodone is preferably within the range of 3.8±3.5 h, more preferably 3.8±3.0 h, still more preferably 3.8±2.5 h, yet more preferably 3.8±2.0 h, most preferably 3.8±1.5 h, and in particular 3.8±1.0 h.
  • In yet another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is morphine or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the sulfate. Preferably, the dosage form according to the invention provides a mean absolute bioavailability of morphine of at least 15%, more preferably at least 20%, still more preferably at least 25%, yet more preferably at least 30%, most preferably at least 35%, and in particular at least 40%. Tmax of morphine is preferably within the range of 0.625±0.60 h, more preferably 0.625±0.50 h, still more preferably 0.625±0.40 h, yet more preferably 0.625±0.30 h, most preferably 0.625±0.20 h, and in particular 0.625±0.15 h. Preferably, when normalized to a dose of 30 mg morphine sulfate, Cmax of morphine is preferably within the range of 25±20 ng/mL, more preferably 25±15 ng/mL, still more preferably 25±10 ng/mL, yet more preferably 25±5 ng/mL; and/or AUC of morphine is preferably within the range of 50±45 ng/mL·h, more preferably 50±40 ng/mL·h, still more preferably 50±35 ng/mL·h, yet more preferably 50±30 ng/mL·h, most preferably 50±25 ng/mL·h, and in particular 50±20 ng/mL·h.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is amphetamine or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof. Tmax of amphetamine is preferably within the range of 1.7±1.2 h, more preferably 1.7±1.0 h, still more preferably 1.7±0.8 h, yet more preferably 1.7±0.6 h, most preferably 1.7±0.4 h, and in particular 1.7±0.2 h.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is dex-amphetamine or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the sulfate. Tmax of dex-amphetamine is preferably within the range of 3.0±2.9 h, more preferably 3.0±2.5 h, still more preferably 3.0±2.1 h, yet more preferably 3.0±1.7 h, most preferably 3.0±1.3 h, and in particular 3.0±0.9 h. t1/2 of dex-amphetamine is preferably within the range of 10±6.0 h, more preferably 10±5.0 h, still more preferably 10±4.0 h, yet more preferably 10±3.0 h, most preferably 10±2.0 h, and in particular 10±1.0 h.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical dosage form additionally contains a second pharmacologically active ingredient (pharmacologically active ingredient b).
  • The optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is not particularly limited. The optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b differs from the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b exhibits no psychotropic action.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is selected from ATC classes [M01A], [M01C], [N02B] and [N02C] according to the WHO.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment,
      • (i) the pharmacologically active ingredient a has a psychotropic effect; and/or
      • (ii) the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is selected from ATC classes [M01A], [M01C], [N02B] and [N02C] according to the WHO.
  • Preferably, the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is selected from the group consisting of acetylsalicylic acid, aloxiprin, choline salicylate, sodium salicylate, salicylamide, salsalate, ethenzamide, morpholine salicylate, dipyrocetyl, benorilate, diflunisal, potassium salicylate, guacetisal, carbasalate calcium, imidazole salicylate, phenazone, metamizole sodium, aminophenazone, propyphenazone, nifenazone, acetaminophen (paracetamol), phenacetin, bucetin, propacetamol, rimazolium, glafenine, floctafenine, viminol, nefopam, flupirtine, ziconotide, methoxyflurane, nabiximols, dihydroergotamine, ergotamine, methysergide, lisuride, flumedroxone, sumatriptan, naratriptan, zolmitriptan, rizatriptan, almotriptan, eletriptan, frovatriptan, pizotifen, clonidine, iprazochrome, dimetotiazine, oxetorone, phenylbutazone, mofebutazone, oxyphenbutazone, clofezone, kebuzone, indomethacin, sulindac, tolmetin, zomepirac, diclofenac, alclofenac, bumadizone, etodolac, lonazolac, fentiazac, acemetacin, difenpiramide, oxametacin, proglumetacin, ketorolac, aceclofenac, bufexamac, piroxicam, tenoxicam, droxicam, lornoxicam, meloxicam, ibuprofen, naproxen, ketoprofen, fenoprofen, fenbufen, benoxaprofen, suprofen, pirprofen, flurbiprofen, indoprofen, tiaprofenic acid, oxaprozin, ibuproxam, dexibuprofen, flunoxaprofen, alminoprofen, dexketoprofen, naproxcinod, mefenamic acid, tolfenamic acid, flufenamic acid, meclofenamic acid, celecoxib, rofecoxib, valdecoxib, parecoxib, etoricoxib, lumiracoxib, nabumetone, niflumic acid, azapropazone, glucosamine, benzydamine, glucosaminoglycan polysulfate, proquazone, orgotein, nimesulide, feprazone, diacerein, morniflumate, tenidap, oxaceprol, chondroitin sulfate, oxycinchophen, sodium aurothiomalate, sodium aurotiosulfate, auranofin, aurothioglucose, aurotioprol, penicillamine, bucillamine, their physiologically acceptable salts, as well as mixtures thereof.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is acetaminophen or ibuprofen, more preferably acetaminophen.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is hydrocodone or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof and the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is acetaminophen.
  • The optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present in the dosage form in a therapeutically effective amount. In general, the amount that constitutes a therapeutically effective amount varies according to the pharmacologically active ingredients being used, the condition being treated, the severity of said condition, the patient being treated, and whether the dosage form or the segment in which the pharmacologically active ingredient is contained is designed for an immediate or retarded release.
  • The total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b in the dosage form is not limited. The total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b which is adapted for administration preferably is in the range of 0.1 mg to 2,000 mg or 0.1 mg to 1,000 mg or 0.1 mg to 500 mg, more preferably in the range of 1.0 mg to 400 mg, even more preferably in the range of 5.0 mg to 300 mg, and most preferably in the range of 10 mg to 250 mg. In a preferred embodiment, the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b which is contained in the dosage form is within the range of from 10 to 1,000 mg, more preferably 50 to 900 mg, still more preferably 100 to 800 mg, yet more preferably 200 to 600 mg, most preferably 250 to 500 mg and in particular 300 to 400 mg. In another preferred embodiment, the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b which is contained in the dosage form is within the range of from 10 to 500 mg, more preferably 12 to 450 mg, still more preferably 14 to 400 mg, yet more preferably 16 to 375 mg, most preferably 18 to 350 mg and in particular 20 to 325 mg.
  • The total content of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b preferably ranges from about 0.01 wt.-% to about 95 wt.-%, more preferably from about 0.1 wt.-% to about 80 wt.-%, even more preferably from about 1.0 wt.-% to about 50 wt.-%, yet more preferably from about 1.5 wt.-% to about 30 wt.-%, and most preferably from about 2.0 wt.-% to 20 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • Preferably, the total content of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is within the range of from 0.01 to 80 wt.-%, more preferably 0.1 to 50 wt.-%, still more preferably 1 to 25 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment, the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is acetaminophen. In this embodiment, the acetaminophen is preferably contained in the particle(s) B or the dosage form in an amount of from 100 to 600 mg, more preferably 150 to 550 mg, still more preferably 200 to 500 mg, most preferably 250 to 450 mg and in particular 275 to 400 mg.
  • In another particularly preferred embodiment, the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is ibuprofen. In this embodiment, the ibuprofen is preferably contained in the particle(s) B or the dosage form in an amount of from 100 to 600 mg, more preferably 150 to 550 mg, still more preferably 200 to 500 mg, most preferably 250 to 450 mg and in particular 275 to 400 mg.
  • Preferred combinations A1 to A36 of the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b are summarized in the table here below, wherein the pharmacologically active ingredient a as well as the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b each also refer to the physiologically acceptable salts thereof, particularly to the hydrochlorides or bitartrates:
  • a b
    A1 oxycodone ibuprofen
    A2 oxymorphone ibuprofen
    A3 hydrocodone ibuprofen
    A4 hydromorphone ibuprofen
    A5 morphine ibuprofen
    A6 tapentadol ibuprofen
    A7 tramadol ibuprofen
    A8 buprenorphine ibuprofen
    A9 pseudoephedrine ibuprofen
    A10 oxycodone acetaminophen
    A11 oxymorphone acetaminophen
    A12 hydrocodone acetaminophen
    A13 hydromorphone acetaminophen
    A14 morphine acetaminophen
    A15 tapentadol acetaminophen
    A16 tramadol acetaminophen
    A17 buprenorphine acetaminophen
    A18 pseudoephedrine acetaminophen
    A19 oxycodone diclofenac
    A20 oxymorphone diclofenac
    A21 hydrocodone diclofenac
    A22 hydromorphone diclofenac
    A23 morphine diclofenac
    A24 tapentadol diclofenac
    A25 tramadol diclofenac
    A26 buprenorphine diclofenac
    A27 pseudoephedrine diclofenac
    A28 oxycodone acetylsalicylic acid
    A29 oxymorphone acetylsalicylic acid
    A30 hydrocodone acetylsalicylic acid
    A31 hydromorphone acetylsalicylic acid
    A32 morphine acetylsalicylic acid
    A33 tapentadol acetylsalicylic acid
    A34 tramadol acetylsalicylic acid
    A35 buprenorphine acetylsalicylic acid
    A36 pseudoephedrine acetylsalicylic acid
  • In a preferred embodiment, the relative weight ratio of the total content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a to the total content of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b [a:b] is within the range of (8±1):1, more preferably (7±1):1, still more preferably (6±1):1, yet more preferably (5±1):1, even more preferably (4±1):1, most preferably (3±1):1 and in particular (2±1):1.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the relative weight ratio of the total content of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b to the total content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a [b:a] is within the range of (8±1):1, more preferably (7±1):1, still more preferably (6±1):1, yet more preferably (5±1):1, even more preferably (4±1):1, most preferably (3±1):1 and in particular (2±1):1. Preferably, the relative weight ratio of the total content of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b to the total content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a [b:a] is within the range of from 10:1 to 150:1, more preferably 10:1 to 50:1, or 30:1 to 140:1.
  • The dosage form according to the invention preferably provides fast release, more preferably immediate release under in vitro conditions of the pharmacologically active ingredient a, and independently of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b in accordance with Ph. Eur.
  • The term “immediate release” as applied to dosage forms is understood by persons skilled in the art which has structural implications for the respective dosage forms. The term is defined, for example, in the current issue of the US Pharmacopoeia (USP), General Chapter 1092, “THE DISSOLUTION PROCEDURE: DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION”, heading “STUDY DESIGN”, “Time Points”. For immediate-release dosage forms, the duration of the procedure is typically 30 to 60 minutes; in most cases, a single time point specification is adequate for Pharmacopeia purposes. Industrial and regulatory concepts of product comparability and performance may require additional time points, which may also be required for product registration or approval. A sufficient number of time points should be selected to adequately characterize the ascending and plateau phases of the dissolution curve. According to the Biopharmaceutics Classification System referred to in several FDA Guidances, highly soluble, highly permeable drugs formulated with rapidly dissolving products need not be subjected to a profile comparison if they can be shown to release 85% or more of the active drug substance within 15 minutes. For these types of products a one-point test will suffice. However, most products do not fall into this category. Dissolution profiles of immediate-release products typically show a gradual increase reaching 85% to 100% at 30 to 45 minutes. Thus, dissolution time points in the range of 15, 20, 30, 45, and 60 minutes are usual for most immediate-release products.
  • Preferably, the dosage form according to the invention provides an in vitro release profile of the pharmacologically active ingredient a such that after 30 min under in vitro conditions at 37° C. in 900 mL 0.1 M HCl at 25 rpm in accordance with Ph. Eur.
    • (i) a single dosage form has released at least 30 wt.-%, or at least 31 wt.-%, or at least 32 wt.-%, or at least 33 wt.-%, or at least 34 wt.-%, or at least 35 wt.-%, or at least 36 wt.-%, or at least 37 wt.-%, or at least 38 wt.-%, or at least 39 wt.-%, or at least 40 wt.-%, of the pharmacologically active ingredient a originally contained in the dosage form; and/or
    • (ii) a multitude of ten dosage forms has released not more than 25 wt.-%, or not more than 24 wt.-%, or not more than 23 wt.-%, or not more than 22 wt.-%, or not more than 21 wt.-%, or not more than 20 wt.-%, or not more than 19 wt.-%, or not more than 18 wt.-%, or not more than 17 wt.-%, or not more than 16 wt.-%, or not more than 15 wt.-%, of the overall content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a originally contained in the multitude of ten dosage forms.
  • Preferably, the dosage form according to the invention provides an in vitro release profile of the pharmacologically active ingredient a such that after 30 min under in vitro conditions at 37° C. in 900 mL 0.1 M HCl at 25 rpm in accordance with Ph. Eur.
    • (i) a single dosage form has released X mg of the pharmacologically active ingredient a originally contained in the dosage form; and
    • (ii) a multitude of n dosage forms has released Y mg of the pharmacologically active ingredient a originally contained in the a multitude of n dosage forms;
      wherein Y/n is not more than 50% of X, preferably not more than 45% of X, still more preferably not more than 40% of X, yet more preferably not more than 35% of X, most preferably not more than 30% of X; and wherein n is an integer of from 2 to 10, preferably 5 or 10, more preferably 10.
  • For example, when a single dosage form has released after 30 minutes 4.65 mg of pharmacologically active ingredient a, X is 4.65. Under these circumstances, a multitude of 10 dosage forms (n=10) must not release more than a total of 23.25 mg of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • Preferably, when the dosage form according to the invention comprises the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, the dosage form provides an in vitro release profile of the pharmacologically active ingredient b such that after 30 min under in vitro conditions at 37° C. in 900 mL 0.1 M HCl at 25 rpm in accordance with Ph. Eur.
    • (i) a single dosage form has released V mg of the pharmacologically active ingredient b originally contained in the dosage form; and
    • (ii) a multitude of n dosage forms has released W mg of the pharmacologically active ingredient b originally contained in the a multitude of n dosage forms;
      wherein W/n is not more than 50% of V, preferably not more than 45% of V, still more preferably not more than 40% of V, yet more preferably not more than 35% of V, most preferably not more than 30% of V; and wherein n is an integer of from 2 to 10, preferably 5 or 10, more preferably 10.
  • Suitable in vitro conditions are known to the skilled artisan. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., the Eur. Ph. Preferably, the release profile is measured under the following conditions: Paddle apparatus equipped without sinker, 25 rpm, 37±5° C., 900 mL 0.1 N HCl.
  • Further preferred release profiles B1 to B10 that independently apply to the release of pharmacologically active ingredient a and optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b are summarized in the table here below [all data in wt.-% of released pharmacologically active ingredient a/b]:
  • time B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10
    10 min ≧30 ≧35 ≧40 ≧45 ≧50 ≧60 ≧70 ≧80 ≧80 ≧80
    20 min ≧50 ≧55 ≧60 ≧65 ≧70 ≧75 ≧80 ≧85 ≧90 ≧95
    30 min ≧55 ≧60 ≧65 ≧70 ≧75 ≧85 ≧90 ≧95 ≧95 ≧95
    40 min ≧60 ≧65 ≧70 ≧80 ≧85 ≧90 ≧95 ≧95 ≧95 ≧95
    50 min ≧65 ≧70 ≧80 ≧85 ≧88 ≧92 ≧95 ≧95 ≧95 ≧95
    60 min ≧75 ≧80 ≧85 ≧90 ≧92 ≧94 ≧95 ≧95 ≧95 ≧95
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration once daily. In another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration twice daily. In still another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration thrice daily. In yet another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is adapted for administration more frequently than thrice daily, for example 4 times daily, 5 times daily, 6 times daily, 7 times daily or 8 times daily.
  • Preferably, the dosage form according to the invention has under in vitro conditions a disintegration time measured in accordance with Ph. Eur. of at most 10 minutes, more preferably at most 8 minutes, or at most 6 minutes, or at most 5 minutes, more preferably at most 4 minutes, still more preferably at most 3 minutes, yet more preferably at most 2.5 minutes, most preferably at most 2 minutes and in particular at most 1.5 minutes.
  • The dosage form according to the invention comprises one or more particle(s) A, typically a multitude of particles A. The particle(s) A comprise a pharmacologically active ingredient a, which is embedded in a polymer matrix that preferably comprises a polyalkylene oxide and preferably further excipients.
  • For the purpose of the specification, the term “particle” refers to a discrete mass of material that is solid, e.g. at 20° C. or at room temperature or ambient temperature. Preferably a particle is solid at 20° C. Preferably, the individual particle(s) A are monoliths. The multitude of particles A, however, is not monolithic, but multiparticulate. Preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the constituents of the polymer matrix are intimately homogeneously distributed in the particle(s) A so that the particle(s) A do not contain any segments where either pharmacologically active ingredient a is present in the absence of polymer matrix or where polymer matrix is present in the absence of pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • It is principally possible that the dosage form according to the invention comprises a single particle A.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention comprises a plurality of particles A, more preferably a multitude of particles A.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form comprises at least 2, or at least 3, or at least 4, or at least 5 particles A. Preferably, the dosage form comprises not more than 10, or not more than 9, or not more than 8, or not more than 7 particles A.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the particles A amount to a total number within the range of from 20 to 600. More preferably, the dosage form comprises at least 30, or at least 60, or at least 90, or at least 120, or at least 150 particles A. Preferably, the dosage form comprises not more than 500, or not more than 400, or not more than 300, or not more than 200 particles A.
  • Preferably, when the dosage form contains more than a single particle A, the individual particles A may be of the same or of different size, shape and/or composition.
  • In a preferred embodiment, all particles A are made from the same mixture of ingredients and/or are substantially of the same size, shape, weight and composition.
  • In another preferred embodiment, particles A can be divided into at least 2 or at least 3 different types, e.g. particles A1, particles A2, and optionally particles A3, that differ from one another in at least one property, preferably being selected from the group consisting of size, shape, weight, composition, release profile, breaking strength and resistance against solvent extraction.
  • The content of the particle(s) is not particularly limited and preferably amounts to a total content within the range of from 10 wt.-% to 80 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form. Preferably, the content of the particle(s) A in the dosage forms according to the invention is at most 99 wt.-%, or at most 98 wt.-%, or at most 96 wt.-%, or at most 94 wt.-%, more preferably at most 92 wt.-%, or at most 90 wt.-%, or at most 88 wt.-%, or at most 86 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 84 wt.-%, or at most 82 wt.-%, or at most 80 wt.-%, or at most 78 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 76 wt.-%, or at most 74 wt.-%, or at most 72 wt.-%, or at most 70 wt.-%, most preferably at most 65 wt.-%, or at most 60 wt.-%, or at most 55 wt.-%, or at most 50 wt.-%, and in particular at most 45 wt.-%, or at most 40 wt.-%, or at most 35 wt.-%, or at most 30 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • Preferably, the content of the particle(s) A in the dosage forms according to the invention is at least 2.5 wt.-%, at least 3.0 wt.-%, at least 3.5 wt.-% or at least 4.0 wt.-%; more preferably at least 4.5 wt.-%, at least 5.0 wt.-%, at least 5.5 wt.-% or at least 6.0 wt.-%; still more preferably at least 6.5 wt.-%, at least 7.0 wt.-%, at least 7.5 wt.-% or at least 8.0 wt.-%; yet more preferably at least 8.5 wt.-%, at least 9.0 wt.-%, at least 9.5 wt.-% or at least 10 wt.-%; even more preferably at least 11 wt.-%, at least 12 wt.-%, at least 13 wt.-% or at least 14 wt.-%; most preferably at least 15 wt.-%, at least 17.5 wt.-%, at least 20 wt.-% or at least 22.5 wt.-%; and in particular at least 25 wt.-%, at least 27.5 wt.-%, at least 30 wt.-% or at least 35 wt.-%; based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention comprises one or more particle(s) A comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient a as well as one or more particle(s) B comprising an optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b. As besides the different pharmacologically active ingredient a and b, respectively, the particle(s) A and the particle(s) B have preferably, but independently of one another corresponding composition and properties, in the following it is referred to “particle(s)” meaning that these preferred embodiments independently apply to particle(s) A as well as to optionally present particle(s) B.
  • When the particle(s) are film coated, the polymer matrix is preferably homogeneously distributed in the core of the dosage form, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain polymer matrix. Nonetheless, the film coating as such may of course contain one or more polymers, which however, preferably differ from the constituents of the polymer matrix contained in the core.
  • When the particle(s) are film coated, the pharmacologically active ingredient a/b is preferably homogeneously distributed in the core of the dosage form, i.e. the film coating preferably does not contain pharmacologically active ingredient a/b.
  • The shape of the particle(s) is not particularly limited. As the particle(s) are preferably manufactured by hot-melt extrusion, preferred particle(s) present in the dosage forms according to the invention are generally cylindrical in shape. The diameter of such particle(s) is therefore the diameter of their circular cross section. The cylindrical shape is caused by the extrusion process according to which the diameter of the circular cross section is a function of the extrusion die and the length of the cylinders is a function of the cutting length according to which the extruded strand of material is cut into pieces of preferably more or less predetermined length.
  • The suitability of cylindrical, i.e. a spherical particle(s) for the manufacture of the dosage forms according to the invention is unexpected. Typically, the aspect ratio is regarded as an important measure of the spherical shape. The aspect ratio is defined as the ratio of the maximal diameter (dmax) and its orthogonal Feret-diameter. For aspherical particle(s), the aspect ratio has values above 1. The smaller the value the more spherical is the particle(s). Aspect ratios below 1.1 are typically considered satisfactory, aspect ratios above 1.2, however, are typically considered not suitable for the manufacture of conventional dosage forms. The inventors have surprisingly found that when manufacturing the dosage forms according to the invention, even particle(s) having aspect ratios above 1.2 can be processed without difficulties and that it is not necessary to provide spherical particle(s). In a preferred embodiment, the aspect ratio of the particle(s) is at most 1.40, more preferably at most 1.35, still more preferably at most 1.30, yet more preferably at most 1.25, even more preferably at most 1.20, most preferably at most 1.15 and in particular at most 1.10. In another preferred embodiment, the aspect ratio of the particle(s) is at least 1.10, more preferably at least 1.15, still more preferably at least 1.20, yet more preferably at least 1.25, even more preferably at least 1.30, most preferably at least 1.35 and in particular at least 1.40.
  • The particle(s) are of macroscopic size, typically the average diameter is within the range of from 100 μm to 1500 μm, preferably 200 μm to 1500 μm, more preferably 300 μm to 1500 μm, still more preferably 400 μm to 1500 μm, most preferably 500 μm to 1500 μm, and in particular 600 μm to 1500 μm.
  • The particle(s) in the dosage forms according to the invention are of macroscopic size, i.e. typically have an average particle(s) size of at least 50 μm, more preferably at least 100 μm, still more preferably at least 150 μm or at least 200 μm, yet more preferably at least 250 μm or at least 300 μm, most preferably at least 400 μm or at least 500 μm, and in particular at least 550 μm or at least 600 μm.
  • Preferred particle(s) have an average length and average diameter of 1000 μm or less. When the particle(s) are manufactured by extrusion technology, the “length” of particle(s) is the dimension of the particle(s) that is parallel to the direction of extrusion. The “diameter” of particle(s) is the largest dimension that is perpendicular to the direction of extrusion.
  • Particularly preferred particle(s) have an average diameter of less than 1000 μm, more preferably less than 800 μm, still more preferably of less than 650 μm. Especially preferred particle(s) have an average diameter of less than 700 μm, particularly less than 600 μm, still more particularly less than 500 μm, e.g. less than 400 μm. Particularly preferred particle(s) have an average diameter in the range 200 to 1000 μm, more preferably 400 to 800 μm, still more preferably 450 to 700 μm, yet more preferably 500 to 650 μm, e.g. 500 to 600 μm. Further preferred particle(s) have an average diameter of between 300 μm and 400 μm, of between 400 μm and 500 μm, or of between 500 μm and 600 μm, or of between 600 μm and 700 μm or of between 700 μm and 800 μm.
  • Preferred particle(s) that are present in the dosage forms according to the invention have an average length of less than 1000 μm, preferably an average length of less than 800 μm, still more preferably an average length of less than 650 μm, e.g. a length of 800 μm, 700 μm 600 μm, 500 μm, 400 μm or 300 μm. Especially preferred particle(s) have an average length of less than 700 μm, particularly less than 650 μm, still more particularly less than 550 μm, e.g. less than 450 μm. Particularly preferred particle(s) therefore have an average length in the range 200-1000 μm, more preferably 400-800 μm, still more preferably 450-700 μm, yet more preferably 500-650 μm, e.g. 500-600 μm. The minimum average length of the microparticle(s) is determined by the cutting step and may be, e.g. 500 μm, 400 μm, 300 μm or 200 μm.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the particle(s) have (i) an average diameter of 1000±300 μm, more preferably 1000±250 μm, still more preferably 1000±200 μm, yet more preferably 1000±150 μm, most preferably 1000±100 μm, and in particular 1000±50 μm; and/or (ii) an average length of 1000±300 μm, more preferably 1000±250 μm, still more preferably 1000±200 μm, yet more preferably 1000±150 μm, most preferably 1000±100 μm, and in particular 1000±50 μm.
  • The size of particle(s) may be determined by any conventional procedure known in the art, e.g. laser light scattering, sieve analysis, light microscopy or image analysis.
  • Preferably, the individual particle(s) have a weight within the range of from 0.1 mg to 5.0 mg.
  • In preferred embodiments, the individual particle(s) preferably have a weight within the range of 1.0±0.9 mg, or 1.0±0.8 mg, or 1.0±0.7 mg, or 1.0±0.6 mg, or 1.0±0.5 mg, or 1.0±0.4 mg, or 1.0±0.3 mg; or 1.5±0.9 mg, or 1.5±0.8 mg, or 1.5±0.7 mg, or 1.5±0.6 mg, or 1.5±0.5 mg, or 1.5±0.4 mg, or 1.5±0.3 mg; or 2.0±0.9 mg, or 2.0±0.8 mg, or 2.0±0.7 mg, or 2.0±0.6 mg, or 2.0±0.5 mg, or 2.0±0.4 mg, or 2.0±0.3 mg; or 2.5±0.9 mg, or 2.5±0.8 mg, or 2.5±0.7 mg, or 2.5±0.6 mg, or 2.5±0.5 mg, or 2.5±0.4 mg, or 2.5±0.3 mg; or 3.0±0.9 mg, or 3.0±0.8 mg, or 3.0±0.7 mg, or 3.0±0.6 mg, or 3.0±0.5 mg, or 3.0±0.4 mg, or 3.0±0.3 mg.
  • Preferably, the particle(s) A have a total weight over all particles A within the range of from 10 mg to 500 mg. In preferred embodiments, the total weight of the particle(s) A is within the range of 180±170 mg, or 180±150 mg, or 180±130 mg, or 180±110 mg, or 180±90 mg, or 180±70 mg, or 180±50 mg, or 180±30 mg.
  • Preferably, the particle(s) that are contained in the dosage form according to the invention have an arithmetic average weight, in the following referred to as “aaw”, wherein at least 70%, more preferably at least 75%, still more preferably at least 80%, yet more preferably at least 85%, most preferably at least 90% and in particular at least 95% of the individual particle(s) contained in said one or more particle(s) has an individual weight within the range of aaw±30%, more preferably aaw±25%, still more preferably aaw±20%, yet more preferably aaw±15%, most preferably aaw±10%, and in particular aaw±5%. For example, if the dosage form according to the invention contains a plurality of 100 particles and aaw of said plurality of particles is 1.00 mg, at least 75 individual particles (i.e. 75%) have an individual weight within the range of from 0.70 to 1.30 mg (1.00 mg±30%).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the particle(s) are not film coated. In another preferred embodiment, the particle(s) are film coated.
  • The particle(s) according to the invention can optionally be provided, partially or completely, with a conventional coating. The particle(s) according to the invention are preferably film coated with conventional film coating compositions. Suitable coating materials are commercially available, e.g. under the trademarks Opadry® and Eudragit®.
  • When the particle(s) are film coated, the content of the dried film coating is preferably at most 5 wt.-%, more preferably at most 4 wt.-%, still more preferably at most 3.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably at most 3 wt.-%, most preferably at most 2.5 wt.-%, and in particular at most 2 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s). In a particularly preferred embodiment, the weight increase based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) (uncoated starting material) is within the range of from 3.0 to 4.7 wt.-%, more preferably 3.1 to 4.6 wt.-%, still more preferably 3.2 to 4.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 3.3 to 4.4 wt.-%, most preferably 3.4 to 4.3 wt.-%, and in particular 3.5 to 4.2 wt.-%.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the film coating of the particle(s) A contains the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b or a portion bC thereof.
  • The tamper-resistant dosage form according to the invention comprises one or more particle(s) A which comprise a polymer matrix, wherein the polymer matrix preferably comprises a polyalkylene oxide, preferably at a content of at least 25 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) A. The optionally present particle(s) B may also, independently of the particle(s) A, comprise a polymer matrix, wherein the polymer matrix preferably comprises a polyalkylene oxide, preferably at a content of at least 25 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s) B.
  • Preferably, the polyalkylene oxide is selected from polymethylene oxide, polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, or copolymers thereof. Polyethylene oxide is preferred.
  • Preferably, the polyalkylene oxide has a weight average molecular weight of at least 200,000 g/mol, more preferably at least 500,000 g/mol. In a preferred embodiment, the polyalkylene oxide has a weight average molecular weight (MW) or viscosity average molecular weight (Mη) of at least 750,000 g/mol, preferably at least 1,000,000 g/mol or at least 2,500,000 g/mol, more preferably in the range of 1,000,000 g/mol to 15,000,000 g/mol, and most preferably in the range of 5,000,000 g/mol to 10,000,000 g/mol. Suitable methods to determine MW and Mη are known to a person skilled in the art. Mη is preferably determined by rheological measurements, whereas MW can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • Polyalkylene oxide may comprise a single polyalkylene oxide having a particular average molecular weight, or a mixture (blend) of different polymers, such as two, three, four or five polymers, e.g., polymers of the same chemical nature but different average molecular weight, polymers of different chemical nature but same average molecular weight, or polymers of different chemical nature as well as different molecular weight.
  • For the purpose of the specification, a polyalkylene glycol has a molecular weight of up to 20,000 g/mol whereas a polyalkylene oxide has a molecular weight of more than 20,000 g/mol. In a preferred embodiment, the weight average over all molecular weights of all polyalkylene oxides that are contained in the dosage form is at least 200,000 g/mol. Thus, polyalkylene glycols, if any, are preferably not taken into consideration when determining the weight average molecular weight of polyalkylene oxide.
  • The polyalkylene oxide may be combined with one or more different polymers selected from the group consisting of polyalkylene oxide, preferably polymethylene oxide, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide; polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, poly(alk)acrylate, poly(hydroxy fatty acids), such as for example poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate) (Biopol®), poly(hydroxyvaleric acid); polycaprolactone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyesteramide, polyethylene succinate, polylactone, polyglycolide, polyurethane, polyamide, polylactide, polyacetal (for example polysaccharides optionally with modified side chains), polylactide/glycolide, polylactone, polyglycolide, polyorthoester, polyanhydride, block polymers of polyethylene glycol and polybutylene terephthalate (Polyactive®), polyanhydride (Polifeprosan), copolymers thereof, block-copolymers thereof (e.g., Poloxamer®), and mixtures of at least two of the stated polymers, or other polymers with the above characteristics.
  • Preferably, the molecular weight dispersity Mw/Mn of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 2.5±2.0, more preferably 2.5±1.5, still more preferably 2.5±1.0, yet more preferably 2.5±0.8, most preferably 2.5±0.6, and in particular 2.5±0.4.
  • The polyalkylene oxide preferably has a viscosity at 25° C. of 30 to 17,600 cP, more preferably 55 to 17,600 cP, still more preferably 600 to 17,600 cP and most preferably 4,500 to 17,600 cP, measured in a 5 wt.-% aqueous solution using a model RVF Brookfield viscosimeter (spindle no. 2/rotational speed 2 rpm); of 400 to 4,000 cP, more preferably 400 to 800 cP or 2,000 to 4,000 cP, measured on a 2 wt.-% aqueous solution using the stated viscosimeter (spindle no. 1 or 3/rotational speed 10 rpm); or of 1,650 to 10,000 cP, more preferably 1,650 to 5,500 cP, 5,500 to 7,500 cP or 7,500 to 10,000 cP, measured on a 1 wt.-% aqueous solution using the stated viscosimeter (spindle no. 2/rotational speed 2 rpm).
  • Polyethylene oxide that is suitable for use in the dosage forms according to the invention is commercially available from Dow. For example, Polyox WSR N-12K, Polyox N-60K, Polyox WSR 301 NF or Polyox WSR 303NF may be used in the dosage forms according to the invention. For details concerning the properties of these products, it can be referred to e.g. the product specification.
  • Preferably, the content of the polyalkylene oxide is within the range of from 25 to 80 wt.-%, more preferably 25 to 75 wt.-%, still more preferably 25 to 70 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25 to 65 wt.-%, most preferably 30 to 65 wt.-% and in particular 35 to 65 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s). In a preferred embodiment, the content of the polyalkylene oxide is at least 30 wt.-%, more preferably at least 35 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 40 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 45 wt.-% and in particular at least 50 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 35±8 wt.-%, more preferably 35±6 wt.-%, most preferably 35±4 wt.-%, and in particular 35±2 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s). In another preferred embodiment, the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 40±12 wt.-%, more preferably 40±10 wt.-%, most preferably 40±7 wt.-%, and in particular 40±3 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s). In still another preferred embodiment, the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 45±16 wt.-%, more preferably 45±12 wt.-%, most preferably 45±8 wt.-%, and in particular 45±4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s). In yet another preferred embodiment, the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 50±20 wt.-%, more preferably 50±15 wt.-%, most preferably 50±10 wt.-%, and in particular 50±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s). In a further preferred embodiment, the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 55±20 wt.-%, more preferably 55±15 wt.-%, most preferably 55±10 wt.-%, and in particular 55±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s). In still a further a preferred embodiment, the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 60±20 wt.-%, more preferably 60±15 wt.-%, most preferably 60±10 wt.-%, and in particular 60±5 wt.-%. In a still further a preferred embodiment, the overall content of polyalkylene oxide is within the range of 65±20 wt.-%, more preferably 65±15 wt.-%, and most preferably 65±10 wt.-%, and in particular 65±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s).
  • Preferably, the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the pharmacologically active ingredient a is within the range of 30:1 to 1:10, more preferably 20:1 to 1:1, still more preferably 15:1 to 5:1, yet more preferably 14:1 to 6:1, most preferably 13:1 to 7:1, and in particular 12:1 to 8:1.
  • Preferably, the total content of the polyalkylene oxide in the pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention amounts to at least 25 mg, or at least 30 mg, or at least 35 mg, or at least 40 mg, or at least 45 mg; more preferably at least 50 mg, or at least 55 mg, or at least 60 mg, or at least 65 mg, or at least 70 mg, or at least 75 mg; still more preferably at least 80 mg, or at least 85 mg, or at least 90 mg, or at least 95 mg; and most preferably at least 100 mg.
  • The dosage form according to the invention is preferably tamper-resistant.
  • As used herein, the term “tamper-resistant” refers to dosage forms that are preferably resistant to conversion into a form suitable for misuse or abuse, particular for nasal and/or intravenous administration, by conventional means such as grinding in a mortar or crushing by means of a hammer. In this regard, the dosage forms as such may be crushable by conventional means. However, the particle(s) A contained in the dosage forms according to the invention preferably exhibit mechanical properties such that they cannot be pulverized by conventional means any further. The same may independently apply to the optionally present particle(s) B. As the particle(s) A are of macroscopic size and contain the pharmacologically active ingredient a, and as the optionally present particle(s) B may independently be of macroscopic size and contain the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, they cannot be administered nasally thereby rendering the dosage forms tamper-resistant.
  • Preferably, the particle(s) A have a breaking strength of at least 300 N. Preferably, the overall dosage form as such does not have a breaking strength of at least 300 N, i.e. typically the breaking strength of the dosage form as such, e.g. of the tablet or capsule, is below 300 N.
  • When the dosage form additionally contains particle(s) B, these particle(s) B may also have a breaking strength of at least 300 N. However, though being less preferred, the invention also includes embodiments where optionally present particle(s) B do not have a breaking strength of at least 300 N.
  • Preferably, the particle(s) are tamper-resistant as such so that they also provide tamper-resistance after they have been separated from the remaining constituents of the dosage form. Thus, preferably the particle(s) as such contain all ingredients that are necessary to render them tamper-resistant.
  • Preferably, when trying to tamper the dosage form in order to prepare a formulation suitable for abuse by intravenous administration, the liquid part of the formulation that can be separated from the remainder by means of a syringe is as less as possible, preferably it contains not more than 20 wt.-%, more preferably not more than 15 wt.-%, still more preferably not more than 10 wt.-%, and most preferably not more than 5 wt.-% of the originally contained pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • The same may apply to optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b. However, in a preferred embodiment pharmacologically active ingredient a is more prone to abuse than optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b.
  • Preferably, this property is tested by (i) dispensing a dosage form that is either intact or has been manually comminuted by means of two spoons in 5 ml of purified water, (ii) heating the liquid up to its boiling point, (iii) boiling the liquid in a covered vessel for 5 min without the addition of further purified water, (iv) drawing up the hot liquid into a syringe (needle 21G equipped with a cigarette filter), (v) determining the amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient a and/or b contained in the liquid within the syringe.
  • Further, when trying to disrupt the dosage forms by means of a hammer or mortar, the particle(s) preferably tend to adhere to one another thereby forming aggregates and agglomerates, respectively, which are larger in size than the untreated particle(s).
  • Preferably, tamper-resistance is achieved based on the mechanical properties of the particle(s) so that comminution is avoided or at least substantially impeded. According to the invention, the term comminution means the pulverization of the particle(s) using conventional means usually available to an abuser, for example a pestle and mortar, a hammer, a mallet or other conventional means for pulverizing under the action of force. Thus, tamper-resistance preferably means that pulverization of the particle(s) using conventional means is avoided or at least substantially impeded.
  • Preferably, the mechanical properties of the particle(s) according to the invention, particularly their breaking strength and deformability, substantially rely on the presence and spatial distribution of a polymer matrix, preferably comprising polyalkylene oxide, although its mere presence does typically not suffice in order to achieve said properties. The advantageous mechanical properties of the particle(s) according to the invention may not automatically be achieved by simply processing pharmacologically active ingredient a/b, the components of the polymer matrix such as polyalkylene oxide, and optionally further excipients by means of conventional methods for the preparation of dosage forms. In fact, usually suitable apparatuses must be selected for the preparation and critical processing parameters must be adjusted, particularly pressure/force, temperature and time. Thus, even if conventional apparatuses are used, the process protocols usually must be adapted in order to meet the required criteria.
  • In general, the particle(s) exhibiting the desired properties may be obtained only if, during preparation of the particle(s),
      • suitable components
      • in suitable amounts
  • are exposed to
      • a sufficient pressure
      • at a sufficient temperature
      • for a sufficient period of time.
  • Thus, regardless of the apparatus used, the process protocols must be adapted in order to meet the required criteria. Therefore, the breaking strength and deformability of the particle(s) is separable from the composition.
  • The particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention preferably have a breaking strength of at least 300 N, at least 400 N, or at least 500 N, preferably at least 600 N, more preferably at least 700 N, still more preferably at least 800 N, yet more preferably at least 1000 N, most preferably at least 1250 N and in particular at least 1500 N.
  • In order to verify whether a particle(s) exhibits a particular breaking strength of e.g. 300 N or 500 N it is typically not necessary to subject said particle(s) to forces much higher than 300 N and 500 N, respectively. Thus, the breaking strength test can usually be terminated once the force corresponding to the desired breaking strength has been slightly exceeded, e.g. at forces of e.g. 330 N and 550 N, respectively.
  • The “breaking strength” (resistance to crushing) of a dosage form and of a particle(s) is known to the skilled person. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., W. A. Ritschel, Die Tablette, 2. Auflage, Editio Cantor Verlag Aulendorf, 2002; H Liebermann et al., Dosage forms: Dosage forms, Vol. 2, Informa Healthcare; 2 edition, 1990; and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, Informa Healthcare; 1 edition.
  • For the purpose of the specification, the breaking strength is preferably defined as the amount of force that is necessary in order to fracture the particle(s) (=breaking force). Therefore, for the purpose of the specification a particle does preferably not exhibit the desired breaking strength when it breaks, i.e., is fractured into at least two independent parts that are separated from one another.
  • In another preferred embodiment, however, the particle is regarded as being broken if the force decreases by 50% (threshold value) of the highest force measured during the measurement (see below).
  • The particle(s) according to the invention are distinguished from conventional particles that can be contained in dosage forms in that, due to their breaking strength, they cannot be pulverized by the application of force with conventional means, such as for example a pestle and mortar, a hammer, a mallet or other usual means for pulverization, in particular devices developed for this purpose (tablet crushers). In this regard “pulverization” means crumbling into small particles. Avoidance of pulverization virtually rules out oral or parenteral, in particular intravenous or nasal abuse.
  • Conventional particles typically have a breaking strength well below 200 N.
  • The breaking strength of conventional round dosage forms/particle may be estimated according to the following empirical formula: Breaking Strength [in N]=10× Diameter Of The Dosage form/Particle [in mm]. Thus, according to said empirical formula, a round dosage form/particle having a breaking strength of at least 300 N would require a diameter of at least 30 mm. Such a particles, however, could not be swallowed, let alone a dosage form containing a plurality of such particles. The above empirical formula preferably does not apply to the particle(s) according to the invention, which are not conventional but rather special.
  • Further, the actual mean chewing force is 220 N (cf., e.g., P. A. Proeschel et al., J Dent Res, 2002, 81(7), 464-468). This means that conventional particles having a breaking strength well below 200 N may be crushed upon spontaneous chewing, whereas the particle(s) according to the invention may preferably not.
  • Still further, when applying a gravitational acceleration of 9.81 m/s2, 300 N correspond to a gravitational force of more than 30 kg, i.e. the particle(s) according to the invention can preferably withstand a weight of more than 30 kg without being pulverized.
  • Methods for measuring the breaking strength of a dosage form are known to the skilled artisan. Suitable devices are commercially available.
  • For example, the breaking strength (resistance to crushing) can be measured in accordance with the Eur. Ph. 5.0, 2.9.8 or 6.0, 2.09.08 “Resistance to Crushing of Dosage forms”. The test is intended to determine, under defined conditions, the resistance to crushing of dosage forms and of the particle(s), respectively, measured by the force needed to disrupt them by crushing. The apparatus consists of 2 jaws facing each other, one of which moves towards the other. The flat surfaces of the jaws are perpendicular to the direction of movement. The crushing surfaces of the jaws are flat and larger than the zone of contact with the dosage form and a single particle, respectively. The apparatus is calibrated using a system with a precision of 1 Newton. The dosage form and particle, respectively, is placed between the jaws, taking into account, where applicable, the shape, the break-mark and the inscription; for each measurement the dosage form and particle, respectively, is oriented in the same way with respect to the direction of application of the force (and the direction of extension in which the breaking strength is to be measured). The measurement is carried out on 10 dosage forms and particles, respectively, taking care that all fragments have been removed before each determination. The result is expressed as the mean, minimum and maximum values of the forces measured, all expressed in Newton.
  • A similar description of the breaking strength (breaking force) can be found in the USP. The breaking strength can alternatively be measured in accordance with the method described therein where it is stated that the breaking strength is the force required to cause a dosage form and particle, respectively, to fail (i.e., break) in a specific plane. The dosage forms and particle, respectively, are generally placed between two platens, one of which moves to apply sufficient force to the dosage form and particle, respectively, to cause fracture. For conventional, round (circular cross-section) dosage forms and particles, respectively, loading occurs across their diameter (sometimes referred to as diametral loading), and fracture occurs in the plane. The breaking force of a dosage form and a particle, respectively, is commonly called hardness in the pharmaceutical literature; however, the use of this term is misleading. In material science, the term hardness refers to the resistance of a surface to penetration or indentation by a small probe. The term crushing strength is also frequently used to describe the resistance of dosage forms and particles, respectively, to the application of a compressive load. Although this term describes the true nature of the test more accurately than does hardness, it implies that dosage forms and particles, respectively, are actually crushed during the test, which is often not the case.
  • Alternatively, the breaking strength (resistance to crushing) can be measured in accordance with WO 2008/107149, which can be regarded as a modification of the method described in the Eur. Ph. The apparatus used for the measurement is preferably a “Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, Fmax=2.5 kN with a maximum draw of 1150 mm, which should be set up with one column and one spindle, a clearance behind of 100 mm and a test speed adjustable between 0.1 and 800 mm/min together with testControl software. A skilled person knows how to properly adjust the test speed, e.g. to 10 mm/min, 20 mm/min, or 40 mm/min, for example. Measurement is performed using a pressure piston with screw-in inserts and a cylinder (diameter 10 mm), a force transducer, Fmax. 1 kN, diameter=8 mm, class 0.5 from 10 N, class 1 from 2 N to ISO 7500-1, with manufacturer's test certificate M according to DIN 55350-18 (Zwick gross force Fmax=1.45 kN) (all apparatus from Zwick GmbH & Co. KG, Ulm, Germany) with Order No BTC-FR 2.5 TH. D09 for the tester, Order No BTC-LC 0050N. P01 for the force transducer, Order No BO 70000 S06 for the centring device.
  • When using the testControl software (testXpert V10.11), the following exemplified settings and parameters have revealed to be useful: LE-position: clamping length 150 mm. LE-speed: 500 mm/min, clamping length after pre-travel: 195 mm, pre-travel speed: 500 mm/min, no pre-force control—pre-force: pre-force 1N, pre-force speed 10 mm/min—sample data: no sample form, measuring length traverse distance 10 mm, no input required prior to testing—testing/end of test; test speed: position-controlled 10 mm/min, delay speed shift: 1, force shut down threshold 50% Fmax, no force threshold for break-tests, no max length variation, upper force limit: 600N—expansion compensation: no correction of measuring length—actions after testing: LE to be set after test, no unload of sample—TRS: data memory: TRS distance interval until break 1 TRS time interval 0.1 s, TRS force interval 1N—machine; traverse distance controller: upper soft end 358 mm, lower soft end 192 mm—lower test space. Parallel arrangement of the upper plate and the ambos should be ensured—these parts must not touch during or after testing. After testing, a small gap (e.g. 0.1 or 0.2 mm) should still be present between the two brackets in intimated contact with the tested particle, representing the remaining thickness of the deformed particle.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the particle is regarded as being broken if it is fractured into at least two separate pieces of comparable morphology. Separated matter having a morphology different from that of the deformed particle, e.g. dust, is not considered as pieces qualifying for the definition of breaking.
  • The particle(s) according to the invention preferably exhibit mechanical strength over a wide temperature range, in addition to the breaking strength (resistance to crushing) optionally also sufficient hardness, yield strength, fatigue strength, impact resistance, impact elasticity, tensile strength, compressive strength and/or modulus of elasticity, optionally also at low temperatures (e.g. below −24° C., below −40° C. or possibly even in liquid nitrogen), for it to be virtually impossible to pulverize by spontaneous chewing, grinding in a mortar, pounding, etc. Thus, preferably, the comparatively high breaking strength of the particle(s) according to the invention is maintained even at low or very low temperatures, e.g., when the dosage form is initially chilled to increase its brittleness, for example to temperatures below −25° C., below −40° C. or even in liquid nitrogen.
  • The particle(s) according to the invention are preferably characterized by a certain degree of breaking strength. This does not mean that the particle(s) must also exhibit a certain degree of hardness. Hardness and breaking strength are different physical properties. Therefore, the tamper-resistance of the dosage form does not necessarily depend on the hardness of the particle(s). For instance, due to their breaking strength, impact strength, elasticity modulus and tensile strength, respectively, the particle(s) can preferably be deformed, e.g. plastically, when exerting an external force, for example using a hammer, but cannot be pulverized, i.e., crumbled into a high number of fragments. In other words, the particle(s) according to the invention are preferably characterized by a certain degree of breaking strength, but not necessarily also by a certain degree of form stability.
  • Therefore, in the meaning of the specification, a particle that is deformed when being exposed to a force in a particular direction of extension but that does not break (plastic deformation or plastic flow) is preferably to be regarded as having the desired breaking strength in said direction of extension.
  • Preferred particle(s) present in the dosage forms according to the invention are those having a suitable tensile strength as determined by a test method currently accepted in the art. Further preferred particle(s) are those having a Youngs Modulus as determined by a test method of the art. Still further preferred particle(s) are those having an acceptable elongation at break.
  • Irrespective of whether the particle(s) according to the invention have an increased breaking strength or nor, the particle(s) according to the invention preferably exhibit a certain degree of deformability. The particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention preferably have a deformability such that they show an increase, preferably a substantially steady increase of the force at a corresponding decrease of the displacement in the force-displacement-diagram when being subjected to a breaking strength test as described above.
  • This mechanical property, i.e. the deformability of the individual particle(s), is illustrated in FIGS. 1 and 2.
  • FIG. 1 schematically illustrates the measurement and the corresponding force-displacement-diagram. In particular, FIG. 1A shows the initial situation at the beginning of the measurement. The sample particle (2) is placed between upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) which each are in intimate contact with the surface of the particle (2). The initial displacement d0 between upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) corresponds to the extension of the particle orthogonal to the surfaces of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b). At this time, no force is exerted at all and thus, no graph is displayed in the force-displacement-diagram below. When the measurement is commenced, the upper jaw is moved in direction of lower jaw (1 b), preferably at a constant speed. FIG. 1B shows a situation where due to the movement of upper jaw (1 a) towards lower jaw (1 b) a force is exerted on particle (2). Because of its deformability, the particle (2) is flattened without being fractured. The force-displacement-diagram indicates that after a reduction of the displacement d0 of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) by distance x1, i.e. at a displacement of d1=d0−x1, a force F1 is measured. FIG. 1C shows a situation where due to the continuous movement of upper jaw (1 a) towards lower jaw (1 b), the force that is exerted on particle (2) causes further deformation, although the particle (2) does not fracture. The force-displacement-diagram indicates that after a reduction of the displacement d0 of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) by distance x2, i.e. at a displacement of d2=d0−x2, a force F2 is measured. Under these circumstances, the particle (2) has not been broken (fractured) and a substantially steady increase of the force in the force-displacement-diagram is measured.
  • In contrast, FIG. 2 schematically illustrates the measurement and the corresponding force-displacement-diagram of a conventional comparative particle not having the degree of deformability as the particle(s) according to the invention. FIG. 2A shows the initial situation at the beginning of the measurement. The comparative sample particle (2) is placed between upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) which each are in intimate contact with the surface of the comparative particle (2). The initial displacement d0 between upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) corresponds to the extension of the comparative particle orthogonal to the surfaces of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b). At this time, no force is exerted at all and thus, no graph is displayed in the force-displacement-diagram below. When the measurement is commenced, the upper jaw is moved in direction of lower jaw (1 b), preferably at a constant speed. FIG. 2B shows a situation where due to the movement of upper jaw (1 a) towards lower jaw (1 b) a force is exerted on comparative particle (2). Because of some deformability, the comparative particle (2) is slightly flattened without being fractured. The force-displacement-diagram indicates that after a reduction of the displacement d0 of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) by distance x1, i.e. at a displacement of d1=d0−x1, a force F1 is measured. FIG. 2C shows a situation where due to the continuous movement of upper jaw (1 a) towards lower jaw (1 b), the force that is exerted on particle (2) causes sudden fracture of the comparative particle (2). The force-displacement-diagram indicates that after a reduction of the displacement d0 of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) by distance x2, i.e. at a displacement of d2=d0−x2, a force F2 is measured that suddenly drops when the particle fractures. Under these circumstances, the particle (2) has been broken (fractured) and no steady increase of the force in the force-displacement-diagram is measured. The sudden drop (decrease) of the force can easily be recognized and does not need to be quantified for the measurement. The steady increase in the force-displacement-diagram ends at displacement d2=d0−x2 when the particle breaks.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they show an increase, preferably a substantially steady increase of the force at a corresponding decrease of the displacement in the force-displacement-diagram when being subjected to a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant speed), preferably at least until the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) has been reduced to a value of 90% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d=0.9·d0), preferably to a displacement d of 80% of the original displacement d0, more preferably to a displacement d of 70% of the original displacement d0, still more preferably to a displacement d of 60% of the original displacement d0, yet more preferably to a displacement d of 50% of the original displacement d0, even more preferably to a displacement d of 40% of the original displacement d0, most preferably to a displacement d of 30% of the original displacement d0, and in particular to a displacement d of 20% of the original displacement d0, or to a displacement d of 15% of the original displacement d0, to a displacement d of 10% of the original displacement d0, or to a displacement d of 5% of the original displacement d0.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they show an increase, preferably a substantially steady increase of the force at a corresponding decrease of the displacement in the force-displacement-diagram when being subjected to a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant speed), preferably at least until the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) has been reduced to 0.80 mm or 0.75 mm, preferably 0.70 mm or 0.65 mm, more preferably 0.60 mm or 0.55 mm, still more preferably 0.50 mm or 0.45 mm, yet more preferably 0.40 mm or 0.35 mm, even more preferably 0.30 mm or 0.25 mm, most preferably 0.20 mm or 0.15 mm and in particular 0.10 or 0.05 mm.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they show an increase, preferably a substantially steady increase of the force at a corresponding decrease of the displacement in the force-displacement-diagram when being subjected to a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant speed), at least until the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) has been reduced to 50% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d=d0/2), whereas the force measured at said displacement (d=d0/2) is at least 25 N or at least 50 N, preferably at least 75 N or at least 100 N, still more preferably at least 150 N or at least 200 N, yet more preferably at least 250 N or at least 300 N, even more preferably at least 350 N or at least 400 N, most preferably at least 450 N or at least 500 N, and in particular at least 625 N, or at least 750 N, or at least 875 N, or at least 1000 N, or at least 1250 N, or at least 1500 N.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they show an increase, preferably a substantially steady increase of the force at a corresponding decrease of the displacement in the force-displacement-diagram when being subjected to a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant speed), at least until the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) has been reduced by at least 0.1 mm, more preferably at least 0.2 mm, still more preferably at least 0.3 mm, yet more preferably at least 0.4 mm, even more preferably at least 0.5 mm, most preferably at least 0.6 mm, and in particular at least 0.7 mm, whereas the force measured at said displacement is within the range of from 5.0 N to 250 N, more preferably from 7.5 N to 225 N, still more preferably from 10 N to 200 N, yet more preferably from 15 N to 175 N, even more preferably from 20 N to 150 N, most preferably from 25 N to 125 N, and in particular from 30 N to 100 N.
  • In yet another embodiment, the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they are deformed without being fractured when subjected to a constant force of e.g. 50 N, 100 N, 200 N, 300 N, 400 N, 500 N or 600 N in a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant force), until the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) is reduced so that no further deformation takes place at said constant force, whereas at this equilibrated state the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) is at most 90% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.9−d0), preferably at most 80% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.8·d0), more preferably at most 70% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.7·d0), still more preferably at most 60% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.6·d0), yet more preferably at most 50% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.5·d0), even more preferably at most 40% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.4·d0), most preferably at most 30% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.3·d0), and in particular at most 20% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.2·d0), or at most 15% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.15·d0), at most 10% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.1·d0), or at most 5% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≦0.05·d0).
  • Preferably, the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they are deformed without being fractured when subjected to a constant force of e.g. 50 N, 100 N, 200 N, 300 N, 400 N, 500 N or 600 N in a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant force), until the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) is reduced so that no further deformation takes place at said constant force, whereas at this equilibrated state the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) is at most 0.80 mm or at most 0.75 mm, preferably at most 0.70 mm or at most 0.65 mm, more preferably at most 0.60 mm or at most 0.55 mm, still more preferably at most 0.50 mm or at most 0.45 mm, yet more preferably at most 0.40 mm or at most 0.35 mm, even more preferably at most 0.30 mm or at most 0.25 mm, most preferably at most 0.20 mm or at most 0.15 mm and in particular at most 0.10 or at most 0.05 mm.
  • In another embodiment, the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they are deformed without being fractured when subjected to a constant force of e.g. 50 N, 100 N, 200 N, 300 N, 400 N, 500 N or 600 N in a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant force), until the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) is reduced so that no further deformation takes place at said constant force, whereas at this equilibrated state the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) is at least 5% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.05·d0), preferably at least 10% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.1·d0), more preferably at least 15% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.15·d0), still more preferably at least 20% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.2·d0), yet more preferably at least 30% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.3·d0), even more preferably at least 40% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.4·d0), most preferably at least 50% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.5·d0), and in particular at least 60% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.6·d0), or at least 70% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.7·d0), at least 80% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.8·d0), or at least 90% of the original displacement d0 (i.e. d≧0.9·d0).
  • Preferably, the particle(s) contained in the dosage form according to the invention have a deformability such that they are deformed without being fractured when subjected to a constant force of e.g. 50 N, 100 N, 200 N, 300 N, 400 N, 500 N or 600 N in a breaking strength test as described above (“Zwick Z 2.5” materials tester, constant force), until the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) is reduced so that no further deformation takes place at said constant force, whereas at this equilibrated state the displacement d of upper jaw (1 a) and lower jaw (1 b) is at least 0.05 mm or at least 0.10 mm, preferably at least 0.15 mm or at least 0.20 mm, more preferably at least 0.25 mm or at least 0.30 mm, still more preferably at least 0.35 mm or at least 0.40 mm, yet more preferably at least 0.45 mm or at least 0.50 mm, even more preferably at least 0.55 mm or at least 0.60 mm, most preferably at least 0.65 mm or at least 0.70 mm and in particular at least 0.75 or at least 0.80 mm.
  • In particularly preferred embodiments, the dosage form according to the invention comprises a multitude of particles A which
      • amount to a total number within the range of from 20 to 600; and/or
      • are made from substantially the same mixture of ingredients; and/or
      • have substantially of the same size, shape, weight and composition; and/or
      • have cylindrical shape; and/or
      • have substantially the same breaking strength;
      • have a breaking strength of at least 300 N; and/or
      • have an average individual weight within the range of from 0.1 mg to 5 mg; and/or
      • have a total weight within the range of from 10 mg to 500 mg; and/or
      • amount to a total content within the range of from 10 wt.-% to 80 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form; and/or
      • are tamper-resistant as such so that they also provide tamper-resistance after they have been separated from the remaining constituents of the dosage form; and/or
      • contain the total amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient a that is contained in the dosage form; and/or
      • have substantially the same content of pharmacologically active ingredient a; and/or
      • show substantially the same in vitro release profile; and/or
      • after 30 min under in vitro conditions have released at least 80 wt.-% of the pharmacologically active ingredient a that was originally contained in the dosage form; and/or
      • are thermoformed by hot-melt extrusion.
  • In preferred embodiments, the dosage form according to the invention comprises at least a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b outside the particle(s) A in an outer matrix material, which preferably comprises granules comprising optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b and excipients selected from binders, fillers, disintegrants, lubricants, and the like. The outer matrix material may also comprise the optionally present granule(s) B and the optionally present portion bP of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b that is present in form of a powder outside particle(s) A and B.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b that is contained in the dosage form according to the invention is contained outside the particle(s) A in the outer matrix material, preferably in the granules that are part of said outer matrix material.
  • In another preferred embodiment, a portion bG of the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b that is contained in the dosage form according to the invention is contained in the outer matrix material, preferably in the granules that are part of said outer matrix material, whereas the remainder of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is contained elsewhere in the dosage form according to the invention.
  • When a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present in the one or more particle(s) A, said portion is referred to as “portion bA”. Said portion bA is neither contained in particle(s) B, nor is it contained in a coating of particle(s) A, nor is it present in form of a powder, nor is it present in form of granules.
  • When a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present outside the particle(s) A in one or more particle(s) B, said portion is referred to as “portion bB”. Said portion bB is neither contained in particle(s) A, nor is it contained in a coating of particle(s) A, nor is it present in form of a powder, nor is it present in form of granules.
  • When a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present outside the particle(s) A in a coating of particle(s) A, said portion is referred to as “portion bC”. Said portion bC is neither contained in particle(s) A, nor is it contained in particle(s) A, nor is it present in form of a powder, nor is it present in form of granules.
  • When a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present outside the particle(s) A in the outer matrix material, preferably in the granules that are part of said outer matrix material, said portion is referred to as “portion bG”. Said portion bG is neither contained in particle(s) A, nor is it contained in a coating of particle(s) A, nor is it contained in particle(s) B, nor is it present in form of a powder.
  • When a portion of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is present outside the particle(s) A in form of a powder, said portion is referred to as “portion bP”. Said portion bP is neither contained in particle(s) A, nor is it contained in a coating of particle(s) A, nor is it contained in particle(s) B, nor is it present in form of granules.
  • Preferably, when the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is divided into portions that are present at different locations of the dosage form, the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is preferably divided in not more than three portions, more preferably not more than two portions.
  • Thus, when the total amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b is divided into two portions, portion bG is present the outer matrix material, preferably in the granules that are part of said outer matrix material, whereas preferably the entire remainder amount of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, which is not present in the granules that are part of said outer matrix material, is present either as portion bA in the particle(s) A, or as portion bB in particle(s) B, or as portion bC in a coating of particle(s) A, or as portion bP outside particle(s) A in form of a powder.
  • Preferably, the relative weight ratio of portion bG to portion bA, or the relative weight ratio of portion bG to portion bB, or the relative weight ratio of portion bG to portion bC, or the relative weight ratio of portion bG to portion bP, is within the range of from 100:1 to 1:100, more preferably 50:1 to 1:50, still more preferably 10:1 to 1:10, yet more preferably 5:1 to 1:5.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the weight of portion bG is greater than the weight of portion bA, or the weight of portion bG is greater than the weight of portion bB, or the weight of portion bG is greater than the weight of portion bC, or the weight of portion bG is greater than the weight of portion bP.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the weight of portion bA is greater than the weight of portion bG, or the weight of portion bB is greater than the weight of portion bG, or the weight of portion bC is greater than the weight of portion bG, or the weight of portion bP is greater than the weight of portion bG.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention is a tablet, wherein the particle(s) A are contained in an outer matrix material. The “outer matrix material” is not to be confused with the “polymer matrix” of the particle(s) A and the optionally present particle(s) B. In the following, this preferred embodiment is referred to as the “preferred tablet according to the invention”.
  • When the preferred tablet according to the invention comprises particle(s) B, the following preferred embodiments described for particles(s) A may also analogously and independently apply to particle(s) B. Thus, in the following it is generally referred to “the particle(s)” when no specific distinction between particle(s) A and the optionally present particle(s) B is necessary, nevertheless implying the quality and quantity of particle(s) A and particle(s) B are still independent of one another.
  • The preferred tablet according to the invention comprises subunits having different morphology and properties, namely particle(s) and outer matrix material, wherein the particle(s) form a discontinuous phase within the outer matrix material. The particle(s) typically have mechanical properties that differ from the mechanical properties of the outer matrix material. Preferably, the particle(s) have a higher mechanical strength than the outer matrix material. The particle(s) within the preferred tablet according to the invention can be visualized by conventional means such as x-ray, solid state nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, raster electron microscopy, terahertz spectroscopy and the like.
  • In the preferred tablet according to the invention, the particle(s) are incorporated in an outer matrix material. From a macroscopic perspective, the outer matrix material preferably forms a continuous phase in which the particle(s) are embedded as discontinuous phase.
  • Preferably, the outer matrix material is a homogenous coherent mass, preferably a homogeneous mixture of solid constituents, in which the particle(s) are embedded thereby spatially separating the particle(s) from one another. While it is possible that the surfaces of particle(s) are in contact or at least in very close proximity with one another, the plurality of particle(s) preferably cannot be regarded as a single continuous coherent mass within the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • In other words, the preferred tablet according to the invention comprises the particle(s) as volume element(s) of a first type in which the pharmacologically active ingredient a and the polymer matrix, which preferably comprises polyalkylene oxide, are contained, preferably homogeneously, and the outer matrix material as volume element of a second type differing from the material that forms the particle(s), preferably containing neither pharmacologically active ingredient a/b nor polymer matrix, polyalkylene oxide, but optionally polyethylene glycol which differs from polyethylene oxide in its molecular weight.
  • When portion bP of the pharmacologically active ingredient is present in form of a powder, said powder is a constituent of the outer matrix material of the preferred tablet according to the invention. When portion bG of the pharmacologically active ingredient is present in form of granules, said granules are a constituent of the outer matrix material of the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • A purpose of the outer matrix material in the preferred tablet according to the invention is to ensure rapid disintegration and subsequent release of the pharmacologically active ingredients a and b from the disintegrated preferred tablet according to the invention, i.e. from the particle(s) A and optionally from particle(s) B, from the coating of particle(s) A, from the granules and from the powder, respectively. Thus, the outer matrix material preferably does not contain any excipient that might have a retardant effect on disintegration and drug release, respectively. Thus, the outer matrix material preferably does not contain any polymer that is typically employed as outer matrix material in prolonged release formulations.
  • The preferred tablet according to the invention preferably comprises the outer matrix material in an amount of more than one third of the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention. Thus, the polymer matrix which preferably comprises polyalkylene oxide and which is contained in the particle(s) A of the preferred tablet according to the invention is preferably not also contained in the outer matrix material.
  • Preferably, the pharmacologically active ingredient a which is contained in the particle(s) A of the preferred tablet according to the invention is preferably not also contained in the outer matrix material. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, the total amount of pharmacologically active ingredient a contained in the preferred tablet according to the invention is present in the particle(s) A which form a discontinuous phase within the outer matrix material; and the outer matrix material forming a continuous phase does not contain any pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • Preferably, the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, at least a portion of which is preferably present as a powder and/or in form of granules, is contained in the outer matrix material, whereas compaction of the preferred tablet according to the invention has typically caused compaction of said powder and/or granules, typically in admixture with the other constituents of the outer matrix material.
  • Preferably, the content of the outer matrix material is at least 35 wt.-%, at least 37.5 wt.-% or at least 40 wt.-%; more preferably at least 42.5 wt.-%, at least 45 wt.-%, at least 47.5 wt.-% or at least 50 wt.-%; still more preferably at least 52.5 wt.-%, at least 55 wt.-%, at least 57.5 wt.-% or at least 60 wt.-%; yet more preferably at least 62.5 wt.-%, at least 65 wt.-%, at least 67.5 wt.-% or at least 60 wt.-%; most preferably at least 72.5 wt.-%, at least 75 wt.-%, at least 77.5 wt.-% or at least 70 wt.-%; and in particular at least 82.5 wt.-%, at least 85 wt.-%, at least 87.5 wt.-% or at least 90 wt.-%; based on the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • Preferably, the content of the outer matrix material is at most 90 wt.-%, at most 87.5 wt.-%, at most 85 wt.-%, or at most 82.5 wt.-%; more preferably at most 80 wt.-%, at most 77.5 wt.-%, at most 75 wt.-% or at most 72.5 wt.-%; still more preferably at most 70 wt.-%, at most 67.5 wt.-%, at most 65 wt.-% or at most 62.5 wt.-%; yet more preferably at most 60 wt.-%, at most 57.5 wt.-%, at most 55 wt.-% or at most 52.5 wt.-%; most preferably at most 50 wt.-%, at most 47.5 wt.-%, at most 45 wt.-% or at most 42.5 wt.-%; and in particular at most 40 wt.-%, at most 37.5 wt.-%, or at most 35 wt.-%; based on the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of the outer matrix material is within the range of 40±5 wt.-%, more preferably 40±2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the outer matrix material is within the range of 45±10 wt.-%, more preferably 45±7.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 45±5 wt.-%, and most preferably 45±2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention. In still another preferred embodiment, the content of the outer matrix material is within the range of 50±10 wt.-%, more preferably 50±7.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 50±5 wt.-%, and most preferably 50±2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention. In yet another preferred embodiment, the content of the outer matrix material is within the range of 55±10 wt.-%, more preferably 55±7.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 55±5 wt.-%, and most preferably 55±2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the preferred tablet according to the invention.
  • Preferably, the outer matrix material is a mixture, preferably a homogeneous mixture of at least two different constituents, more preferably of at least three different constituents. In a preferred embodiment, all constituents of the outer matrix material are homogeneously distributed in the continuous phase that is formed by the outer matrix material.
  • Preferably, the outer matrix material is a homogenous powdery or coherent mass, preferably a homogeneous mixture of solid constituents, in which the particle(s) A are embedded. According to this embodiment, the particle(s) A are preferably spatially separated from one another. While it is possible that the surfaces of particle(s) A are in contact or at least in very close proximity with one another, the plurality of particle(s) A preferably cannot be regarded as a single continuous coherent mass within the dosage form.
  • The dosage form according to the invention may contain additional pharmaceutical excipients conventionally contained in dosage forms in conventional amounts, such as fillers, binders, dispersing agents, wetting agents, disintegrants, gelling agents, antioxidants, preservatives, lubricants, plasticizer, fillers, binders, and the like.
  • Said excipients may independently of one another be present in the particle(s) A, the matrix material of the preferred tablet according to the invention, the optionally present particle(s) B, the optionally present coating of particle(s) A, and the optionally present granules, respectively.
  • The skilled person will readily be able to determine appropriate excipients as well as the quantities of each of these excipients. Specific examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients that may be used to formulate the dosage forms according to the invention are described in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, American Pharmaceutical Association (1986).
  • Preferably, the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently comprise one or more fillers or binders. As many fillers can be regarded as binders and vice versa, for the purpose of the specification “filler/binder” refers to any excipient that is suitable as filler, binder or both. Thus, the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently preferably comprise a filler/binder.
  • Preferred fillers (=filler/binders) are selected from the group consisting of silicium dioxide (e.g. Aerosil®), microcrystalline cellulose (e.g. Avicel®, Elcema®, Emocel®, ExCel®, Vitacell®); cellulose ether (e.g. Natrosol®, Klucel®, Methocel®, Blanose®, Pharmacoat®, Viscontran®); mannitol; dextrines; dextrose; calciumhydrogen phosphate (e.g. Emcompress®); tricalcium phosphate, maltodextrine (e.g. Emdex®); lactose (e.g. Fast-Flow Lactose®; Ludipress®, Dosage Formtose®, Zeparox®); polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) (e.g. Kollidone®, Polyplasdone®, Polydone®); saccharose (e.g. Nu-Tab®, Sugar Tab®); magnesium salts (e.g. MgCO3, MgO, MgSiO3); starches and pretreated starches (e.g. Prejel®, Primotab® ET, Starch® 1500). Preferred binders are selected from the group consisting of alginates; chitosanes; and any of the fillers mentioned above (=fillers/binders).
  • Some fillers/binders may also serve other purposes. It is known, for example, that silicium dioxide exhibits excellent function as a glidant. Preferably, the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently comprise a glidant such as silicium dioxide.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently is within the range of 50±25 wt.-%, more preferably 50±20 wt.-%, still more preferably 50±15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 50±10 wt.-%, most preferably 50±7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 50±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently is within the range of 65±25 wt.-%, more preferably 65±20 wt.-%, still more preferably 65±15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 65±10 wt.-%, most preferably 65±7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 65±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In still another preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently is within the range of 80±19 wt.-%, more preferably 80±17.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 80±15 wt.-%, yet more preferably 80±10 wt.-%, most preferably 80±7.5 wt.-%, and in particular 80±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently is within the range of 90±9 wt.-%, more preferably 90±8 wt.-%, still more preferably 90±7 wt.-%, yet more preferably 90±6 wt.-%, most preferably 90±5 wt.-%, and in particular 90±4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the total content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the dosage form is within the range of 25±24 wt.-%, more preferably 25±20 wt.-%, still more preferably 25±16 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25±12 wt.-%, most preferably 25±8 wt.-%, and in particular 25±4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of dosage form. In another preferred embodiment, the total content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the dosage form is within the range of 30±29 wt.-%, more preferably 30±25 wt.-%, still more preferably 30±20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 30±15 wt.-%, most preferably 30±10 wt.-%, and in particular 30±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of dosage form. In still another preferred embodiment, the total content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the dosage form is within the range of 35±34 wt.-%, more preferably 35±28 wt.-%, still more preferably 35±22 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35±16 wt.-%, most preferably 35±10 wt.-%, and in particular 35±4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of dosage form. In another preferred embodiment, the total content of the filler/binder or mixture of fillers/binders in the dosage form is within the range of 40±39 wt.-%, more preferably 40±32 wt.-%, still more preferably 40±25 wt.-%, yet more preferably 40±18 wt.-%, most preferably 40±11 wt.-%, and in particular 40±4 wt.-%, based on the total weight of dosage form.
  • In a preferred embodiment, particularly when the dosage form is a capsule, the capsule is preferably filled with particle(s) A, which are optionally coated comprising portion bC of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, and/or with the outer matrix material and/or with portion bP of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b in form of a powder, and/or with optionally present particle(s) B, and/or with the optionally present granules comprising portion bG of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b; and additionally with a filler/binder, preferably lactose or mannitol.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the total content of the filler/binder is preferably within the range of 25±20 wt.-%, more preferably 25±15 wt.-%, still more preferably 25±10 wt.-%, and most preferably 25±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form. In another preferred embodiment, the total content of the filler/binder is preferably within the range of 35±30 wt.-%, more preferably 35±25 wt.-%, still more preferably 35±20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 35±15 wt.-%, even more preferably 35±10 wt.-%, and most preferably 35±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form. In still another preferred embodiment, the total content of the filler/binder is preferably within the range of 45±40 wt.-%, more preferably 45±35 wt.-%, still more preferably 45±30 wt.-%, yet more preferably 45±25 wt.-%, even more preferably 45±20 wt.-%, and most preferably 45±15 wt.-%, and in particular 45±10 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form. In yet another preferred embodiment, the total content of the filler/binder is preferably within the range of 55±40 wt.-%, more preferably 55±35 wt.-%, still more preferably 55±30 wt.-%, yet more preferably 55±25 wt.-%, even more preferably 55±20 wt.-%, and most preferably 55±15 wt.-%, and in particular 55±10 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form. In another preferred embodiment, the total content of the filler/binder is preferably within the range of 65±30 wt.-%, more preferably 65±25 wt.-%, still more preferably 65±20 wt.-%, yet more preferably 65±15 wt.-%, even more preferably 65±10 wt.-%, and most preferably 65±5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
  • It has been surprisingly found that the filler/binder in the capsule filling can accelerate in vitro release of the pharmacologically active ingredient a and/or of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b from the dosage form according to the invention.
  • Preferably, the filler/binder is contained in the optionally present particle(s) B but not in the particle(s) A of the dosage form according to the invention.
  • Preferably, the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently comprise a disintegrant, wherein the content of the disintegrant is more than 5.0 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • In a preferred embodiment, particularly when the dosage form is a capsule, the dosage form contains the entire amount of disintegrant within the particle(s), i.e. outside the particle(s) there is preferably no disintegrant. Furthermore, the disintegrant is preferably homogeneously distributed in the particle(s). Preferably, when the particle(s) are coated, the coating does not contain disintegrant.
  • In another preferred embodiment, particularly when the dosage form is a tablet, the dosage form contains the disintegrant within the particle(s) as well as outside the particle(s). In a preferred embodiment, the nature of disintegrant within the particle(s) is identical with the nature of disintegrant outside the particle(s). However, different disintegrants inside the particle(s) and outside the particle(s) are also possible in accordance with the invention. Furthermore, the disintegrant is preferably homogeneously distributed in the particle(s). Preferably, when the particle(s) are coated, the coating does not contain disintegrant.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, particularly when the dosage form is the preferred tablet according to the invention, the dosage form contains the disintegrant outside the particle(s), and optionally also within the particle.
  • Suitable disintegrants are known to the skilled person and are preferably selected from the group consisting of starches, starch derivatives, cellulose derivatives and gas releasing substances. Croscarmellose ist particularly preferred as disintegrant.
  • Preferred starches include but are not limited to “standard starch” (e.g. native maize starch) and pregelatinized starch (e.g. starch 1500).
  • Preferred starch derivatives include but are not limited to sodium starch glycolate (e.g. Vivastar®).
  • Preferred cellulose derivatives include but are not limited to croscarmellose sodium (=crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose; e.g. Vivasol®).
  • Preferred gas releasing substances include but are not limited to sodium bicarbonate.
  • Preferred disintegrants include but are not limited to crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Na-CMC) (e.g. Crosscarmellose, Vivasol®, Ac-Di-Sol®); crosslinked casein (e.g. Esma-Spreng®); polysaccharide mixtures obtained from soybeans (e.g. Emcosoy®); maize starch or pretreated maize starch (e.g. Amijel®); sodium alginate; polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) (e.g. Kollidone®, Polyplasdone®, Polydone®); crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP CI) (e.g. Polyplasdone® XL); starch and pretreated starch such as sodium carboxymethyl starch (=sodium starch glycolate, e.g. Explotab®, Prejel®, Primotab® ET, Starch® 1500, Ulmatryl®), and the mixtures thereof. Crosslinked polymers are particularly preferred disintegrants, especially crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (Na-CMC) or crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP CI).
  • Preferably, the content of the disintegrant is at least 6.0 wt.-%, at least 7.0 wt.-%, at least 8.0 wt.-%, at least 9.0 wt.-%, or at least 10 wt.-%, more preferably at least 12 wt.-%, still more preferably at least 14 wt.-%, yet more preferably at least 15 wt.-%, even more preferably at least 16 wt.-%, most preferably at least 18 wt.-%, and in particular at least 19 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 15±9.0 wt.-%, more preferably 15±8.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 15±8.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 15±7.5 wt.-%, most preferably 15±7.0 wt.-%, and in particular 15±6.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In still another preferred embodiment, the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 15±6.0 wt.-%, more preferably 15±5.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 15±5.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 15±4.5 wt.-%, most preferably 15±4.0 wt.-%, and in particular 15±3.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 15±3.0 wt.-%, more preferably 15±2.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 15±2.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 15±1.5 wt.-%, most preferably 15±1.0 wt.-%, and in particular 15±0.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 20±15 wt.-% or 20±14 wt.-%, more preferably 20±13 wt.-%, still more preferably 20±12 wt.-%, yet more preferably 20±11 wt.-%, most preferably 20±10 wt.-%, and in particular 20±9.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 20±9.0 wt.-%, more preferably 20±8.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 20±8.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 20±7.5 wt.-%, most preferably 20±7.0 wt.-%, and in particular 20±6.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In still another preferred embodiment, the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 20±6.0 wt.-%, more preferably 20±5.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 20±5.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 20±4.5 wt.-%, most preferably 20±4.0 wt.-%, and in particular 20±3.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 20±3.0 wt.-%, more preferably 20±2.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 20±2.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 20±1.5 wt.-%, most preferably 20±1.0 wt.-%, and in particular 20±0.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • In still another preferred embodiment, the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 25±9.0 wt.-%, more preferably 25±8.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 25±8.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25±7.5 wt.-%, most preferably 25±7.0 wt.-%, and in particular 25±6.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In still another preferred embodiment, the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 25±6.0 wt.-%, more preferably 25±5.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 25±5.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25±4.5 wt.-%, most preferably 25±4.0 wt.-%, and in particular 25±3.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In another preferred embodiment, the content of the disintegrant is within the range of 25±3.0 wt.-%, more preferably 25±2.5 wt.-%, still more preferably 25±2.0 wt.-%, yet more preferably 25±1.5 wt.-%, most preferably 25±1.0 wt.-%, and in particular 25±0.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules respectively.
  • When the dosage form according to the invention contains more than a single disintegrant, e.g. a mixture of two different disintegrants, the above percentages preferably refer to the total content of disintegrants.
  • Preferably, the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the disintegrant is within the range of 8:1 to 1:5, more preferably 7:1 to 1:4, still more preferably 6:1 to 1:3, yet more preferably 5:1 to 1:2, most preferably 4:1 to 1:1, and in particular 3:1 to 2:1.
  • Preferably, the relative weight ratio of the pharmacologically active ingredient a to the disintegrant is within the range of 4:1 to 1:10, more preferably 3:1 to 1:9, still more preferably 2:1 to 1:8, yet more preferably 1:1 to 1:7, most preferably 1:2 to 1:6, and in particular 1:3 to 1:5.
  • The dosage form may contain a single disintegrant or a mixture of different disintegrants. Preferably, the dosage form contains a single disintegrant.
  • Preferably, the dosage form according to the invention and/or the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently further comprise an antioxidant. Suitable antioxidants include ascorbic acid, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), salts of ascorbic acid, monothioglycerol, phosphorous acid, vitamin C, vitamin E and the derivatives thereof, coniferyl benzoate, nordihydroguajaretic acid, gallus acid esters, sodium bisulfate, particularly preferably butylhydroxytoluene or butylhydroxyanisole and a-tocopherol. The antioxidant is preferably present in quantities of 0.01 wt.-% to 10 wt.-%, more preferably of 0.03 wt.-% to 5 wt.-%, most preferably of 0.05 wt.-% to 2.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention and/or the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently further comprise an acid, preferably citric acid. The amount of acid is preferably in the range of 0.01 wt.-% to 20 wt.-%, more preferably in the range of 0.02 wt.-% to 10 wt.-%, and still more preferably in the range of 0.05 wt.-% to 5 wt.-%, and most preferably in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to 1.0 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention and/or the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently further comprise another polymer which is preferably selected from cellulose esters and cellulose ethers, in particular hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC).
  • The amount of the further polymer, preferably hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, preferably ranges from 0.1 wt.-% to 30 wt.-%, more preferably in the range of 1.0 wt.-% to 20 wt.-%, most preferably in the range of 2.0 wt.-% to 15 wt.-%, and in particular in the range of 3.5 wt.-% to 10.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • When the polymer matrix of the particle(s) comprises polyalkylene oxide, in a preferred embodiment, the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the further polymer is within the range of 4.5±2:1, more preferably 4.5±1.5:1, still more preferably 4.5±1:1, yet more preferably 4.5±0.5:1, most preferably 4.5±0.2:1, and in particular 4.5±0.1:1. In another preferred embodiment, the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the further polymer is within the range of 8±7:1, more preferably 8±6:1, still more preferably 8±5:1, yet more preferably 8±4:1, most preferably 8±3:1, and in particular 8±2:1. In still another preferred embodiment, the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the further polymer is within the range of 11±8:1, more preferably 11±7:1, still more preferably 11±6:1, yet more preferably 11±5:1, most preferably 11±4:1, and in particular 11±3:1.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the dosage form and/or the particle(s) according to the invention do not contain any further polymer besides the polyalkylene oxide and optionally, polyethylene glycol.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the dosage form according to the invention contains at least one lubricant. Preferably, the lubricant is contained in the dosage form outside the particle(s), i.e. the particle(s) as such preferably do not contain lubricant. The lubricant can be independently contained in the coating, the outer matrix material, and/or the granules.
  • Especially preferred lubricants are selected from
      • magnesium stearate and stearic acid;
      • glycerides of fatty acids, including monoglycerides, diglycerides, triglycerides, and mixtures thereof; preferably of C6 to C22 fatty acids; especially preferred are partial glycerides of the C16 to C22 fatty acids such as glycerol behenat, glycerol palmitostearate and glycerol monostearate;
      • polyoxyethylene glycerol fatty acid esters, such as mixtures of mono-, di- and triesters of glycerol and di- and monoesters of macrogols having molecular weights within the range of from 200 to 4000 g/mol, e.g., macrogolglycerolcaprylocaprate, macrogolglycerollaurate, macrogolglycerolococoate, macrogolglycerollinoleate, macrogol-20-glycerolmonostearate, macrogol-6-glycerolcaprylocaprate, macrogolglycerololeate; macrogolglycerolstearate, macrogolglycerolhydroxystearate, and macrogolglycerolrizinoleate;
      • polyglycolyzed glycerides, such as the one known and commercially available under the trade name “Labrasol”;
      • fatty alcohols that may be linear or branched, such as cetylalcohol, stearylalcohol, cetylstearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecane-1-ol and 2-hexyldecane-1-ol;
      • polyethylene glycols having a molecular weight between 10.000 and 60.000 g/mol; and
      • natural semi-synthetic or synthetic waxes, preferably waxes with a softening point of at least 50° C., more preferably 60° C., and in particular carnauba wax and bees wax.
  • Preferably, the amount of the lubricant ranges from 0.01 wt.-% to 10 wt.-%, more preferably in the range of 0.05 wt.-% to 7.5 wt.-%, most preferably in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to 5 wt.-%, and in particular in the range of 0.1 wt.-% to 1 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the dosage form contains no lubricant.
  • Preferably, the dosage form according to the invention and/or the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules independently further comprise a plasticizer. The plasticizer improves the processability of the polymer matrix that preferably comprises polyalkylene oxide. A preferred plasticizer is polyalkylene glycol, like polyethylene glycol, triacetin, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, waxes and/or microcrystalline waxes. Particularly preferred plasticizers are polyethylene glycols, such as PEG 6000 (Macrogol 6000).
  • Preferably, the content of the plasticizer is within the range of from 0.5 to 30 wt.-%, more preferably 1.0 to 25 wt.-%, still more preferably 2.5 wt.-% to 22.5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 5.0 wt.-% to 20 wt.-%, most preferably 6 to 20 wt.-% and in particular 7 wt.-% to 17.5 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the plasticizer is a polyalkylene glycol having a content within the range of 7±6 wt.-%, more preferably 7±5 wt.-%, still more preferably 7±4 wt.-%, yet more preferably 7±3 wt.-%, most preferably 7±2 wt.-%, and in particular 7±1 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively. In another preferred embodiment, the plasticizer is a polyalkylene glycol having a content within the range of 10±8 wt.-%, more preferably 10±6 wt.-%, still more preferably 10±5 wt.-%, yet more preferably 10±4 wt.-%, most preferably 10±3 wt.-%, and in particular 10±2 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form and/or based on the total weight of the particle(s), the coating, the outer matrix material, the capsule filling, and/or the granules, respectively.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the relative weight ratio of the polyalkylene oxide to the polyalkylene glycol is within the range of 5.4±2:1, more preferably 5.4±1.5:1, still more preferably 5.4±1:1, yet more preferably 5.4±0.5:1, most preferably 5.4±0.2:1, and in particular 5.4±0.1:1. This ratio satisfies the requirements of relative high polyalkylene oxide content and good extrudability.
  • Plasticizers can sometimes act as a lubricant, and lubricants can sometimes act as a plasticizer.
  • In preferred compositions of the particle(s) A that are preferably hot-melt extruded and that are contained in the dosage form according to the invention, the polymer matrix comprises a polyalkylene oxide, preferably a polyethylene oxide with a weight average molecular weight within the range of from 0.5 to 15 million g/mol.
  • The particle(s) A comprise pharmacologically active ingredient a. Particularly preferred embodiments C1 to C12 are summarized in the tables here below:
  • per particle A [wt.-%] C1 C2 C3 C4
    pharmacologically active ingredient a 5.50 ± 5.00 5.50 ± 4.00 5.50 ± 3.00 5.50 ± 2.00
    polyalkylene oxide 60.00 ± 35.00 60.00 ± 30.00 60.00 ± 25.00 60.00 ± 15.00
    optionally acid, e.g. citric acid 0.80 ± 0.75 0.80 ± 0.65 0.80 ± 0.50 0.80 ± 0.35
    optionally plasticizer, e.g. polyethylene 14.00 ± 13.50 14.00 ± 10.00 14.00 ± 7.50  14.00 ± 5.00 
    glycol
    optionally antioxidant, e.g. α-tocopherol 0.20 ± 0.18 0.20 ± 0.14 0.20 ± 0.10 0.20 ± 0.06
    per particle A [wt.-%] C5 C6 C7 C8
    pharmacologically active ingredient a 15.00 ± 25.00 15.00 ± 20.00 15.00 ± 15.00 15.00 ± 10.00
    polyalkylene oxide 60.00 ± 35.00 60.00 ± 30.00 60.00 ± 25.00 60.00 ± 15.00
    optionally acid, e.g. citric acid 0.80 ± 0.75 0.80 ± 0.65 0.80 ± 0.50 0.80 ± 0.35
    optionally plasticizer, e.g. polyethylene 11.00 ± 8.00  11.00 ± 6.00  11.00 ± 5.00  11.00 ± 4.00 
    glycol
    optionally antioxidant, e.g. α-tocopherol 0.20 ± 0.18 0.20 ± 0.14 0.20 ± 0.10 0.20 ± 0.06
    per particle A [wt.-%] C9 C10 C11 C12
    pharmacologically active ingredient a 30.00 ± 25.00 30.00 ± 20.00 30.00 ± 15.00 30.00 ± 10.00
    polyalkylene oxide 60.00 ± 35.00 60.00 ± 30.00 60.00 ± 25.00 60.00 ± 15.00
    optionally acid, e.g. citric acid 0.80 ± 0.75 0.80 ± 0.65 0.80 ± 0.50 0.80 ± 0.35
    optionally plasticizer, e.g. polyethylene 9.00 ± 8.00 9.00 ± 6.00 9.00 ± 5.00 9.00 ± 4.00
    glycol
    optionally antioxidant, e.g. α-tocopherol 0.20 ± 0.18 0.20 ± 0.14 0.20 ± 0.10 0.20 ± 0.06
    (all percentages relative to the total weight of the particle(s) A).
  • In a preferred embodiment of the dosage form according to the invention, the particle(s) A and/or the optionally present particle(s) B are hot melt-extruded. Thus, the particle(s) according to the invention are preferably prepared by melt-extrusion, although also other methods of thermoforming may be used in order to manufacture the particle(s) according to the invention such as press-molding at elevated temperature or heating of particle(s) that were manufactured by conventional compression in a first step and then heated above the softening temperature of the polyalkylene oxide in the particle(s) in a second step to form hard dosage forms. In this regards, thermoforming means the forming, or molding of a mass after the application of heat. In a preferred embodiment, the particle(s) are thermoformed by hot-melt extrusion.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the particle(s) are prepared by hot melt-extrusion, preferably by means of a twin-screw-extruder. Melt extrusion preferably provides a melt-extruded strand that is preferably cut into monoliths, which are then optionally compressed and formed into particle(s). Preferably, compression is achieved by means of a die and a punch, preferably from a monolithic mass obtained by melt extrusion. If obtained via melt extrusion, the compressing step is preferably carried out with a monolithic mass exhibiting ambient temperature, that is, a temperature in the range from 20 to 25° C. The strands obtained by way of extrusion can either be subjected to the compression step as such or can be cut prior to the compression step. This cutting can be performed by usual techniques, for example using rotating knives or compressed air, at elevated temperature, e.g. when the extruded stand is still warm due to hot-melt extrusion, or at ambient temperature, i.e. after the extruded strand has been allowed to cool down. When the extruded strand is still warm, singulation of the extruded strand into extruded particle(s) is preferably performed by cutting the extruded strand immediately after it has exited the extrusion die. It is possible to subject the extruded strands to the compression step or to the cutting step when still warm, that is more or less immediately after the extrusion step. The extrusion is preferably carried out by means of a twin-screw extruder.
  • The particle(s) of the dosage form according to the invention may be produced by different processes, the particularly preferred of which are explained in greater detail below. Several suitable processes have already been described in the prior art. In this regard it can be referred to, e.g., WO 2005/016313, WO 2005/016314, WO 2005/063214, WO 2005/102286, WO 2006/002883, WO 2006/002884, WO 2006/002886, WO 2006/082097, and WO 2006/082099.
  • In general, the process for the production of the particle(s) according to the invention preferably comprises the following steps:
    • (a) mixing all ingredients;
    • (b) optionally pre-forming the mixture obtained from step (a), preferably by applying heat and/or force to the mixture obtained from step (a), the quantity of heat supplied preferably not being sufficient to heat the polyalkylene oxide up to its softening point;
    • (c) hardening the mixture by applying heat and force, it being possible to supply the heat during and/or before and/or after the application of force and the quantity of heat supplied being sufficient to heat the polyalkylene oxide at least up to its softening point; and thereafter allowing the material to cool and removing the force
    • (d) optionally singulating the hardened mixture; and
    • (e) optionally providing a film coating.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the mixture is compressed and subsequently heated. In another preferred embodiment, the mixture is heated and subsequently compressed. In still another preferred embodiment, the mixture is heated and compressed simultaneously. A skilled person recognizes that combinations of these embodiments according to the invention are also possible.
  • Heat may be supplied directly, e.g. by contact or by means of hot gas such as hot air, or with the assistance of ultrasound; or is indirectly supplied by friction and/or shear. Force may be applied and/or the particle(s) may be shaped for example by direct tabletting or with the assistance of a suitable extruder, particularly by means of a screw extruder equipped with one or two screws (single-screw-extruder and twin-screw-extruder, respectively) or by means of a planetary gear extruder.
  • The final shape of the particle(s) may either be provided during the hardening of the mixture by applying heat and force (step (c)) or in a subsequent step (step (e)). In both cases, the mixture of all components is preferably in the plastified state, i.e. preferably, shaping is performed at a temperature at least above the softening point of the polyalkylene oxide. However, extrusion at lower temperatures, e.g. ambient temperature, is also possible and may be preferred.
  • A particularly preferred process for the manufacture of the particle(s) according to the invention involves hot-melt extrusion. In this process, the particle(s) according to the invention are produced by thermoforming with the assistance of an extruder, preferably without there being any observable consequent discoloration of the extrudate.
  • This process is characterized in that
    • a) all components are mixed,
    • b) the resultant mixture is heated in the extruder at least up to the softening point of the polyalkylene oxide and extruded through the outlet orifice of the extruder by application of force,
    • c) the still plastic extrudate is singulated and formed into the particle(s) or
    • d) the cooled and optionally reheated singulated extrudate is formed into the particle(s).
  • Mixing of the components according to process step a) may also proceed in the extruder.
  • The components may also be mixed in a mixer known to the person skilled in the art. The mixer may, for example, be a roll mixer, shaking mixer, shear mixer or compulsory mixer.
  • The, preferably molten, mixture which has been heated in the extruder at least up to the softening point of polyalkylene oxide is extruded from the extruder through a die with at least one bore, preferably a multitude of bores.
  • The process according to the invention requires the use of suitable extruders, preferably screw extruders. Screw extruders which are equipped with two screws (twin-screw-extruders) are particularly preferred.
  • Preferably, extrusion is performed in the absence of water, i.e., no water is added. However, traces of water (e.g., caused by atmospheric humidity) may be present.
  • The extruder preferably comprises at least two temperature zones, with heating of the mixture at least up to the softening point of the polyalkylene oxide proceeding in the first zone, which is downstream from a feed zone and optionally mixing zone. The throughput of the mixture is preferably from 1.0 kg to 15 kg/hour. In a preferred embodiment, the throughput is from 0.5 kg/hour to 3.5 kg/hour. In another preferred embodiment, the throughput is from 4 to 15 kg/hour.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the die head pressure is within the range of from 25 to 200 bar. The die head pressure can be adjusted inter alia by die geometry, temperature profile, extrusion speed, number of bores in the dies, screw configuration, first feeding steps in the extruder, and the like.
  • The die geometry or the geometry of the bores is freely selectable. The die or the bores may accordingly exhibit a round, oblong or oval cross-section, wherein the round cross-section preferably has a diameter of 0.1 mm to 2 mm, preferably of 0.5 mm to 0.9 mm. Preferably, the die or the bores have a round cross-section. The casing of the extruder used according to the invention may be heated or cooled. The corresponding temperature control, i.e. heating or cooling, is so arranged that the mixture to be extruded exhibits at least an average temperature (product temperature) corresponding to the softening temperature of the polyalkylene oxide and does not rise above a temperature at which the pharmacologically active ingredient a to be processed may be damaged. Preferably, the temperature of the mixture to be extruded is adjusted to below 180° C., preferably below 150° C., but at least to the softening temperature of polyalkylene oxide. Typical extrusion temperatures are 120° C. and 150° C.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the extruder torque is within the range of from 30 to 95%. Extruder torque can be adjusted inter alia by die geometry, temperature profile, extrusion speed, number of bores in the dies, screw configuration, first feeding steps in the extruder, and the like.
  • After extrusion of the molten mixture and optional cooling of the extruded strand or extruded strands, the extrudates are preferably singulated. This singulation may preferably be performed by cutting up the extrudates by means of revolving or rotating knives, wires, blades or with the assistance of laser cutters.
  • Preferably, intermediate or final storage of the optionally singulated extrudate or the final shape of the particle(s) according to the invention is performed under oxygen-free atmosphere which may be achieved, e.g., by means of oxygen-scavengers.
  • The singulated extrudate may be press-formed into particle(s) in order to impart the final shape to the particle(s).
  • The application of force in the extruder onto the at least plasticized mixture is adjusted by controlling the rotational speed of the conveying device in the extruder and the geometry thereof and by dimensioning the outlet orifice in such a manner that the pressure necessary for extruding the plasticized mixture is built up in the extruder, preferably immediately prior to extrusion. The extrusion parameters which, for each particular composition, are necessary to give rise to a dosage form with desired mechanical properties, may be established by simple preliminary testing.
  • For example but not limiting, extrusion may be performed by means of a twin-screw-extruder type ZSE 18 or ZSE27 (Leistritz, Nurnberg, Germany), screw diameters of 18 or 27 mm. Screws having eccentric or blunt ends may be used. A heatable die with a round bore or with a multitude of bores each having a diameter of 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9 or 1.0 mm may be used. For a twin-screw-extruder type ZSE 18, the extrusion parameters may be adjusted e.g. to the following values: rotational speed of the screws: 120 Upm; delivery rate 2 kg/h for a ZSE 18 or 5 kg/h, 10 kg/h, or even 20 kg/h and more for a ZSE27; product temperature: in front of die 125° C. and behind die 135° C.; and jacket temperature: 110° C. The throughput can generally be increased by increasing the number of dies at the extruder outlet.
  • Preferably, extrusion is performed by means of twin-screw-extruders or planetary-gear-extruders, twin-screw extruders (co-rotating or contra-rotating) being particularly preferred.
  • The particle(s) according to the invention are preferably produced by thermoforming with the assistance of an extruder without any observable consequent discoloration of the extrudates. The particle(s) may be produced e.g. by means of a Micro Pelletizer (Leistritz, Nurnberg, Germany).
  • The process for the preparation of the particle(s) according to the invention is preferably performed continuously. Preferably, the process involves the extrusion of a homogeneous mixture of all components. It is particularly advantageous if the thus obtained intermediate, e.g. the strand obtained by extrusion, exhibits uniform properties. Particularly desirable are uniform density, uniform distribution of the active compound, uniform mechanical properties, uniform porosity, uniform appearance of the surface, etc. Only under these circumstances the uniformity of the pharmacological properties, such as the stability of the release profile, may be ensured and the amount of rejects can be kept low.
  • Preferably, the particle(s) according to the invention can be regarded as “extruded pellets”. The term “extruded pellets” has structural implications which are understood by persons skilled in the art. A person skilled in the art knows that pelletized dosage forms can be prepared by a number of techniques, including:
      • drug layering on nonpareil sugar or microcrystalline cellulose beads,
      • spray drying,
      • spray congealing,
      • rotogranulation,
      • hot-melt extrusion,
      • spheronization of low melting materials, or
      • extrusion-spheronization of a wet mass.
  • Accordingly, “extruded pellets” can be obtained either by hot-melt extrusion or by extrusion-spheronization.
  • “Extruded pellets” can be distinguished from other types of pellets, as extruded pellets typically have a different shape. The shape of the extruded pellets is typically more cut-rod-like than perfectly globated round.
  • “Extruded pellets” can be distinguished from other types of pellets because they are structurally different. For example, drug layering on nonpareils yields multilayered pellets having a core, whereas extrusion typically yields a monolithic mass comprising a homogeneous mixture of all ingredients. Similarly, spray drying and spray congealing typically yield spheres, whereas extrusion typically yields cylindrical extrudates which can be subsequently spheronized.
  • The structural differences between “extruded pellets” and “agglomerated pellets” are significant because they may affect the release of active substances from the pellets and consequently result in different pharmacological profiles. Therefore, a person skilled in the pharmaceutical formulation art would not consider “extruded pellets” to be equivalent to “agglomerated pellets”.
  • The dosage forms according to the invention may be prepared by any conventional method. Suitable methods and apparatuses are known to the skilled person.
  • When the dosage form is a capsule, all components may be filled separately or as admixture into the capsules. Said components may include but are not limited to particle(s) A, which may optionally be provided with a coating comprising optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b or portion bC thereof, the optionally present particle(s) B, the optionally present powder of optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, and the optionally present granules of optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, respectively.
  • When the dosage form is a tablet, the tablet is preferably prepared by compression. Thus, particle(s) are preferably mixed, e.g. blended and/or granulated (e.g. wet granulated), e.g. with matrix material of the preferred table according to the invention, the optionally present powder of optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b and the optionally present granules of optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b, respectively, and the resulting mix (e.g. blend or granulate) is then compressed, preferably in moulds, to form dosage forms. It is also envisaged that the particle(s) may be incorporated into a matrix using other processes, such as by melt granulation (e.g. using fatty alcohols and/or water-soluble waxes and/or water-insoluble waxes) or high shear granulation, followed by compression.
  • When the dosage forms according to the invention are manufactured by means of an eccentric press, the compression force is preferably within the range of from 5 to 30 kN, preferably from 15 to 25 kN. When the dosage forms according to the invention are manufactured by means of a rotating press, the compression force is preferably within the range of from 5 to 40 kN, in certain embodiments >25 kN, in other embodiments 13 kN.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention preferably comprises no wax ingredients. Wax ingredients include fatty acid esters, glycerol fatty acid esters, fatty glyceride derivatives, waxes, and fatty alcohols such as, for example, glycerol behenate, glycerol palmitostearate, glycerol monostearate, stearoyl macroglycerides. Other waxes more generally include insect and animal waxes, vegetable waxes, mineral waxes, petroleum waxes, and synthetic waxes; particularly examples include beeswax, carnauba wax, condelilla wax, montan wax, ouricury wax, rice-bran wax, jojoba wax, microcrystalline wax, cetyl ester wax, cetyl alcohol, anionic emulsifying wax, nonionic emulsifying wax and paraffin wax.
  • The pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention comprises particle(s) A which preferably neither comprise an active pharmaceutical layer comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient nor a layer comprising a pH-sensitive film comprising a pH-sensitive polymer that is insoluble in water at a pH greater than 5 and is soluble in water at a pH below 5.
  • The particle(s) A and dosage forms according to the invention may be used in medicine, e.g. as an analgesic. The particle(s) A and dosage forms are therefore particularly suitable for the treatment or management of pain. In such dosage forms, the pharmacologically active ingredient a is preferably an analgesic.
  • A further aspect according to the invention relates to the dosage form as described above for use in the treatment of pain. A further aspect of the invention relates to the use of a pharmacologically active ingredient a and/or of an optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b for the manufacture of a dosage form according to the invention for the treatment of pain. A further aspect of the invention relates to a method for the treatment of pain comprising the administration, preferably oral administration of a dosage form according to the invention to a subject in need thereof.
  • A further aspect according to the invention relates to the use of a dosage form according to the invention for avoiding or hindering the abuse of the pharmacologically active ingredient a and optionally also of the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b contained therein.
  • A further aspect according to the invention relates to the use of a dosage form according to the invention for avoiding or hindering the unintentional overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a contained therein.
  • In this regard, the invention also relates to the use of a pharmacologically active ingredient a and/or of an optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b for the manufacture of the dosage form according to the invention for the prophylaxis and/or the treatment of a disorder, thereby preventing an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a, particularly due to comminution of the dosage form by mechanical action.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to the use of a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention as described above for the prevention of an overdose of pharmacologically active ingredient a after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to method for the prevention of an overdose of pharmacologically active ingredient a after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a, the method comprising the provision of a pharmaceutical dosage form according to the invention as described above.
  • The following examples further illustrate the invention but are not to be construed as limiting its scope.
  • Inventive Example 1 and Comparative Example 1 both relate to a combination comprising 10 mg hydrocodone and 325 mg acetaminophen. Comparative Example 1 is based on a commercial product.
  • Inventive Example 2 and Comparative Example 2 both relate to a combination comprising 5 mg hydrocodone and acetaminophen. Inventive Example 2 relates to a dose of 325 mg acetaminophen, whereas Comparative Example 2 relates to a dose of 300 mg acetaminophen. This minor difference, however, is not significant for the effect as demonstrated by this comparative experimental setting. Comparative Example 2 is based on a commercial product.
  • Inventive Example 3 and Comparative Example 3 both relate to a composition containing 10 mg amphetamine as the only pharmacologically active ingredient. Comparative Example 3 is based on a commercial product.
  • INVENTIVE EXAMPLE 1 10 mg Hydrocodone+325 mg Acetaminophen
  • Tablets containing a combination of hydrocodone with acetaminophen were manufactured from
      • hot melt extruded pellets comprising hydrocodone (particles A comprising pharmacologically avtive ingredient a);
      • granules comprising acetaminophen (pharmacologically avtive ingredient b); and
      • powder.
  • Powder mixtures of the various ingredients for the pellets were manufactured by weighing (10 kg balance), sieving (1.0 mm hand sieve) and blending. The thus obtained powder mixtures were then hot-melt extruded (twin-screw extruder, Leistritz ZSE 18, blunt ends of kneading elements, and extrusion diameter of 8×0.8 mm). The extrusion parameters are summarized in the table here below:
  • Extrusion parameter set:
    Extrusion temperature [° C.] 100-135° C.
    nozzle [° C.] 135
    speed screw [rpm] 100
    die diameter [mm] 0.8
  • The thus obtained cut extrudates were pelletized (LMP).
  • The granules comprising acetaminophen were separately prepared by conventional granulation. A powder mixture comprising acetaminophen was prepared and thoroughly blended by means of a rapid mixer/granulator (Diosna® P10-60, chopper switched off) for 5 min at 90 rpm. A granulation solution was prepared from purified water and hypromellose. The solution was stirred for 15 min at 550 rpm and 70° C. The powder mixture was granulated by adding the granulation solution over 1:30 min in the rapid mixer/granulator (Diosna® P10-60, chopper at 500 rpm) for 5 min at 135 rpm.
  • The pellets were then mixed with the granules and with powder and the thus obtained mixture was subsequently compressed to tablets (Korsch XL400). The tabletting parameters are summarized in the table here below:
  • Tablet form: tableting parameter set:
    Tablet weight = 708.2 mg tablet weight [mg] 708.2
    Punch form = oblong 7 × 17 mm breaking strength (tablet) [N] 86
    WR 4.5 without engraving
  • The compositions of the hot-melt extruded pellets, the granules and the powder as well as their relative contents in the overall tablets are summarized in the table here below:
  • per tablet per tablet Amount
    [mg] form [mg] Substance [%]
    180.00 Pellets 10.00 hydrocodone bitartrate 25.42
    1.44 citric acid
    24.70 polyglycol 6000
    0.36 α-tocopherole
    9.00 xanthan gum
    98.50 polyethylene oxide 7 mio.
    36.00 croscarmellose sodium
    528.20 Outer 325.00 acetaminiophen 57.23
    matrix 30.00 croscarmellose sodium
    45.00 microcrystalline cellulose,
    type 101
    5.29 hypromellose
    2.28 magnesium stearate 0.32
    6.90 silicondioxide 0.97
    113.73 microcrystalline cellulose, 16.06
    type 101
    708.20 100.00
  • While a dose of 10 mg hydrocodone in combination with a dose of 325 mg acetaminophen is a therapeutic dose, a plurality of such dosage forms contains an overall supratherapeutic dose of hydrocodone and acetaminophen.
  • In order to simulate the situation after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms according to Inventive Example 1, the in vitro release profiles were measured under modified conditions. The testing conditions were varied, particularly with respect to the overall volume of the release medium (900 mL, 600 mL, and 250 mL). The in vitro release profiles of these dosage forms were measured at 37° C. by means of a paddle apparatus without sinker in 0.1 M HCl (in each case number of replicates n=3). Unless expressly stated otherwise, the paddle speed was adjusted to 25 rpm. The results of the in vitro release measurements are shown in the tables here below.
  • Condition a) 25 rpm, 900 mL:
  • Hydrocodone—Pharmacologically Avtive Ingredient a:
  • 1 5 tablets 10 tablets 1 5 10
    tablet [mg] [mg] tablet tablets tablets
    mean [mg] per tablet all 5 per tablet all 10 [%] [%] [%]
    0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 min 3.33 1.61 8.05 0.89 8.93 33.29 16.08 8.89
    30 min 4.13 1.97 9.83 1.20 12.00 41.33 19.70 12.01
    60 min 4.87 2.43 12.17 1.46 14.63 48.69 24.35 14.64
  • It becomes clear from the above data that the dosage forms according to Inventive Example 1 are useful for avoiding overdose upon multiple dosing. For example, while a single dosage form has released 4.13 mg hydrocodone after 30 minutes, when a multitude of 5 dosage forms is tested thereby simulating 5-fold multiple dosing, one dosage form within the group of 5 dosage form has released only 1.97 mg hydrocodone after 30 minutes. When a multitude of 10 dosage forms is tested thereby simulating 10-fold multiple dosing, one dosage form within the group of 10 dosage forms has even only released 1.20 mg hydrocodone after 30 minutes.
  • Acetaminophen—Pharmacologically Avtive Ingredient b:
  • 1 5 tablets 10 tablets 1 5 10
    tablet [mg] [mg] tablet tablets tablets
    mean [mg] per tablet all 5 per tablet all 10 [%] [%] [%]
    0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 min 101.16 50.91 254.53 31.36 313.57 31.12 15.67 9.65
    30 min 123.13 60.74 303.68 51.20 511.97 37.89 18.69 15.75
    60 min 141.62 72.39 361.97 45.53 455.27 43.58 22.28 14.01
  • It becomes clear from the above data that the dosage forms according to Inventive Example 1 are useful for avoiding overdose upon multiple dosing of both pharmacologically active ingredients. For example, while a single dosage form has released 123.13 mg acetaminophen after 30 minutes, when a multitude of 5 dosage forms is tested thereby simulating 5-fold multiple dosing, one dosage form within the group of 5 dosage form has released only 60.74 mg acetaminophen after 30 minutes. When a multitude of 10 dosage forms is tested thereby simulating 10-fold multiple dosing, one dosage form within the group of 10 dosage forms has even only released 51.20 mg acetaminophen after 30 minutes.
  • Thus, as demonstrated by the above data, the advantages of the dosage form according to the invention do not only affect the pharmacologically active ingredient a that is embedded in the polyalkylene oxide in particle(s) A, but also the optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b that may be present elsewhere in the dosage form.
  • The in vitro release profiles with respect to the release of hydrocodone (pharmacologically active ingredient a) are shown in FIG. 3. The in vitro release profiles with respect to the release of acetaminophen (optionally present pharmacologically active ingredient b) are shown in FIG. 4.
  • Condition b) 25 rpm, 600 mL:
  • Hydrocodone—Pharmacologically Avtive Ingredient a:
  • 1 5 tablets 10 tablets 1 5 10
    tablet [mg] [mg] tablet tablets tablets
    mean [mg] per tablet all 5 per tablet all 10 [%] [%] [%]
    0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 min 3.80 1.57 7.85 0.98 9.80 37.97 15.72 9.80
    30 min 4.65 1.94 9.68 1.32 13.23 46.45 19.36 13.23
    60 min 5.57 2.36 11.80 1.65 16.53 55.67 23.60 16.52
  • Acetaminophen—Pharmacologically Avtive Ingredient b:
  • 1 5 tablets 10 tablets 1 5 10
    tablet [mg] [mg] tablet tablets tablets
    mean [mg] per tablet all 5 per tablet all 10 [%] [%] [%]
    0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 min 105.72 52.13 260.65 37.04 370.37 32.53 16.04 11.39
    30 min 128.05 64.27 321.35 45.64 456.40 39.40 19.78 14.04
    60 min 150.39 76.09 380.45 53.13 531.30 46.27 23.41 16.35
  • Condition c) 25 rpm, 250 mL:
  • Hydrocodone—Pharmacologically Avtive Ingredient a:
  • 1 5 tablets 10 tablets 1 5 10
    tablet [mg] [mg] tablet tablets tablets
    mean [mg] per tablet all 5 per tablet all 10 [%] [%] [%]
    0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 min 2.96 1.34 6.68 1.22 12.23 29.63 13.39 12.24
    30 min 4.25 1.76 8.78 1.61 16.10 42.51 17.57 16.06
    60 min 5.14 2.28 11.38 1.97 19.73 51.39 22.78 19.73
  • Acetaminophen—Pharmacologically Avtive Ingredient b:
  • 1 5 tablets 10 tablets 1 5 10
    tablet [mg] [mg] tablet tablets tablets
    mean [mg] per tablet all 5 per tablet all 10 [%] [%] [%]
    0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 min 122.35 62.82 314.08 57.73 577.30 37.65 19.33 17.87
    30 min 157.45 76.26 381.28 68.26 682.63 48.45 23.46 21.01
    60 min 177.57 91.23 456.15 76.67 766.70 54.64 28.07 23.59
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 1 10 mg Hydrocodone+325 mg Acetaminophen
  • Commercial tablets (Norco®, Watson Pharma) containing the same dose of hydrocodone and acetaminophen and having the following qualitative composition were tested for comparison:
  • Substance
    hydrocodone bitartrate
    acetaminophen
    croscarmellose sodium
    crospovidone
    magnesium stearate
    cellulose, microcrystalline
    povidone S
    starch, corn
    stearic acid
  • The in vitro dissolution was tested in accordance with Example 1.
  • Condition 1: 50 rpm, 900 mL:
  • Hydrocodone—Pharmacologically Avtive Ingredient a:
  • 1 tablet 10 tablets [mg] 1 tablet 10 tablets
    mean [mg] per tablet all 10 [%] [%]
     0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 min 9.52 8.80 88.03 95.17 88.03
    30 min 9.45 9.57 95.70 94.56 95.69
    60 min 9.52 9.41 94.13 95.14 94.13
  • Acetaminophen—Pharmacologically Avtive Ingredient b:
  • 1 tablet 10 tablets [mg] 1 tablet 10 tablets
    mean [mg] per tablet all 10 [%] [%]
     0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 min 328.45 300.86 3008.63 101.06 92.57
    30 min 330.31 327.04 3270.37 101.63 100.63
    60 min 330.15 321.25 3212.50 101.59 98.85
  • Condition 2: 25 rpm, 250 mL:
  • Hydrocodone—Pharmacologically Avtive Ingredient a:
  • 1 tablet 10 tablets [mg] 1 tablet 10 tablets
    mean [mg] per tablet all 10 [%] [%]
     0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 min 4.47 4.19 41.93 44.70 41.93
    30 min 5.36 5.30 53.03 53.55 53.05
    60 min 6.88 6.13 61.33 68.80 61.33
  • Acetaminophen—Pharmacologically Avtive Ingredient b:
  • 1 tablet 10 tablets [mg] 1 tablet 10 tablets
    mean [mg] per tablet all 10 [%] [%]
     0 min 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 min 142.07 133.69 1336.87 43.71 41.13
    30 min 178.55 177.74 1777.37 54.94 54.69
    60 min 221.90 207.28 2072.80 68.28 63.78
  • It becomes clear from the above data that the dosage forms according to Comparative Example 1 are not useful for avoiding overdose upon multiple dosing of both pharmacologically active ingredients. When a multitude of 10 dosage forms is tested thereby simulating 10-fold multiple dosing, the release is not significantly altered (10 dosage forms according to Comparative Example 1 vs. 1 dosage form according to Comparative Example 1).
  • INVENTIVE EXAMPLE 2 5 mg Hydrocodone+325 mg Acetaminophen
  • In accordance with Inventive Example 1, tablets were prepared comprising hot-melt extruded pellets, granules and powder as summarized in the table here below containing 5 mg hydrocodone+325 mg acetaminophen:
  • per per
    tablet tablet Amount
    [mg] form [mg] Substance [%]
    180.00 Pellets 5.00 hydrocodone bitartrate 25.42
    1.44 citric acid
    26.50 macrogole 6000
    0.36 α-tocopherole
    9.00 xanthan gum
    101.70 polyethylene oxide 7 mio.
    36.00 croscarmellose sodium
    528.20 Outer 325.00 acetaminophen 57.23
    matrix 30.00 croscarmellose sodium
    45.00 microcrystalline cellulose, type 101
    5.29 hypromellose
    2.28 magnesium stearate 0.32
    6.90 silicondioxide 0.97
    113.73 microcrystalline cellulose, type 101 16.06
    708.20 100.00
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 2 5 mg Hydrocodone+300 mg Acetaminophen
  • For comparative purposes, a commercial product (Vicodin®, AbbVie Inc.) containing the same dose of hydrocodone and 300 mg acetaminophen was tested.
  • In order to even more realistically simulate the situation in the gastrointestinal tract, the TIMagc system was used for testing release. The advanced gastric compartment of the TIMagc system realistically simulates gastric shape and motility and the consequent forces that are applied to dosage forms and food. This compartment can be used as standalone or as part of the TIM gastrointestinal systems to evaluate the bio-accessibility (availability for absorption) of nutrients. TIM is the dynamic in vitro gastro-intestinal model that simulates very closely the successive conditions of the stomach and small intestine. In the TIMagc the luminal conditions in the stomach are accurately simulated under computer-controlled conditions. The TIMagc system was designed and validated for the in vivo situation (see Bellmann et al., Development of an advanced in vitro model of the stomach for studying the gastric behaviour of compounds. Food Res. Internat. 2016).
  • The following experiments were performed for the following test products:
  • hydrocodone/acetaminophen
    Fasted state Fed state
    1 tablet of Inventive Example 2 1 tablet of Inventive Example 2
    5 tablets of Inventive Example 2
    10 tablets of Inventive Example 2 10 tablets of Inventive Example 2
    10 tablets of Comparative Example 2 10 tablets of Comparative Example
    (Vicodin ®) 2 (Vicodin ®)
  • The duration of each experiment in the fasted state was 60 minutes, in the fed state 180 minutes. Composition of the gastric intake (meal matrix) fasted or fed state conditions and simulated gastric parameters for each conditions are summarized in the table here below:
  • TIMagc Fed state Fasted state
    Intake (total) 300 g 270 g
    High fat meal (HFM) 150 g
    Citrate buffer  27 g
    Water  70 g 213 g
    Gastric start residue  10 g  30 g
    Gastric electrolyte solution  70 g
    Gastric emptying T½  80 min  20 min
    Gastric pH 6.5 to 1.7 in 180 min 3.0 to 1.8 in 30 min
  • The high fat meal (HFM) was used for fed state experiments as recommended by the FDA for clinical studies (FDA, CDER Guidance for Bioavailability and Fed Bioequivalence). This meal contained 50 energy % fat, 20 energy % protein and 30 energy % in the form of carbohydrates. The meal was composed of eggs, bacon, toast bread, potatoes, milk, butter and margarine. The meal was prepared as one batch, divided in portions (160 g) and stored below −18° C. Per TIMagc run one portion of the meal was used. Gastric secretions are composed of gastric enzymes, namely lipase, pepsin and (‘swallowed’) alpha-amylase, sodium acetate buffer, as well as gastric electrolyte solution (NaCl, KCl, CaCl2×2H2O). Gastric starting fluid was composed of 15 g gastric electrolyte solution and 15 g HPMC (0.4%) plus bile (0.04%).
  • The in vitro gastrointestinal model TIM equipped with the advanced gastric compartment was used. The compartment consisted of a body part and the distal and proximal antrum.
  • FIG. 7 schematically illustrates the TIMagc representing A: gastric body; B: proximal antrum; C: distal (terminal) antrum; D: pyloric sphincter.
  • Removal and addition of warm water (37° C.) into the jacket results in peristaltic movements between the distal and proximal antrum. Gastric secretions, comprising gastric enzymes and gastric acid entered the TIMagc in the gastric body (FIG. 7, part A). The TIMagc emptied over time as a result of the pre-set gastric emptying curve according to the fed state or fasted state profile.
  • The gastric effluent was collected at the following time points: 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 45 and 60 minutes in the fasted state and at 10, 15, 20, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180 minutes in the fed state. At the end of each experiment all residual material was collected by a pipet from the TIMagc and the compartment was rinsed once with 50 ml warm water. Withdrawn samples were directly treated for sample analysis by the sponsor.
  • The absolute amount of each pharmacologically active ingredient (hydrocodone and acetaminophen, respectively) recovered in the gastric effluent was calculated by multiplying the analyzed concentration in the sample with the collected volume (equation 1). Data are expressed as cumulative percentage of the intake of pharmacologically active ingredient:

  • A(mg)=C sample(μg/ml)·10−3 ·V sample(ml)
  • The results of the duplicate TIMagc runs are presented as mean±range.
  • The numerical results (cumulative values) for hydrocodone are summarized in the tables here below:
  • Hydrocodone cumulative amount [% LS]−fasted state:
  • 1 tablet 10 tables
    of inv. of inv. 1 tablet 10 tablets 10 tablets
    ex. 2 in ex. 2 in of inv. ex. of inv. ex. 5 tablets of comp. ex.
    Time 0.1M 0.1M 2 in blank 2 in blank of inv. ex. 2 in blank
    [min] HCl HCl # 1 #2 #1 #2 2 in blank # 1 #2
    5 0.52 0.12 0.51 0.17 0.17 0.56 0.16 0.16 0.16
    10 3.25 0.70 2.04 1.17 0.66 1.93 0.90 0.40 0.93
    15 6.61 1.76 4.67 3.48 1.58 3.13 1.97 2.52 3.11
    20 11.50 3.14 8.22 6.27 3.81 4.86 3.68 7.12 6.72
    30 23.81 15.00 22.15 17.52 11.39 12.86 11.40 24.64 23.56
    45 42.38 29.35 40.32 38.94 28.49 25.02 30.01 54.75 52.36
    60 60.12 44.08 58.75 54.78 44.66 35.70 44.73 69.94 68.00
    Residue 84.92 62.42 93.59 83.02 64.29 55.44 70.58 86.91 90.36
    Rinse 89.32 70.68 95.36 83.83 70.21 60.45 75.89 90.48 93.06
  • Hydrocodone cumulative amount [% LS]−fed state:
  • 1 tablet 10 tablets 10 tablets
    Time [min] of inv. ex. 2 of inv. ex. 2 of comp. ex. 2
    10 0.00 0.00 0.00
    15 0.00 0.00 0.00
    20 0.00 0.00 0.00
    30 0.00 0.00 0.00
    45 0.00 0.00 0.00
    60 0.00 1.93 0.00
    90 0.00 15.56 0.00
    120  44.31 50.53 55.57
    150  67.24 78.52 82.31
    180  93.15 91.72 94.38
    Residue 106.07 97.81 98.24
    Rinse 106.78 98.20 99.26
  • The results for hydrocodone are also illustrated by FIGS. 8 to 10.
  • A comparison of the fasted state experiments for hydrocodone is shown in FIG. 8: Fasted state cumulative gastric effluent of hydrocodone as percentage (%) of intake of 1 tablet (♦), 10 tablets (▪), 5 tablets (X) and Vicodin 10 tablets (▴), mean±range, n=2, hydrocodone 5 tablets: n=1, gastric emptying curve (black line).
  • A comparison of the fed state experiments for hydrocodone is shown in FIG. 9: Fed state cumulative gastric effluent of hydrocodone as percentage (%) of intake of 1 tablet (♦), 10 tablets (▪) and Vicodin 10 tablets (▴) state, n=1, gastric emptying curve (black line).
  • A comparison of fasted versus fed state experiments for hydrocodone is shown in FIGS. 10A, 10B and 10C: Fasted versus fed state cumulative gastric effluent of hydrocodone as percentage (%) of intake of 1 tablet (A), 10 tablets (B) and Vicodin 10 tablets (C) state, n=1, dotted lines indicate fasted state, solid lines indicate fed state, gastric emptying curve (black lines).
  • The numerical results (cumulative values) for acetaminophen are summarized in the tables here below:
  • Acetaminophen cumulative amount [% LS] fasted state:
  • 1 tablet 10 tables
    of inv. of inv. 1 tablet 10 tablets 10 tablets 10 tablets
    ex. 2 in ex. 2 in of inv. ex. of inv. ex. 5 tablets of comp. ex. of comp. ex.
    Time 0.1M 0.1M 2 in blank 2 in blank of inv. ex. 2 in blank 2 in blank
    [min] HCl HCl # 1 #2 #1 #2 2 in blank # 1 #2
    5 2.67 0.60 1.40 0.84 1.05 4.29 1.27 0.13 0.14
    10 9.10 2.20 4.37 3.02 2.98 12.09 4.82 0.35 0.90
    15 13.88 3.80 7.51 5.89 4.84 18.66 7.68 1.76 2.45
    20 19.16 5.33 10.80 8.65 7.67 24.84 10.54 4.28 4.58
    30 29.74 18.39 22.00 18.86 16.19 38.85 19.72 14.45 14.78
    45 44.95 32.43 37.11 39.96 32.66 53.40 39.54 35.63 35.65
    60 59.71 45.76 51.72 55.40 45.64 64.09 52.77 48.90 48.91
    Residue 77.60 59.35 76.86 79.54 59.47 79.01 73.00 68.20 72.53
    Rinse 83.47 65.68 81.99 84.89 64.14 82.58 77.45 82.39 83.89
  • Acetaminophen cumulative amount [% LS]−fed state:
  • 1 tablet 10 tablets 10 tablets
    Time [min] of inv. ex. 2 of inv. ex. 2 of comp. ex. 2
    10 0.03 0.01 0.00
    15 0.12 0.04 0.00
    20 0.20 0.08 0.00
    30 0.35 0.15 0.00
    45 0.63 0.63 0.00
    60 0.94 2.75 0.01
    90 2.22 17.71 0.48
    120  37.27 49.09 39.72
    150  58.46 71.41 63.09
    180  84.56 82.47 74.34
    Residue 97.72 87.71 78.34
    Rinse 98.70 88.17 79.76
  • The results for acetaminophen are illustrated by FIGS. 11 to 13.
  • A comparison of fasted state experiments for acetaminophen is shown in FIG. 11: Fasted state cumulative gastric effluent of acetaminophen as percentage (%) of intake of 1 tablet (♦), 10 tablets (▪), 5 tablets (X) and Vicodin 10 tablets (▴), mean±range, n=2, acetaminophen 5 tablets: n=1, gastric emptying curve (black line).
  • A comparison of fed state experiments for acetaminophen is shown in FIG. 12: Fed state cumulative gastric effluent of acetaminophen as percentage (%) of intake of 1 tablet (♦), 10 tablets (▪) and Vicodin 10 tablets (▴) state, n=1, gastric emptying curve (black line).
  • A comparison of fasted versus fed state experiments for acetaminophen is shown in FIGS. 13A, 13B and 13C: Fasted versus fed state cumulative gastric effluent of acetaminophen as percentage (%) of intake of 1 tablet (A), 10 tablets (B) and Vicodin 10 tablets (C) state, n=1, dotted lines indicate fasted state, solid line indicate fed state, gastric emptying curve (black line).
  • It becomes clear from the above data that the dosage forms according to Inventive Example 2 are useful for avoiding overdose upon multiple dosing of both pharmacologically active ingredients, whereas the commercial dosage forms according to Comparative Example 2 are not useful for that purpose.
  • INVENTIVE EXAMPLE 3 10 mg Amphetamine
  • In accordance with Inventive Examples 1 and 2, pellets having the following composition were prepared and coated with a protective coating (Opadry®):
  • per capsule mg wt.-%
    amphetamine sulfate 10.00 7.76
    polyethylene oxide Mr 7 mio 67.32 52.21
    macrogole 6000 16.03 12.43
    α-tocopherole 0.24 0.19
    pregelatinized maize starch 26.41 20.48
    Opadry ® clear 85F 8.93 6.93
    128.93 100.00
  • The pellets were filled into capsules (Capsugel® transparent, coni snap), size 2.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 3 10 mg Amphetamine
  • For comparative purposes, commercial tablets (Evekeo®, Arbor Pharmaceuticals) containing the same dose of amphetamine sulfate were tested.
  • In accordance with Inventive Example 2 and Comparative Example 2 (TIMagc system), the following experiments were performed for the following test products (the capsules/tablets were tested as such as well as the pellets contained in such capsules after removal of the capsule):
  • amphetamine (capsules)
    Fasted state Fed state
    1 capsule of Inventive Example 3 1 capsule of Inventive Example 3
    10 capsules of Inventive Example 3 10 capsules of Inventive
    Example 3
    10 tablets of Comparative Example 3 10 tablets of Comparative Example
    (Evekeo ®) 3 (Evekeo ®)
    amphetamine (pellets)
    Fasted state
    1 capsule content of Inventive Example 3
    10 capsules content of Inventive Example 3
  • The numerical results (cumulative values) for amphetamine are summarized in the tables here below:
  • Amphetamine cumulative amount [% LS]−fasted state:
  • 1 capsule 10 capsules pellets of pellets of
    of inv. ex. of inv. ex. 1 capsule 10 capsules 10 tablets 1 capsule 10 capsules
    Time
    3 in 0.1M 3 in 0.1M of inv. ex. of inv. ex. of comp. ex. of inv. ex. of inv. ex.
    [min] HCl HCl 3 in blank 3 in blank 3 in blank 3 in blank 3 in blank
    5 0.12 n.d. 0.14 0.13 1.84 1.75 0.76
    10 4.07 1.36 3.79 2.62 8.63 9.55 4.08
    15 14.61 3.71 10.88 7.88 16.38 20.27 8.72
    20 25.63 7.91 21.94 14.31 24.89 30.05 14.79
    30 42.17 26.51 39.17 30.87 42.76 49.49 29.13
    45 61.58 48.91 60.09 53.78 64.39 67.98 47.49
    60 73.24 65.15 74.63 65.70 76.41 79.94 61.01
    Residue 84.57 84.52 93.41 85.38 93.76 95.90 79.82
    Rinse 86.69 86.51 93.90 86.96 94.30 97.18 80.86
  • Amphetamine cumulative amount [% LS]−fed state:
  • 1 capsule of 10 capsules of 10 tablets of
    Time [min] inv. ex. 3 inv. ex. 3 comp. ex. 3
    30 0.89 3.16 9.45
    45 5.32 9.42 19.95
    60 16.89 20.32 33.86
    90 65.62 58.88 55.21
    120  81.51 77.69 80.94
    150  87.79 90.50 94.39
    180  91.78 95.26 99.90
    Residue 94.08 96.77 101.90
    Rinse 94.08 97.29 102.33
  • The results for amphetamine capsules/tablets are also illustrated by FIGS. 14 to 16.
  • A comparison of fasted state experiments for amphetamine (capsules) is shown in FIG. 14: Fasted state cumulative gastric effluent of amphetamine as percentage (%) of intake of amphetamine of 1 capsule (♦), 10 capsules (▪) and Evekeo 10 tablets (▴), n=1, gastric emptying curve (black line).
  • A comparison of fed state experiments for amphetamine (capsules) is shown in FIG. 15: Fed state cumulative gastric effluent of amphetamine as percentage (%) of intake of amphetamine of 1 capsule (♦), 10 capsules (▪) and Evekeo 10 tablets (▴), n=1, gastric emptying curve (black line).
  • A comparison of fasted versus fed state experiments for amphetamine (capsules/tablets) is shown in FIGS. 16A, 16B and 16C: Fasted versus fed state cumulative gastric effluent of amphetamine as percentage (%) of intake of amphetamine of 1 capsule (A), 10 capsules (B) and Evekeo 10 tablets (C), n=1, dotted lines indicate fasted state, solid line indicate fed state, gastric emptying curve (black lines).
  • The results for the separated amphetamine pellets are illustrated by FIG. 17. A comparison of fasted state experiments for amphetamine (pellets) is shown in FIG. 17: Fasted state cumulative gastric effluent of amphetamine as percentage (%) of intake of amphetamine of pellets of 1 capsule (X) and pellets of 10 capsules (*), n=1, gastric emptying curve (black line).
  • It becomes clear from the above data that the dosage forms according to Inventive Example 3 are useful for avoiding overdose upon multiple dosing of the pharmacologically active ingredient, whereas the commercial dosage forms according to Comparative Example 3 are not useful for that purpose.
  • It can be concluded from a comparison of Inventive Example 2 with Comparative Example 2 and from a comparison of Inventive Example 3 with Comparative Example 3 that under simulated fed state in vitro conditions (filled stomach), the residence time of the dosage forms corresponds to the stomach emptying intervals independent of the number of dosage forms that are contained in the stomach, i.e. that are administered simultaneously. However, under such fed state conditions a potential abuser cannot achieve the desired kick anyway so that these conditions are not relevant for a potential abuser.
  • In contrast, under simulated fasted state in vitro conditions, which are relevant for a potential abuser, the number of dosage forms that are contained in the stomach, i.e. that are administered simultaneously, can be distinguished from one another (1 vs. 5 vs. 10). For avoiding overdosing, the residence time in the stomach is of clinical relevance. The longer the residence time in the stomach, the more difficult (less likely) it is to achieve the desired “kick” by simultaneously administering a plurality of dosage forms.
  • The experimental data demonstrate that the inventive formulations provide an extended residence time in the stomach when administered simultaneously as a plurality, whereas the comparative formulations do not show such an extended residence time in the stomach.

Claims (43)

1. A pharmaceutical dosage form comprising a pharmacologically active ingredient a and a polymer matrix which comprises a polyalkylene oxide having an average molecular weight of at least 200,000 g/mol; wherein at least a portion of the pharmacologically active ingredient a is contained in one or more particles A which comprise the polymer matrix in which the pharmacologically active ingredient a is embedded;
said dosage form being adapted to prevent an overdose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of the dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
2. The dosage form according to claim 1, wherein after 30 min under in vitro conditions at 37° C. in 900 mL 0.1 M HCl at 25 rpm in accordance with Ph. Eur.
(i) a single dosage form has released at least 30 wt.-% of the pharmacologically active ingredient a originally contained in the dosage form; and/or
(ii) a multitude of ten dosage forms has released not more than 25 wt.-% of the overall content of the pharmacologically active ingredient a originally contained in the multitude of ten dosage forms.
3. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the content of the polyalkylene oxide in the dosage form amounts to at least 25 mg.
4. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 3, wherein the content of the polyalkylene oxide in the dosage form amounts to at least 50 mg.
5. (canceled)
6. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the polyalkylene oxide is a polyethylene oxide.
7. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the polyalkylene oxide has an average molecular weight of at least 500,000 g/mol.
8. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 7, wherein the polyalkylene oxide has an average molecular weight in the range of 1,000,000 g/mol to 15,000,000 g/mol.
9. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the content of the polyalkylene oxide is at least 30 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the particle(s) A.
10.-16. (canceled)
17. The dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the one or more particles A have a breaking strength of at least 300 N.
18.-19. (canceled)
20. The dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the one or more particles A amount to a total number within the range of from 20 to 600.
21.-25. (canceled)
26. The dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the one or more particles A amount to a total content of at least 25 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the dosage form.
27. The dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the one or more particles A are tamper-resistant as such so that they also provide tamper-resistance after they have been separated from the remaining constituents of the dosage form.
28. The dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the one or more particles A contain the total amount of the pharmacologically active ingredient a that is contained in the dosage form.
29. The dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the one or more particles A are thermoformed by hot-melt extrusion.
30. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 2, wherein under in vitro conditions at 37° C. in 900 mL 0.1 M HCl at 25 rpm in accordance with Ph. Eur.
(i) a single dosage form has released X mg of the pharmacologically active ingredient a originally contained in the dosage form; and
(ii) a multitude of 10 dosage forms has released Y mg of the pharmacologically active ingredient a originally contained in said multitude of 10 dosage forms;
wherein Y/10 is not more than 50% of X.
31. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the pharmacologically active ingredient a has a psychotropic action.
32. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the pharmacologically active ingredient a is selected from the group consisting of analgesics, stimulants, narcotics and tranquilizers.
33. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the pharmacologically active ingredient a is selected from opioids.
34. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 33, wherein the opioid is selected from the group consisting of oxycodone, hydrocodone, oxymorphone, hydromorphone, morphine, tramadol, tapentadol, cebranopadol, and the physiologically acceptable salts thereof.
35. (canceled)
36. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 32, wherein the pharmacologically active ingredient a is a stimulant selected from the group consisting of amphetamine, dex-amphetamine, dex-methylphenidate, atomoxetine, caffeine, ephedrine, phenylpropanolamine, phenylephrine, fencamphamin, fenozolone, fenetylline, methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA), methylenedioxypyrovalerone (MDPV), prolintane, lisdexamfetamine, mephedrone, methamphetamine, methylphenidate, modafinil, nicotine, pemoline, phenylpropanolamine, propylhexedrine, dimethylamylamine, pseudoephedrine, and the physiologically acceptable salts thereof.
37.-39. (canceled)
40. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, which is a capsule.
41.-43. (canceled)
44. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, which is a tablet.
45.-46. (canceled)
47. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, which additionally contains a pharmacologically active ingredient b which differs from the pharmacologically active ingredient a.
48. (canceled)
49. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 47, wherein the pharmacologically active ingredient b is selected from ATC classes [M01A], [M01C], [N02B] and [N02C] according to the WHO.
50. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 49, wherein
the pharmacologically active ingredient a is selected from the group consisting of oxycodone, oxymorphone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, morphine, tapentadol, tramadol, buprenorphine, pseudoephedrine, and the physiologically acceptable salts thereof; and
the second pharmacologically active ingredient is selected from the group consisting of ibuprofen, acetaminophen, diclofenaf, acetylsalicylic acid, and the physiologically acceptable salts thereof.
51.-52. (canceled)
53. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the particle(s) A comprise a disintegrant.
54.-59. (canceled)
60. The pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1, wherein the particle(s) A comprise an antioxidant.
61.-64. (canceled)
65. A method of treating a disease, disorder or condition that is treatable with the pharmacologically active ingredient a, said method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treating at least one pharmaceutical dosage form according to claim 1.
66. The method according to claim 65, wherein the disease, disorder or condition is pain.
67. (canceled)
68. A method for the prevention of an overdose of pharmacologically active ingredient a after accidental or intentional simultaneous administration of a plurality of dosage forms containing an overall supratherapeutic dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient a, the method comprising providing the pharmacologically active ingredient a in the form of a pharmaceutical dosage form as defined in claim 1.
US15/260,643 2015-09-10 2016-09-09 Protecting oral overdose with abuse deterrent immediate release formulations Active US10842750B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/086,702 US20210046009A1 (en) 2015-09-10 2020-11-02 Protecting oral overdose with abuse deterrent immediate release formulations

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP15184634 2015-09-10
EP15184634 2015-09-10

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/086,702 Continuation US20210046009A1 (en) 2015-09-10 2020-11-02 Protecting oral overdose with abuse deterrent immediate release formulations

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20170071862A1 true US20170071862A1 (en) 2017-03-16
US10842750B2 US10842750B2 (en) 2020-11-24

Family

ID=54105710

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/260,643 Active US10842750B2 (en) 2015-09-10 2016-09-09 Protecting oral overdose with abuse deterrent immediate release formulations
US17/086,702 Abandoned US20210046009A1 (en) 2015-09-10 2020-11-02 Protecting oral overdose with abuse deterrent immediate release formulations

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/086,702 Abandoned US20210046009A1 (en) 2015-09-10 2020-11-02 Protecting oral overdose with abuse deterrent immediate release formulations

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (2) US10842750B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3346991A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2018526414A (en)
AU (1) AU2016319203A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2998259A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2017042325A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11224576B2 (en) 2003-12-24 2022-01-18 Grünenthal GmbH Process for the production of an abuse-proofed dosage form
EP3630074B1 (en) * 2017-05-29 2023-10-25 Grünenthal GmbH Multiparticulate oral dosage form providing prolonged release of tapentadol
US11844865B2 (en) 2004-07-01 2023-12-19 Grünenthal GmbH Abuse-proofed oral dosage form

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000015261A1 (en) * 1998-09-10 2000-03-23 Warner-Lambert Company Compositions comprising sympathomimetic amine salts unsuitable for illegal use
US20090004267A1 (en) * 2007-03-07 2009-01-01 Gruenenthal Gmbh Dosage Form with Impeded Abuse
US20130028970A1 (en) * 2011-07-29 2013-01-31 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant tablet providing immediate drug release
US20140356426A1 (en) * 2013-05-29 2014-12-04 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant dosage form containing one or more particles
US20150118303A1 (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-04-30 Cima Labs Inc. Immediate Release Abuse-Deterrent Granulated Dosage Forms

Family Cites Families (569)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA722109A (en) 1965-11-23 W. Mock Henry Extrusion of ethylene oxide polymers
US2524855A (en) 1950-10-10 Process for the manufacture of
US2806033A (en) 1955-08-03 1957-09-10 Lewenstein Morphine derivative
US2987445A (en) 1958-10-10 1961-06-06 Rohm & Haas Drug composition
US3370035A (en) 1961-06-23 1968-02-20 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd Stabilization of polyalkylene oxide
US3332950A (en) 1963-03-23 1967-07-25 Endo Lab 14-hydroxydihydronormorphinone derivatives
GB1147210A (en) 1965-06-30 1969-04-02 Eastman Kodak Co Improvements in or relating to vitamins
US3652589A (en) 1967-07-27 1972-03-28 Gruenenthal Chemie 1-(m-substituted phenyl)-2-aminomethyl cyclohexanols
US3806603A (en) 1969-10-13 1974-04-23 W Gaunt Pharmaceutical carriers of plasticized dried milled particles of hydrated cooked rice endosperm
CH503520A (en) 1969-12-15 1971-02-28 Inventa Ag Process for grinding granular materials, in particular plastic granulates, at low temperatures
DE2210071A1 (en) 1971-03-09 1972-09-14 PPG Industries Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa. (V.StA.) Process for applying and curing a wide variety of coatings
US3865108A (en) 1971-05-17 1975-02-11 Ortho Pharma Corp Expandable drug delivery device
US3966747A (en) 1972-10-26 1976-06-29 Bristol-Myers Company 9-Hydroxy-6,7-benzomorphans
US4014965A (en) 1972-11-24 1977-03-29 The Dow Chemical Company Process for scrapless forming of plastic articles
US3980766A (en) 1973-08-13 1976-09-14 West Laboratories, Inc. Orally administered drug composition for therapy in the treatment of narcotic drug addiction
US3941865A (en) 1973-12-10 1976-03-02 Union Carbide Corporation Extrusion of ethylene oxide resins
US4002173A (en) 1974-07-23 1977-01-11 International Paper Company Diester crosslinked polyglucan hydrogels and reticulated sponges thereof
DE2530563C2 (en) 1975-07-09 1986-07-24 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen Analgesic drugs with reduced potential for abuse
JPS603286B2 (en) 1977-03-03 1985-01-26 日本化薬株式会社 Constant-dissolution formulation
US4207893A (en) 1977-08-29 1980-06-17 Alza Corporation Device using hydrophilic polymer for delivering drug to biological environment
US4175119A (en) 1978-01-11 1979-11-20 Porter Garry L Composition and method to prevent accidental and intentional overdosage with psychoactive drugs
DE2822324C3 (en) 1978-05-22 1981-02-26 Basf Ag, 6700 Ludwigshafen Manufacture of vitamin E dry powder
US4211681A (en) 1978-08-16 1980-07-08 Union Carbide Corporation Poly(ethylene oxide) compositions
US4200704A (en) 1978-09-28 1980-04-29 Union Carbide Corporation Controlled degradation of poly(ethylene oxide)
NO793297L (en) 1978-10-19 1980-04-22 Mallinckrodt Inc PROCEDURE FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF OXYMORPHONE
US4258027A (en) 1979-03-26 1981-03-24 Mead Johnson & Company Multi-fractionable tablet structure
US4215104A (en) 1979-03-26 1980-07-29 Mead Johnson & Company Multi-fractionable tablet structure
CA1146866A (en) 1979-07-05 1983-05-24 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Process for the production of sustained release pharmaceutical composition of solid medical material
US4353887A (en) 1979-08-16 1982-10-12 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Divisible tablet having controlled and delayed release of the active substance
CH648754A5 (en) 1979-08-16 1985-04-15 Ciba Geigy Ag Pharmaceutical slow release tablet
US4457933A (en) 1980-01-24 1984-07-03 Bristol-Myers Company Prevention of analgesic abuse
DE3024416C2 (en) 1980-06-28 1982-04-15 Gödecke AG, 1000 Berlin Process for the production of medicaments with sustained release of active substances
US4473640A (en) 1982-06-03 1984-09-25 Combie Joan D Detection of morphine and its analogues using enzymatic hydrolysis
US4462941A (en) 1982-06-10 1984-07-31 The Regents Of The University Of California Dynorphin amide analogs
US4427778A (en) 1982-06-29 1984-01-24 Biochem Technology, Inc. Enzymatic preparation of particulate cellulose for tablet making
US4485211A (en) 1982-09-15 1984-11-27 The B. F. Goodrich Company Poly(glycidyl ether)block copolymers and process for their preparation
US4427681A (en) 1982-09-16 1984-01-24 Richardson-Vicks, Inc. Thixotropic compositions easily convertible to pourable liquids
US4529583A (en) 1983-03-07 1985-07-16 Clear Lake Development Group Composition and method of immobilizing emetics and method of treating human beings with emetics
US4603143A (en) 1983-05-02 1986-07-29 Basf Corporation Free-flowing, high density, fat soluble vitamin powders with improved stability
US4612008A (en) 1983-05-11 1986-09-16 Alza Corporation Osmotic device with dual thermodynamic activity
US4783337A (en) 1983-05-11 1988-11-08 Alza Corporation Osmotic system comprising plurality of members for dispensing drug
US4765989A (en) 1983-05-11 1988-08-23 Alza Corporation Osmotic device for administering certain drugs
US5082668A (en) 1983-05-11 1992-01-21 Alza Corporation Controlled-release system with constant pushing source
US4599342A (en) 1984-01-16 1986-07-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Pharmaceutical products providing enhanced analgesia
US4629621A (en) 1984-07-23 1986-12-16 Zetachron, Inc. Erodible matrix for sustained release bioactive composition
AU592065B2 (en) 1984-10-09 1990-01-04 Dow Chemical Company, The Sustained release dosage form based on highly plasticized cellulose ether gels
GB8507779D0 (en) 1985-03-26 1985-05-01 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co Drug carrier
EP0228417B1 (en) 1985-06-24 1990-08-29 Ici Australia Limited Ingestible capsules
DE3665262D1 (en) 1985-06-28 1989-10-05 Carrington Lab Inc Processes for preparation of aloe products, products produced thereby and compositions thereof
US4992279A (en) 1985-07-03 1991-02-12 Kraft General Foods, Inc. Sweetness inhibitor
US4851521A (en) 1985-07-08 1989-07-25 Fidia, S.P.A. Esters of hyaluronic acid
DE3689650T2 (en) 1985-12-17 1994-05-26 United States Surgical Corp High molecular weight bioabsorbable polymers and implants thereof.
US5229164A (en) 1985-12-19 1993-07-20 Capsoid Pharma Gmbh Process for producing individually dosed administration forms
US4711894A (en) 1986-01-16 1987-12-08 Henkel Corporation Stabilized tocopherol in dry, particulate, free-flowing form
US5198226A (en) 1986-01-30 1993-03-30 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Long acting nicardipine hydrochloride formulation
US4940556A (en) 1986-01-30 1990-07-10 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Method of preparing long acting formulation
US4764378A (en) 1986-02-10 1988-08-16 Zetachron, Inc. Buccal drug dosage form
JPS62232433A (en) 1986-03-31 1987-10-12 ユニオン、カ−バイド、コ−ポレ−シヨン Catalyst to polymerization of alkylene oxide and polymerization
DE3612211A1 (en) 1986-04-11 1987-10-15 Basf Ag CONTINUOUS TABLET METHOD
US4667013A (en) 1986-05-02 1987-05-19 Union Carbide Corporation Process for alkylene oxide polymerization
US4713243A (en) 1986-06-16 1987-12-15 Johnson & Johnson Products, Inc. Bioadhesive extruded film for intra-oral drug delivery and process
USRE33093E (en) 1986-06-16 1989-10-17 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Products, Inc. Bioadhesive extruded film for intra-oral drug delivery and process
USRE34990E (en) 1986-08-07 1995-07-04 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Oral therapeutic system having systemic action
CA1335748C (en) 1986-09-25 1995-05-30 Jeffrey Lawrence Finnan Crosslinked gelatins
US5227157A (en) 1986-10-14 1993-07-13 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Delivery of therapeutic agents
EP0277289B8 (en) 1986-11-10 2003-05-21 Biopure Corporation Extra pure semi-synthetic blood substitute
US4892889A (en) 1986-11-18 1990-01-09 Basf Corporation Process for making a spray-dried, directly-compressible vitamin powder comprising unhydrolyzed gelatin
JPH0831303B2 (en) 1986-12-01 1996-03-27 オムロン株式会社 Chip type fuse
DE3868077D1 (en) 1987-01-14 1992-03-12 Ciba Geigy Ag THERAPEUTIC SYSTEM FOR HEAVY-SOLUBLE ACTIVE SUBSTANCES.
US4892778A (en) 1987-05-27 1990-01-09 Alza Corporation Juxtaposed laminated arrangement
US5051261A (en) 1987-11-24 1991-09-24 Fmc Corporation Method for preparing a solid sustained release form of a functionally active composition
KR900700071A (en) 1987-12-17 1990-08-11 로버어트 에이 아미테이지 Tri-scored Drug Tablets
DE3812567A1 (en) 1988-04-15 1989-10-26 Basf Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING PHARMACEUTICAL MIXTURES
US4954346A (en) 1988-06-08 1990-09-04 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Orally administrable nifedipine solution in a solid light resistant dosage form
US4960814A (en) 1988-06-13 1990-10-02 Eastman Kodak Company Water-dispersible polymeric compositions
US5350741A (en) 1988-07-30 1994-09-27 Kanji Takada Enteric formulations of physiologically active peptides and proteins
JPH0249719A (en) 1988-08-11 1990-02-20 Dai Ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co Ltd Oil soluble-vitamin powder having readily water-dispersible and soluble performance
GB8820327D0 (en) 1988-08-26 1988-09-28 May & Baker Ltd New compositions of matter
DE3830353A1 (en) 1988-09-07 1990-03-15 Basf Ag METHOD FOR THE CONTINUOUS PRODUCTION OF SOLID PHARMACEUTICAL FORMS
US5139790A (en) 1988-10-14 1992-08-18 Zetachron, Inc. Low-melting moldable pharmaceutical excipient and dosage forms prepared therewith
US5004601A (en) 1988-10-14 1991-04-02 Zetachron, Inc. Low-melting moldable pharmaceutical excipient and dosage forms prepared therewith
US4957668A (en) 1988-12-07 1990-09-18 General Motors Corporation Ultrasonic compacting and bonding particles
US5190760A (en) 1989-07-08 1993-03-02 Coopers Animal Health Limited Solid pharmaceutical composition
US5169645A (en) 1989-10-31 1992-12-08 Duquesne University Of The Holy Ghost Directly compressible granules having improved flow properties
US5200197A (en) 1989-11-16 1993-04-06 Alza Corporation Contraceptive pill
GB8926612D0 (en) 1989-11-24 1990-01-17 Erba Farmitalia Pharmaceutical compositions
EP0449775A3 (en) 1990-03-29 1992-09-02 Ciba-Geigy Ag Polyether-polyester block copolymers and their use as dispersing agents
SU1759445A1 (en) 1990-06-15 1992-09-07 Ленинградский Технологический Институт Им.Ленсовета Method of producing encapsulated hydrophobic substances
FR2664851B1 (en) 1990-07-20 1992-10-16 Oreal METHOD OF COMPACTING A POWDER MIXTURE FOR OBTAINING A COMPACT ABSORBENT OR PARTIALLY DELITABLE PRODUCT AND PRODUCT OBTAINED BY THIS PROCESS.
EP0477135A1 (en) 1990-09-07 1992-03-25 Warner-Lambert Company Chewable spheroidal coated microcapsules and methods for preparing same
US5126151A (en) 1991-01-24 1992-06-30 Warner-Lambert Company Encapsulation matrix
US5273758A (en) 1991-03-18 1993-12-28 Sandoz Ltd. Directly compressible polyethylene oxide vehicle for preparing therapeutic dosage forms
US5149538A (en) 1991-06-14 1992-09-22 Warner-Lambert Company Misuse-resistive transdermal opioid dosage form
JP3073054B2 (en) 1991-07-11 2000-08-07 住友精化株式会社 Method for producing alkylene oxide polymer
CA2116563C (en) 1991-08-30 2001-07-03 Yoji Ito Dry gel pharmaceutical composition
DE69229881T2 (en) 1991-10-04 1999-12-09 Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical DELAYED RELEASE TABLET
WO1993006723A1 (en) 1991-10-04 1993-04-15 Olin Corporation Fungicide tablet
DE4138513A1 (en) 1991-11-23 1993-05-27 Basf Ag SOLID PHARMACEUTICAL RETARD FORM
US5266331A (en) 1991-11-27 1993-11-30 Euroceltique, S.A. Controlled release oxycodone compositions
EP0615438B1 (en) 1991-12-05 1996-07-24 Mallinckrodt Veterinary, Inc. A carbohydrate glass matrix for the sustained release of a therapeutic agent
AU671811B2 (en) 1991-12-18 1996-09-12 Warner-Lambert Company A process for the preparation of a solid dispersion
US5200194A (en) 1991-12-18 1993-04-06 Alza Corporation Oral osmotic device
US5225417A (en) 1992-01-21 1993-07-06 G. D. Searle & Co. Opioid agonist compounds
IL105553A (en) 1992-05-06 1998-01-04 Janssen Pharmaceutica Inc Solid dosage form comprising a porous network of matrix forming material which disperses rapidly in water
EP0641195B1 (en) 1992-05-22 1996-04-10 Gödecke Aktiengesellschaft Process for preparing delayed-action medicinal compositions
GB9217295D0 (en) 1992-08-14 1992-09-30 Wellcome Found Controlled released tablets
DE4227385A1 (en) 1992-08-19 1994-02-24 Kali Chemie Pharma Gmbh Pancreatin micropellets
DE4229085C2 (en) 1992-09-01 1996-07-11 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh Elongated, divisible tablet
CA2144077C (en) 1992-09-18 2005-05-24 Kazuhiro Sako Hydrogel-type sustained-release preparation
US5472943A (en) 1992-09-21 1995-12-05 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University, Method of simultaneously enhancing analgesic potency and attenuating dependence liability caused by morphine and other opioid agonists
FI101039B (en) 1992-10-09 1998-04-15 Eeva Kristoffersson Method for preparing medicated pellets
AU679937B2 (en) 1992-11-18 1997-07-17 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Products, Inc. Extrudable compositions for topical or transdermal drug delivery
AU683044B2 (en) 1992-12-23 1997-10-30 Saitec S.R.L. Process for preparing controlled release pharmaceutical forms and the forms thus obtained
GB2273874A (en) 1992-12-31 1994-07-06 Pertti Olavi Toermaelae Preparation of pharmaceuticals in a polymer matrix
US6071970A (en) 1993-02-08 2000-06-06 Nps Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds active at a novel site on receptor-operated calcium channels useful for treatment of neurological disorders and diseases
US5914132A (en) 1993-02-26 1999-06-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Pharmaceutical dosage form with multiple enteric polymer coatings for colonic delivery
DE4309528C2 (en) 1993-03-24 1998-05-20 Doxa Gmbh Casein film or film tube, process for their production and their use
IL119660A (en) 1993-05-10 2002-09-12 Euro Celtique Sa Controlled release formulation comprising tramadol
IL109944A (en) 1993-07-01 1998-12-06 Euro Celtique Sa Sustained release dosage unit forms containing morphine and a method of preparing these sustained release dosage unit forms
DE4329794C2 (en) 1993-09-03 1997-09-18 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tramadol salt-containing drugs with delayed release
EP1442745A1 (en) 1993-10-07 2004-08-04 Euro-Celtique Orally administrable opioid formulations having extended duration of effect
KR100354702B1 (en) 1993-11-23 2002-12-28 유로-셀티크 소시에떼 아노뉨 Manufacturing method and sustained release composition of pharmaceutical composition
EP0654263B1 (en) 1993-11-23 2002-01-23 Euro-Celtique S.A. Method for preparing a sustained release composition
AU1266895A (en) 1993-12-20 1995-07-10 Procter & Gamble Company, The Process for making laxatives containing dioctyl sulfosuccinate
IL112106A0 (en) 1993-12-22 1995-03-15 Ergo Science Inc Accelerated release composition containing bromocriptine
GB9401894D0 (en) 1994-02-01 1994-03-30 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Ltd New compositions of matter
DE69530973T2 (en) 1994-02-16 2004-05-19 Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park METHOD FOR PRODUCING FINE-PART PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS
SE9503924D0 (en) 1995-08-18 1995-11-07 Astra Ab Novel opioid peptides
US5458887A (en) 1994-03-02 1995-10-17 Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Controlled release tablet formulation
DE4413350A1 (en) 1994-04-18 1995-10-19 Basf Ag Retard matrix pellets and process for their production
AU680356B2 (en) 1994-05-06 1997-07-24 Pfizer Inc. Controlled-release dosage forms of azithromycin
DE19509807A1 (en) 1995-03-21 1996-09-26 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of active substance preparations in the form of a solid solution of the active substance in a polymer matrix, and active substance preparations produced using this method
AT403988B (en) 1994-05-18 1998-07-27 Lannacher Heilmittel SOLID ORAL RETARDED PREPARATION
US5460826A (en) 1994-06-27 1995-10-24 Alza Corporation Morphine therapy
DE4426245A1 (en) 1994-07-23 1996-02-22 Gruenenthal Gmbh 1-phenyl-3-dimethylamino-propane compounds with pharmacological activity
IT1274879B (en) 1994-08-03 1997-07-25 Saitec Srl APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PREPARING SOLID PHARMACEUTICAL FORMS WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE OF THE ACTIVE INGREDIENT.
JP3285452B2 (en) 1994-08-11 2002-05-27 サンスター株式会社 Toothpaste composition
US5837790A (en) 1994-10-24 1998-11-17 Amcol International Corporation Precipitation polymerization process for producing an oil adsorbent polymer capable of entrapping solid particles and liquids and the product thereof
AUPM897594A0 (en) 1994-10-25 1994-11-17 Daratech Pty Ltd Controlled release container
US5965161A (en) 1994-11-04 1999-10-12 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Extruded multi-particulates
DE4446470A1 (en) 1994-12-23 1996-06-27 Basf Ag Process for the production of dividable tablets
DE19504832A1 (en) 1995-02-14 1996-08-22 Basf Ag Solid drug preparations
US5945125A (en) 1995-02-28 1999-08-31 Temple University Controlled release tablet
US6117453A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-09-12 Pharma Pass Solid compositions containing polyethylene oxide and an active ingredient
US6348469B1 (en) 1995-04-14 2002-02-19 Pharma Pass Llc Solid compositions containing glipizide and polyethylene oxide
US5900425A (en) 1995-05-02 1999-05-04 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Pharmaceutical preparations having controlled release of active compound and processes for their preparation
DE19522899C1 (en) 1995-06-23 1996-12-19 Hexal Pharmaforschung Gmbh Process for the continuous sintering of a granulate
US5759583A (en) 1995-08-30 1998-06-02 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Sustained release poly (lactic/glycolic) matrices
US6063405A (en) 1995-09-29 2000-05-16 L.A.M. Pharmaceuticals, Llc Sustained release delivery system
US5811126A (en) 1995-10-02 1998-09-22 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Controlled release matrix for pharmaceuticals
DE19539361A1 (en) 1995-10-23 1997-04-24 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of multilayer, solid pharmaceutical forms for oral or rectal administration
US6355656B1 (en) 1995-12-04 2002-03-12 Celgene Corporation Phenidate drug formulations having diminished abuse potential
US5908850A (en) 1995-12-04 1999-06-01 Celgene Corporation Method of treating attention deficit disorders with d-threo methylphenidate
DE19547766A1 (en) 1995-12-20 1997-06-26 Gruenenthal Gmbh 1-phenyl-2-dimethylaminomethyl-cyclohexan-1-ol compounds as active pharmaceutical ingredients
PT914097E (en) 1996-03-12 2002-06-28 Alza Corp COMPOSITION AND DOSAGE FORM COMPREHENDING OPIOIDE ANTAGONIST
US6461644B1 (en) 1996-03-25 2002-10-08 Richard R. Jackson Anesthetizing plastics, drug delivery plastics, and related medical products, systems and methods
US6096339A (en) 1997-04-04 2000-08-01 Alza Corporation Dosage form, process of making and using same
US20020114838A1 (en) 1996-04-05 2002-08-22 Ayer Atul D. Uniform drug delivery therapy
DK0914158T4 (en) 1996-04-05 2006-03-06 Takeda Pharmaceutical Pharmaceutical combination containing a compound with angiotensin II antagonistic activity and a compound which increases insulin sensitivity
US5817343A (en) 1996-05-14 1998-10-06 Alkermes, Inc. Method for fabricating polymer-based controlled-release devices
WO1997046224A1 (en) 1996-06-06 1997-12-11 Bifodan A/S Enteric coating, comprising alginic acid, for an oral preparation
DE69739343D1 (en) 1996-06-26 2009-05-14 Univ Texas HOT-MOLLY EXTRUDABLE PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION
CA2231195C (en) 1996-07-08 2003-01-21 Edward Mendell Co., Inc. Sustained release matrix for high-dose insoluble drugs
DE19629753A1 (en) 1996-07-23 1998-01-29 Basf Ag Process for the production of solid dosage forms
NL1003684C2 (en) 1996-07-25 1998-01-28 Weterings B V H Device for dispensing a liquid.
DE19630236A1 (en) 1996-07-26 1998-01-29 Wolff Walsrode Ag Biaxially stretched, biodegradable and compostable sausage casing
BE1010353A5 (en) 1996-08-14 1998-06-02 Boss Pharmaceuticals Ag Method for manufacture of pharmaceutical products, device for such a method and pharmaceutical products obtained.
DE69730852T2 (en) 1996-11-05 2005-09-22 Novamont S.P.A. BIODEGRADABLE POLYMER COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING STARCH AND A THERMOPLASTIC POLYMER
US5991799A (en) 1996-12-20 1999-11-23 Liberate Technologies Information retrieval system using an internet multiplexer to focus user selection
DE19705538C1 (en) 1997-02-14 1998-08-27 Goedecke Ag Process for the separation of active substances in solid pharmaceutical preparations
US5948787A (en) 1997-02-28 1999-09-07 Alza Corporation Compositions containing opiate analgesics
DE19710213A1 (en) 1997-03-12 1998-09-17 Basf Ag Process for the manufacture of solid combination dosage forms
DE19710008A1 (en) 1997-03-12 1998-09-17 Basf Ag Solid, at least two-phase formulations of a sustained-release opioid analgesic
DE19710009A1 (en) 1997-03-12 1998-09-24 Knoll Ag Multi-phase preparation forms containing active ingredients
US6139770A (en) 1997-05-16 2000-10-31 Chevron Chemical Company Llc Photoinitiators and oxygen scavenging compositions
DE19721467A1 (en) 1997-05-22 1998-11-26 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of small-scale preparations of biologically active substances
US6635280B2 (en) 1997-06-06 2003-10-21 Depomed, Inc. Extending the duration of drug release within the stomach during the fed mode
DE69831335T3 (en) 1997-06-06 2015-01-15 Depomed, Inc. MAGNIFYING ORAL DOSAGE FORMS OF WATER-SOLUBLE MEDICAMENTS WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE
WO1999001111A1 (en) 1997-07-02 1999-01-14 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Stabilized sustained release tramadol formulations
IE970588A1 (en) 1997-08-01 2000-08-23 Elan Corp Plc Controlled release pharmaceutical compositions containing tiagabine
CN1290239A (en) 1997-09-10 2001-04-04 联合讯号公司 Injection molding of structure zirconia-based materials by aqueous process
US6009390A (en) 1997-09-11 1999-12-28 Lucent Technologies Inc. Technique for selective use of Gaussian kernels and mixture component weights of tied-mixture hidden Markov models for speech recognition
ATE214595T1 (en) 1997-11-28 2002-04-15 Knoll Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING SOLVENT-FREE NON-CRYSTALLINE BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE SUBSTANCES
CN1278839A (en) 1997-12-03 2001-01-03 拜尔公司 Polyether ester amides
DE19753534A1 (en) 1997-12-03 1999-06-10 Bayer Ag Biodegradable thermoplastic polyester-amides with good mechanical properties for molding, film and fiber, useful for e.g. compostable refuse bag
HUP0100310A3 (en) 1997-12-22 2002-11-28 Euro Celtique Sa A method of preventing abuse of opioid dosage forms
US6375957B1 (en) 1997-12-22 2002-04-23 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Opioid agonist/opioid antagonist/acetaminophen combinations
DE19800689C1 (en) 1998-01-10 1999-07-15 Deloro Stellite Gmbh Shaped body made of a wear-resistant material
DE19800698A1 (en) 1998-01-10 1999-07-15 Bayer Ag Biodegradable polyester amides with block-like polyester and polyamide segments
US6251430B1 (en) 1998-02-04 2001-06-26 Guohua Zhang Water insoluble polymer based sustained release formulation
US6322811B1 (en) 1998-02-06 2001-11-27 Union Carbide Chemicals & Plastics Technology Corporation Alkylene oxide polymer compositions
JP3753254B2 (en) 1998-03-05 2006-03-08 三井化学株式会社 Polylactic acid resin composition and film comprising the same
US6245357B1 (en) 1998-03-06 2001-06-12 Alza Corporation Extended release dosage form
US6090411A (en) 1998-03-09 2000-07-18 Temple University Monolithic tablet for controlled drug release
DE19811288A1 (en) 1998-03-16 1999-09-23 Basf Ag Preparation of carbonyl compounds by gas phase oxidation of alcohol, especially glyoxal from ethylene glycol
EP1070346A1 (en) 1998-04-02 2001-01-24 Applied Materials, Inc. Method for etching low k dielectrics
EP1067910B1 (en) 1998-04-03 2004-05-26 Egalet A/S Controlled release composition
US5962488A (en) 1998-04-08 1999-10-05 Roberts Laboratories, Inc. Stable pharmaceutical formulations for treating internal bowel syndrome containing isoxazole derivatives
DE19822979A1 (en) 1998-05-25 1999-12-02 Kalle Nalo Gmbh & Co Kg Film with starch or starch derivatives and polyester urethanes and process for their production
US6333087B1 (en) 1998-08-27 2001-12-25 Chevron Chemical Company Llc Oxygen scavenging packaging
DE19841244A1 (en) 1998-09-09 2000-03-16 Knoll Ag Method and device for making tablets
US6268177B1 (en) 1998-09-22 2001-07-31 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Isolated nucleic acid encoding nucleotide pyrophosphorylase
WO2000023073A1 (en) 1998-10-20 2000-04-27 Korea Institute Of Science And Technology Bioflavonoids as plasma high density lipoprotein level increasing agent
US6322819B1 (en) 1998-10-21 2001-11-27 Shire Laboratories, Inc. Oral pulsed dose drug delivery system
US20060240105A1 (en) 1998-11-02 2006-10-26 Elan Corporation, Plc Multiparticulate modified release composition
ES2141688B1 (en) 1998-11-06 2001-02-01 Vita Invest Sa NEW ESTERS DERIVED FROM SUBSTITUTED FENIL-CICLOHEXIL COMPOUNDS.
DE19855440A1 (en) 1998-12-01 2000-06-08 Basf Ag Process for the production of solid dosage forms by melt extrusion
EP1005863A1 (en) 1998-12-04 2000-06-07 Synthelabo Controlled-release dosage forms comprising a short acting hypnotic or a salt thereof
DE19856147A1 (en) 1998-12-04 2000-06-08 Knoll Ag Divisible solid dosage forms and methods for their preparation
US6419960B1 (en) 1998-12-17 2002-07-16 Euro-Celtique S.A. Controlled release formulations having rapid onset and rapid decline of effective plasma drug concentrations
US6238697B1 (en) 1998-12-21 2001-05-29 Pharmalogix, Inc. Methods and formulations for making bupropion hydrochloride tablets using direct compression
AU3469100A (en) 1999-01-05 2000-07-24 Copley Pharmaceutical Inc. Sustained release formulation with reduced moisture sensitivity
AU2255800A (en) 1999-02-04 2000-08-25 Nichimo Co. Ltd. Materials for preventing arteriosclerosis, immunopotentiating materials, vertebrates fed with these materials and eggs thereof
US7374779B2 (en) 1999-02-26 2008-05-20 Lipocine, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulations and systems for improved absorption and multistage release of active agents
US6375963B1 (en) 1999-06-16 2002-04-23 Michael A. Repka Bioadhesive hot-melt extruded film for topical and mucosal adhesion applications and drug delivery and process for preparation thereof
US6384020B1 (en) 1999-07-14 2002-05-07 Shire Laboratories, Inc. Rapid immediate release oral dosage form
US20030118641A1 (en) 2000-07-27 2003-06-26 Roxane Laboratories, Inc. Abuse-resistant sustained-release opioid formulation
CA2379987A1 (en) 1999-07-29 2001-02-08 Roxane Laboratories, Inc. Opioid sustained-released formulation
PL200645B1 (en) 1999-08-04 2009-01-30 Astellas Pharma Inc Stable medicinal compositions for oral use
US6562375B1 (en) 1999-08-04 2003-05-13 Yamanouchi Pharmaceuticals, Co., Ltd. Stable pharmaceutical composition for oral use
KR100345214B1 (en) 1999-08-17 2002-07-25 이강춘 The nasal transmucosal delivery of peptides conjugated with biocompatible polymers
DE19940944B4 (en) 1999-08-31 2006-10-12 Grünenthal GmbH Retarded, oral, pharmaceutical dosage forms
DE19940740A1 (en) 1999-08-31 2001-03-01 Gruenenthal Gmbh Pharmaceutical salts
BR0013825A (en) 1999-08-31 2002-07-23 Gruenenthal Chemie Forms of presentation of tramadol
DE19960494A1 (en) 1999-12-15 2001-06-21 Knoll Ag Device and method for producing solid active substance-containing forms
ES2160534B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2002-04-16 Vita Invest Sa NEW ESTERS DERIVED FROM (RR, SS) -2-HYDROXIBENZOATE 3- (2-DIMETHYLMINOME-1-HYDROXICICLOHEXIL) PHENYL.
US6680070B1 (en) 2000-01-18 2004-01-20 Albemarle Corporation Particulate blends and compacted products formed therefrom, and the preparation thereof
RS50407B (en) 2000-02-08 2009-12-31 Euro-Celtique S.A., Tamper-resistant oral opiod agonist formulations
US20020015730A1 (en) 2000-03-09 2002-02-07 Torsten Hoffmann Pharmaceutical formulations and method for making
DE10015479A1 (en) 2000-03-29 2001-10-11 Basf Ag Solid oral dosage forms with delayed release of active ingredient and high mechanical stability
US8012504B2 (en) 2000-04-28 2011-09-06 Reckitt Benckiser Inc. Sustained release of guaifenesin combination drugs
US6572887B2 (en) 2000-05-01 2003-06-03 National Starch And Chemical Investment Holding Corporation Polysaccharide material for direct compression
US6419954B1 (en) 2000-05-19 2002-07-16 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Tablets and methods for modified release of hydrophilic and other active agents
WO2001089568A1 (en) 2000-05-23 2001-11-29 Cenes Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nrg-2 nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, and diagnostic and therapeutic methods
DE10029201A1 (en) 2000-06-19 2001-12-20 Basf Ag Retarded release oral dosage form, obtained by granulating mixture containing active agent and polyvinyl acetate-polyvinyl pyrrolidone mixture below the melting temperature
US6488962B1 (en) 2000-06-20 2002-12-03 Depomed, Inc. Tablet shapes to enhance gastric retention of swellable controlled-release oral dosage forms
US6607748B1 (en) 2000-06-29 2003-08-19 Vincent Lenaerts Cross-linked high amylose starch for use in controlled-release pharmaceutical formulations and processes for its manufacture
DE10036400A1 (en) 2000-07-26 2002-06-06 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Gmbh White, biaxially oriented polyester film
US6642205B2 (en) 2000-09-25 2003-11-04 Pro-Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for reducing side effects in chemotherapeutic treatments
GB2381196A (en) 2000-09-27 2003-04-30 Danisco Antimicrobial agent
WO2002026928A1 (en) 2000-09-28 2002-04-04 The Dow Chemical Company Polymer composite structures useful for controlled release systems
GB0026137D0 (en) 2000-10-25 2000-12-13 Euro Celtique Sa Transdermal dosage form
US6344215B1 (en) 2000-10-27 2002-02-05 Eurand America, Inc. Methylphenidate modified release formulations
WO2002035991A2 (en) 2000-10-30 2002-05-10 The Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Spherical particles produced by a hot-melt extrusion/spheronization process
AU2002227383B2 (en) 2000-10-30 2004-07-08 Euro-Celtique S.A. Controlled release hydrocodone formulations
DE10109763A1 (en) 2001-02-28 2002-09-05 Gruenenthal Gmbh Pharmaceutical salts
JP2002265592A (en) 2001-03-07 2002-09-18 Sumitomo Seika Chem Co Ltd Process for producing alkylene oxide polymer
WO2002071860A1 (en) 2001-03-13 2002-09-19 L.A. Dreyfus Co. Gum base and gum manufacturing using particulated gum base ingredients
JP3967554B2 (en) 2001-03-15 2007-08-29 株式会社ポッカコーポレーション Flavonoid compound and method for producing the same
EP1241110A1 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-09-18 Pfizer Products Inc. Dispensing unit for oxygen-sensitive drugs
US20020132395A1 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-09-19 International Business Machines Corporation Body contact in SOI devices by electrically weakening the oxide under the body
JP2004530676A (en) 2001-04-18 2004-10-07 ノストラム・ファーマスーティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Novel coatings for sustained release pharmaceutical compositions
US20020187192A1 (en) 2001-04-30 2002-12-12 Yatindra Joshi Pharmaceutical composition which reduces or eliminates drug abuse potential
DE60211885T2 (en) 2001-05-01 2006-11-02 Union Carbide Chemicals & Plastics Technology Corp., Danbury PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING POLYALKYLENE OXIDES WITH REDUCED AMOIC ACID AND ANTIC ACID DERIVATIVES
UA81224C2 (en) 2001-05-02 2007-12-25 Euro Celtic S A Dosage form of oxycodone and use thereof
US6852891B2 (en) 2001-05-08 2005-02-08 The Johns Hopkins University Method of inhibiting methaphetamine synthesis
DE60216078T2 (en) 2001-05-11 2007-07-05 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. OPIOID CONTAINING ARZNEIFORM AGAINST MISUSE
ES2361148T3 (en) 2001-05-11 2011-06-14 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. DOSAGE FORM OF ABUSE RESISTANT CONTROLLED OPIOID OPTION.
US6623754B2 (en) 2001-05-21 2003-09-23 Noveon Ip Holdings Corp. Dosage form of N-acetyl cysteine
WO2002094172A2 (en) 2001-05-22 2002-11-28 Euro-Celtique Compartmentalized dosage form
US20030064122A1 (en) 2001-05-23 2003-04-03 Endo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Abuse resistant pharmaceutical composition containing capsaicin
WO2003002100A1 (en) 2001-06-26 2003-01-09 Farrell John J Tamper-proof narcotic delivery system
US20030008409A1 (en) 2001-07-03 2003-01-09 Spearman Steven R. Method and apparatus for determining sunlight exposure
EP1406630A1 (en) 2001-07-06 2004-04-14 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. Parenteral administration of 6-hydroxy-oxymorphone for use as an analgesic
ATE376832T1 (en) 2001-07-06 2007-11-15 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co DELAYED RELEASE FORMULATIONS OF OXYMORPHONE
US8329216B2 (en) 2001-07-06 2012-12-11 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. Oxymorphone controlled release formulations
JP2003020517A (en) 2001-07-10 2003-01-24 Calp Corp Resin composition for compound fiber
CA2454328C (en) 2001-07-18 2008-03-18 Christopher D. Breder Pharmaceutical combinations of oxycodone and naloxone
US6883976B2 (en) 2001-07-30 2005-04-26 Seikoh Giken Co., Ltd. Optical fiber ferrule assembly and optical module and optical connector using the same
US7144587B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2006-12-05 Euro-Celtique S.A. Pharmaceutical formulation containing opioid agonist, opioid antagonist and bittering agent
WO2003015531A2 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-02-27 Thomas Gruber Pharmaceutical formulation containing dye
DE20220917U1 (en) 2001-08-06 2004-08-19 Euro-Celtique S.A. Anti-abuse compositions for opioids
US7332182B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2008-02-19 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pharmaceutical formulation containing opioid agonist, opioid antagonist and irritant
DE20220910U1 (en) 2001-08-06 2004-08-05 Euro-Celtique S.A. Anti-abuse compositions for opioids
US20030068375A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-04-10 Curtis Wright Pharmaceutical formulation containing gelling agent
US7141250B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2006-11-28 Euro-Celtique S.A. Pharmaceutical formulation containing bittering agent
US7157103B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2007-01-02 Euro-Celtique S.A. Pharmaceutical formulation containing irritant
US7842307B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2010-11-30 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pharmaceutical formulation containing opioid agonist, opioid antagonist and gelling agent
US20030044458A1 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-03-06 Curtis Wright Oral dosage form comprising a therapeutic agent and an adverse-effect agent
WO2003013433A2 (en) 2001-08-06 2003-02-20 Euro-Celtique S.A. Sequestered antagonist formulations
US20030049272A1 (en) 2001-08-30 2003-03-13 Yatindra Joshi Pharmaceutical composition which produces irritation
US6691698B2 (en) 2001-09-14 2004-02-17 Fmc Technologies Inc. Cooking oven having curved heat exchanger
US20030059467A1 (en) 2001-09-14 2003-03-27 Pawan Seth Pharmaceutical composition comprising doxasozin
US20030068276A1 (en) 2001-09-17 2003-04-10 Lyn Hughes Dosage forms
US20030059397A1 (en) 2001-09-17 2003-03-27 Lyn Hughes Dosage forms
US20030092724A1 (en) 2001-09-18 2003-05-15 Huaihung Kao Combination sustained release-immediate release oral dosage forms with an opioid analgesic and a non-opioid analgesic
US20040253310A1 (en) 2001-09-21 2004-12-16 Gina Fischer Morphine polymer release system
US20050019399A1 (en) 2001-09-21 2005-01-27 Gina Fischer Controlled release solid dispersions
US20030091635A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-05-15 Baichwal Anand R. Opioid formulations having reduced potential for abuse
EP1429735A2 (en) 2001-09-26 2004-06-23 Klaus-Jürgen Steffens Method and device for producing granulates that comprise at least one pharmaceutical active substance
US6837696B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2005-01-04 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Apparatus for manufacturing dosage forms
MXPA04002979A (en) 2001-09-28 2005-06-20 Johnson & Johnson Modified release dosage forms.
JP2005505657A (en) 2001-10-09 2005-02-24 ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー Aqueous composition for surface treatment
US6592901B2 (en) 2001-10-15 2003-07-15 Hercules Incorporated Highly compressible ethylcellulose for tableting
JP2003125706A (en) 2001-10-23 2003-05-07 Lion Corp Mouth freshening preparation
PE20030527A1 (en) 2001-10-24 2003-07-26 Gruenenthal Chemie DELAYED-RELEASE PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION CONTAINING 3- (3-DIMETHYLAMINO-1-ETHYL-2-METHYL-PROPYL) PHENOL OR A PHARMACEUTICALLY ACCEPTABLE SALT OF THE SAME AND ORAL TABLETS CONTAINING IT
US20030104052A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-06-05 Bret Berner Gastric retentive oral dosage form with restricted drug release in the lower gastrointestinal tract
US20030152622A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-08-14 Jenny Louie-Helm Formulation of an erodible, gastric retentive oral diuretic
US20030091630A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-05-15 Jenny Louie-Helm Formulation of an erodible, gastric retentive oral dosage form using in vitro disintegration test data
TWI312285B (en) 2001-10-25 2009-07-21 Depomed Inc Methods of treatment using a gastric retained gabapentin dosage
CA2409552A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-04-25 Depomed, Inc. Gastric retentive oral dosage form with restricted drug release in the lower gastrointestinal tract
US6723340B2 (en) 2001-10-25 2004-04-20 Depomed, Inc. Optimal polymer mixtures for gastric retentive tablets
ES2663873T3 (en) 2001-10-29 2018-04-17 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Pharmaceutical form with zero order release profile manufactured by three-dimensional printing
US20030125347A1 (en) 2001-11-02 2003-07-03 Elan Corporation Plc Pharmaceutical composition
US20040126428A1 (en) 2001-11-02 2004-07-01 Lyn Hughes Pharmaceutical formulation including a resinate and an aversive agent
CA2484528A1 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-19 Michael P. Hite Isoflavone composition for oral delivery
FR2833838B1 (en) 2001-12-21 2005-09-16 Ellipse Pharmaceuticals METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING A TABLET INCLUDING A MORPHINIC ANALGESIC AND TABLET OBTAINED
AUPS044502A0 (en) 2002-02-11 2002-03-07 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Novel catalysts and processes for their preparation
US20040033253A1 (en) 2002-02-19 2004-02-19 Ihor Shevchuk Acyl opioid antagonists
US20030158265A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2003-08-21 Ramachandran Radhakrishnan Orally administrable pharmaceutical formulation comprising pseudoephedrine hydrochloride and process for preparing the same
US20030190343A1 (en) 2002-03-05 2003-10-09 Pfizer Inc. Palatable pharmaceutical compositions for companion animals
US6572889B1 (en) 2002-03-07 2003-06-03 Noveon Ip Holdings Corp. Controlled release solid dosage carbamazepine formulations
US6753009B2 (en) 2002-03-13 2004-06-22 Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. Soft tablet containing high molecular weight polyethylene oxide
CN102813654A (en) 2002-04-05 2012-12-12 欧洲凯尔蒂克公司 Matrix for sustained, invariant and independent release of active compounds
DE10217232B4 (en) 2002-04-18 2004-08-19 Ticona Gmbh Process for the production of filled granules from polyethylene of high or ultra-high molecular weight
WO2003089506A1 (en) 2002-04-22 2003-10-30 Purdue Research Foundation Hydrogels having enhanced elasticity and mechanical strength properties
US20050106249A1 (en) 2002-04-29 2005-05-19 Stephen Hwang Once-a-day, oral, controlled-release, oxycodone dosage forms
ES2320435T3 (en) 2002-04-29 2009-05-22 Alza Corporation METHOD AND DOSAGE FORMS FOR THE CONTROLLED ADMINISTRATION OF OXICODONE.
CA2486075A1 (en) 2002-05-13 2003-11-20 Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. Abuse-resistant opioid solid dosage form
MXPA04012021A (en) 2002-05-31 2005-08-16 Johnson & Johnson Dosage forms and compositions for osmotic delivery of variable dosages of oxycodone.
DE10250083A1 (en) 2002-06-17 2003-12-24 Gruenenthal Gmbh Dosage form protected against abuse
US7776314B2 (en) 2002-06-17 2010-08-17 Grunenthal Gmbh Abuse-proofed dosage system
EP1594467A4 (en) 2002-07-05 2008-10-22 Collegium Pharmaceutical Inc Abuse-deterrent pharmaceutical compositions of opioids and other drugs
US20040011806A1 (en) 2002-07-17 2004-01-22 Luciano Packaging Technologies, Inc. Tablet filler device with star wheel
US20070196481A1 (en) 2002-07-25 2007-08-23 Amidon Gregory E Sustained-release tablet composition
JP2006501234A (en) 2002-08-21 2006-01-12 フォークス ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Use of water-soluble sugar aqueous solutions such as citric acid and lactitol as tableting solutions in tablet production
US7388068B2 (en) 2002-08-21 2008-06-17 Clariant Produkte (Deutschland) Gmbh Copolymers made of alkylene oxides and glycidyl ethers and use thereof as polymerizable emulsifiers
US20040052844A1 (en) 2002-09-16 2004-03-18 Fang-Hsiung Hsiao Time-controlled, sustained release, pharmaceutical composition containing water-soluble resins
MXPA05002828A (en) 2002-09-17 2005-05-27 Wyeth Corp Oral formulations.
ATE519474T1 (en) 2002-09-20 2011-08-15 Fmc Corp COSMETIC COMPOSITION CONTAINING MICROCRYSTALLINE CELLULOSE
WO2004026308A1 (en) 2002-09-21 2004-04-01 Shuyi Zhang Sustained release compound of acetamidophenol and tramadol
JP5189242B2 (en) 2002-09-23 2013-04-24 アルケルメス ファーマ アイルランド リミテッド Abuse-resistant pharmaceutical composition
JP2004143071A (en) 2002-10-23 2004-05-20 Hosokawa Funtai Gijutsu Kenkyusho:Kk Method for producing medicine-containing composite particle and medicine-containing composite particle
US20050191244A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2005-09-01 Gruenenthal Gmbh Abuse-resistant pharmaceutical dosage form
DE10250087A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form protected against abuse
DE10250088A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form protected against abuse
PT1594460E (en) 2002-10-25 2008-06-27 Labopharm Inc Sustained-release tramadol formulations with 24-hour efficacy
US20050186139A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2005-08-25 Gruenenthal Gmbh Abuse-proofed dosage form
DE10250084A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Grünenthal GmbH Dosage form protected against abuse
DE10252667A1 (en) 2002-11-11 2004-05-27 Grünenthal GmbH New spiro-((cyclohexane)-tetrahydropyrano-(3,4-b)-indole) derivatives, are ORL1 receptor ligands useful e.g. for treating anxiety, depression, epilepsy, senile dementia, withdrawal symptoms or especially pain
US20040091528A1 (en) 2002-11-12 2004-05-13 Yamanouchi Pharma Technologies, Inc. Soluble drug extended release system
US7018658B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2006-03-28 Synthon Bv Pharmaceutical pellets comprising tamsulosin
US20040121003A1 (en) 2002-12-19 2004-06-24 Acusphere, Inc. Methods for making pharmaceutical formulations comprising deagglomerated microparticles
US20040185097A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2004-09-23 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Controlled release modifying complex and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
US7442387B2 (en) 2003-03-06 2008-10-28 Astellas Pharma Inc. Pharmaceutical composition for controlled release of active substances and manufacturing method thereof
EP1603597B1 (en) 2003-03-13 2010-01-06 Controlled Chemicals, Inc. Oxycodone conjugates with lower abuse potential and extended duration of action
EP2186510B1 (en) 2003-03-26 2013-07-10 Egalet Ltd. Matrix compositions for controlled delivery of drug substances
EP1610767B1 (en) 2003-03-26 2011-01-19 Egalet A/S Morphine controlled release system
MY135852A (en) 2003-04-21 2008-07-31 Euro Celtique Sa Pharmaceutical products
EP1615625A4 (en) 2003-04-21 2010-12-15 Euro Celtique Sa Tamper resistant dosage form comprising co-extruded, adverse agent particles and process of making same
ME00276B (en) 2003-04-30 2011-05-10 Purdue Pharma Lp Tamper-resistant transdermal dosage form comprising an active agent component and an adverse agent component at the distal site of the active agent layer
US8906413B2 (en) 2003-05-12 2014-12-09 Supernus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Drug formulations having reduced abuse potential
CN1473562A (en) 2003-06-27 2004-02-11 辉 刘 Mouth cavity quick dissolving quick disintegrating freeze-dried tablet and its preparing method
HU227142B1 (en) 2003-07-02 2010-08-30 Egis Gyogyszergyar Nyilvanosan Capsule of improved release containing fluconazole
US20050015730A1 (en) 2003-07-14 2005-01-20 Srimanth Gunturi Systems, methods and computer program products for identifying tab order sequence of graphically represented elements
US8075872B2 (en) 2003-08-06 2011-12-13 Gruenenthal Gmbh Abuse-proofed dosage form
DE102004020220A1 (en) 2004-04-22 2005-11-10 Grünenthal GmbH Process for the preparation of a secured against misuse, solid dosage form
DE102005005446A1 (en) 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Grünenthal GmbH Break-resistant dosage forms with sustained release
DE102004032051A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-19 Grünenthal GmbH Process for the preparation of a secured against misuse, solid dosage form
ES2289542T3 (en) 2003-08-06 2008-02-01 Grunenthal Gmbh PHARMACEUTICAL FORM PROTECTED AGAINST POSSIBLE ABUSE.
DE10336400A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2005-03-24 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse dosage form
DE10361596A1 (en) 2003-12-24 2005-09-29 Grünenthal GmbH Process for producing an anti-abuse dosage form
RU2339365C2 (en) 2003-08-06 2008-11-27 Грюненталь Гмбх Drug dosage form, protected from unintended application
US20070048228A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2007-03-01 Elisabeth Arkenau-Maric Abuse-proofed dosage form
US20050063214A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-03-24 Daisaburo Takashima Semiconductor integrated circuit device
MXPA06003392A (en) 2003-09-25 2006-06-08 Euro Celtique Sa Pharmaceutical combinations of hydrocodone and naltrexone.
WO2005032524A2 (en) 2003-09-30 2005-04-14 Alza Corporation Osmotically driven active agent delivery device providing an ascending release profile
US20060172006A1 (en) 2003-10-10 2006-08-03 Vincent Lenaerts Sustained-release tramadol formulations with 24-hour clinical efficacy
US20060009478A1 (en) 2003-10-15 2006-01-12 Nadav Friedmann Methods for the treatment of back pain
RU2006118323A (en) 2003-10-29 2007-12-10 Алза Корпорейшн (Us) MEDICINAL FORMS OF OXYCODON WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE FOR ONE-TIME ORAL DOSAGE
US7201920B2 (en) 2003-11-26 2007-04-10 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for deterring abuse of opioid containing dosage forms
ES2600577T3 (en) 2003-12-04 2017-02-09 Bend Research, Inc. Spray-solidification process using an extruder to prepare multiparticulate compositions of crystalline drugs
SI1691892T1 (en) 2003-12-09 2007-08-31 Euro Celtique Sa Tamper resistant co-extruded dosage form containing an active agent and an adverse agent and process of making same
WO2005060942A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-07-07 Aurobindo Pharma Ltd Extended release pharmaceutical composition of metformin
DE10360792A1 (en) 2003-12-23 2005-07-28 Grünenthal GmbH Spirocyclic cyclohexane derivatives
JP2007517061A (en) 2003-12-29 2007-06-28 アルザ・コーポレーシヨン Novel pharmaceutical composition and dosage form
WO2005079752A2 (en) 2004-02-11 2005-09-01 Rubicon Research Private Limited Controlled release pharmaceutical compositions with improved bioavailability
TWI350762B (en) 2004-02-12 2011-10-21 Euro Celtique Sa Particulates
GB0403100D0 (en) 2004-02-12 2004-03-17 Euro Celtique Sa Particulates
GB0403098D0 (en) 2004-02-12 2004-03-17 Euro Celtique Sa Extrusion
PT1718258E (en) 2004-02-23 2009-06-16 Euro Celtique Sa Abuse resistance opioid transdermal delivery device
TW201509943A (en) 2004-03-30 2015-03-16 Euro Celtique Sa Oxycodone hydrochloride composition, pharmaceutical dosage form, sustained release oral dosage form and pharmaceutically acceptable package having less than 25 PPM 14-hydroxycodeinone
US20050220877A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2005-10-06 Patel Ashish A Bilayer tablet comprising an antihistamine and a decongestant
DE102004019916A1 (en) 2004-04-21 2005-11-17 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse drug-containing patch
EP1740156B8 (en) 2004-04-22 2012-07-11 Grünenthal GmbH Method for the production of an abuse-proof, solid form of administration
WO2005105036A1 (en) 2004-04-28 2005-11-10 Natco Pharma Limited Controlled release mucoadhesive matrix formulation containing tolterodine and a process for its preparation
US20050271594A1 (en) 2004-06-04 2005-12-08 Groenewoud Pieter J Abuse resistent pharmaceutical composition
TWI356036B (en) 2004-06-09 2012-01-11 Smithkline Beecham Corp Apparatus and method for pharmaceutical production
SI1612203T1 (en) 2004-06-28 2007-12-31 Gruenenthal Chemie Crystalline forms of (-)-(1R,2R)-3-(3-dimethylamino-1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl)-phenol hydrochloride
ITMI20041317A1 (en) 2004-06-30 2004-09-30 Ibsa Inst Biochimique Sa PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS FOR THE SAFE ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS USED IN THE TREATMENT OF DRUG ADDICTION AND PROCEDURE FOR THEIR OBTAINING
DE102004032049A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-19 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse, oral dosage form
AR049562A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-08-16 Gruenenthal Gmbh ORAL PHARMACEUTICAL FORMS, WITH CONTROLLED OPIOID RELEASE, PROTECTED AGAINST ABUSE AND PROCEDURE FOR PREPARATION
DE102004032103A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-19 Grünenthal GmbH Anti-abuse, oral dosage form
PL1786403T3 (en) 2004-07-01 2013-10-31 Gruenenthal Gmbh Oral dosage form safeguarded against abuse containing (1r, 2r)-3-(3-dimethylamino-1-ethyl-2-methyl-propyl)-phenol
WO2006002883A1 (en) 2004-07-01 2006-01-12 Grünenthal GmbH Method for producing a solid dosage form, which is safeguarded against abuse, while using a planetary gear extruder
WO2006010440A1 (en) 2004-07-27 2006-02-02 Unilever Plc Hair care compositions
GB2418854B (en) 2004-08-31 2009-12-23 Euro Celtique Sa Multiparticulates
US20070077297A1 (en) 2004-09-30 2007-04-05 Scolr Pharma, Inc. Modified release ibuprofen dosage form
US20060068009A1 (en) 2004-09-30 2006-03-30 Scolr Pharma, Inc. Modified release ibuprofen dosage form
US7426948B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2008-09-23 Phibrowood, Llc Milled submicron organic biocides with narrow particle size distribution, and uses thereof
US20080152595A1 (en) 2004-11-24 2008-06-26 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for deterring abuse of orally administered pharmaceutical products
US20070231268A1 (en) 2004-11-24 2007-10-04 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for deterring abuse of orally administered pharmaceutical products
US20060177380A1 (en) 2004-11-24 2006-08-10 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for deterring abuse of orally administered pharmaceutical products
HUE033306T2 (en) 2005-01-26 2017-11-28 Taiho Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Anticancer drug containing alpha, alpha, alpha-trifluorothymidine and thymidine phosphorylase inhibitor
MX2007009162A (en) 2005-01-28 2007-10-23 Euro Celtique Sa Alcohol resistant dosage forms.
DE102005005449A1 (en) 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Grünenthal GmbH Process for producing an anti-abuse dosage form
FR2889810A1 (en) 2005-05-24 2007-02-23 Flamel Technologies Sa ORAL MEDICINAL FORM, MICROPARTICULAR, ANTI-MEASUREMENT
EP1853249A2 (en) 2005-02-10 2007-11-14 LifeCycle Pharma A/S A stable pharmaceutical composition comprising a fixed dose combination of fenofibrate and an hmg-coa reductase inhibitor
US20060194759A1 (en) 2005-02-25 2006-08-31 Eidelson Stewart G Topical compositions and methods for treating pain and inflammation
EP1695700A1 (en) 2005-02-28 2006-08-30 Euro-Celtique S.A. Dosage form containing oxycodone and naloxone
WO2006094672A1 (en) 2005-03-04 2006-09-14 Euro-Celtique S.A. Method of reducing alpha, beta unsaturated ketones in opioid compositions
US20060204575A1 (en) 2005-03-11 2006-09-14 Hengsheng Feng Amphetamine formulations
US7732427B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2010-06-08 University Of Delaware Multifunctional and biologically active matrices from multicomponent polymeric solutions
CA2603649C (en) 2005-04-08 2014-10-14 Ozpharma Pty Ltd Buccal delivery system
CN102552162A (en) 2005-05-10 2012-07-11 诺瓦提斯公司 Extrusion process for making compositions with poorly compressible therapeutic compounds
NZ563846A (en) 2005-06-03 2010-03-26 Egalet As A drug delivery system for delivering active substances dispersed in a dispersion medium
WO2007005716A2 (en) 2005-06-30 2007-01-11 Cinergen, Llc Methods of treatment and compositions for use thereof
CA2615802C (en) 2005-07-07 2015-10-06 Farnam Companies, Inc. Sustained release pharmaceutical compositions for highly water soluble drugs
DE102005032806A1 (en) 2005-07-12 2007-01-18 Röhm Gmbh Use of a partially neutralized, anionic (meth) acrylate copolymer as a coating for the preparation of a dosage form with a release of active ingredient at reduced pH values
US8858993B2 (en) 2005-07-25 2014-10-14 Metrics, Inc. Coated tablet with zero-order or near zero-order release kinetics
US20090155357A1 (en) 2005-08-01 2009-06-18 Alpharma Inc. Alcohol Resistant Pharmaceutical Formulations
CN101232871A (en) 2005-08-03 2008-07-30 伊士曼化工公司 Tocopheryl polyethylene glycol succinate powder and process for preparing same
US20070048373A1 (en) 2005-08-30 2007-03-01 Cima Labs Inc. Dried milled granulate and methods
ATE513842T1 (en) 2005-10-14 2011-07-15 Kitasato Inst NEW DIHYDROPSEUDOERYTHROMYCIN DERIVATIVES
US20070092573A1 (en) 2005-10-24 2007-04-26 Laxminarayan Joshi Stabilized extended release pharmaceutical compositions comprising a beta-adrenoreceptor antagonist
PL116330U1 (en) 2005-10-31 2007-04-02 Alza Corp Method for the reduction of alcohol provoked rapid increase in the released dose of the orally administered opioide with prolonged liberation
US8329744B2 (en) 2005-11-02 2012-12-11 Relmada Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of preventing the serotonin syndrome and compositions for use thereof
US9125833B2 (en) 2005-11-02 2015-09-08 Relmada Therapeutics, Inc. Multimodal abuse resistant and extended release opioid formulations
US8652529B2 (en) 2005-11-10 2014-02-18 Flamel Technologies Anti-misuse microparticulate oral pharmaceutical form
FR2892937B1 (en) 2005-11-10 2013-04-05 Flamel Tech Sa MICROPARTICULAR ORAL PHARMACEUTICAL FORM ANTI-MEASURING
DE102005058569B4 (en) 2005-12-08 2010-07-15 Lts Lohmann Therapie-Systeme Ag Foam wafer with polyvinyl alcohol-polyethylene glycol graft copolymer
US20090317355A1 (en) 2006-01-21 2009-12-24 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg, Abuse resistant melt extruded formulation having reduced alcohol interaction
US20100172989A1 (en) 2006-01-21 2010-07-08 Abbott Laboratories Abuse resistant melt extruded formulation having reduced alcohol interaction
US20090022798A1 (en) 2007-07-20 2009-01-22 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Formulations of nonopioid and confined opioid analgesics
CN101370485A (en) 2006-01-21 2009-02-18 艾博特股份有限两合公司 Dosage form and method for the delivery of drugs of abuse
EP1813276A1 (en) 2006-01-27 2007-08-01 Euro-Celtique S.A. Tamper resistant dosage forms
FR2897267A1 (en) 2006-02-16 2007-08-17 Flamel Technologies Sa MULTIMICROPARTICULAR PHARMACEUTICAL FORMS FOR PER OS ADMINISTRATION
FR2898056B1 (en) 2006-03-01 2012-01-20 Ethypharm Sa SQUEEZE-RESISTANT TABLETS TO PREVENT UNLAWFUL MISUSE
CA2644095A1 (en) 2006-03-02 2007-09-13 Mallinckrodt Inc. Processes for preparing morphinan-6-one products with low levels of alpha, beta-unsaturated ketone compounds
EP2086515A2 (en) 2006-03-02 2009-08-12 Vaunnex, Inc. Rate-controlled bioadhesive oral dosage formulations
NZ572206A (en) 2006-03-24 2012-02-24 Auxilium Int Holdings Inc Process for the preparation of a hot-melt extruded laminate
CN101484142B (en) 2006-03-24 2013-06-05 奥克思利尤姆国际控股公司 Stabilized compositions containing alkaline labile drugs
US20070224637A1 (en) 2006-03-24 2007-09-27 Mcauliffe Joseph C Oxidative protection of lipid layer biosensors
US10960077B2 (en) 2006-05-12 2021-03-30 Intellipharmaceutics Corp. Abuse and alcohol resistant drug composition
US9023400B2 (en) 2006-05-24 2015-05-05 Flamel Technologies Prolonged-release multimicroparticulate oral pharmaceutical form
WO2007138466A2 (en) 2006-06-01 2007-12-06 Wockhardt Ltd Pharmaceutical compositions comprising meloxicam and tramadol combination
US20070292508A1 (en) 2006-06-05 2007-12-20 Balchem Corporation Orally disintegrating dosage forms
US20080069891A1 (en) 2006-09-15 2008-03-20 Cima Labs, Inc. Abuse resistant drug formulation
EP2526932B1 (en) 2006-06-19 2017-06-07 Alpharma Pharmaceuticals LLC Pharmaceutical composition
CN101091721A (en) 2006-06-22 2007-12-26 孙明 Method for preparing new type asshide
EP2043613A1 (en) 2006-07-14 2009-04-08 Fmc Corporation Solid form
JP4029109B1 (en) 2006-07-18 2008-01-09 タマ生化学株式会社 Complex powder of vitamin E and proline and method for producing the same
WO2008011595A2 (en) 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Lab International Srl Hydrophobic abuse deterrent delivery system
SA07280459B1 (en) 2006-08-25 2011-07-20 بيورديو فارما إل. بي. Tamper Resistant Oral Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms Comprising an Opioid Analgesic
US8445018B2 (en) 2006-09-15 2013-05-21 Cima Labs Inc. Abuse resistant drug formulation
US8187636B2 (en) 2006-09-25 2012-05-29 Atlantic Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dosage forms for tamper prone therapeutic agents
KR101400824B1 (en) 2006-09-25 2014-05-29 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Resist composition, resin for use in the resist composition, compound for use in the synthesis of the resin, and pattern-forming method usign the resist composition
US20080085304A1 (en) 2006-10-10 2008-04-10 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. Robust sustained release formulations
MX2009003771A (en) 2006-10-10 2009-07-22 Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co Robust sustained release formulations.
US7772222B2 (en) 2007-02-08 2010-08-10 Mickle Travis C Polar hydrophilic prodrugs of amphetamine and other stimulants and processes for making and using the same
GB0624880D0 (en) 2006-12-14 2007-01-24 Johnson Matthey Plc Improved method for making analgesics
AU2007338631A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-07-03 Combinatorx, Incorporated Pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of parkinson's disease and related disorders
DE102006062120A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-06-26 Grünenthal GmbH Pharmaceutical composition for acne treatment
CA2674536C (en) 2007-01-16 2016-07-26 Egalet A/S Use of i) a polyglycol and ii) an active drug substance for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for i) mitigating the risk of alcohol induced dose dumping and/or ii) reducing the risk of drug abuse
US20080181932A1 (en) 2007-01-30 2008-07-31 Drugtech Corporation Compositions for oral delivery of pharmaceuticals
CN100579525C (en) 2007-02-02 2010-01-13 东南大学 Sustained release preparation of licardipine hydrochloride and its preparing process
CN101057849A (en) 2007-02-27 2007-10-24 齐齐哈尔医学院 Slow-releasing preparation containing metformin hydrochloride and glipizide and its preparation method
CA2678367C (en) 2007-03-02 2014-07-08 Farnam Companies, Inc. Sustained release compositions using wax-like materials
EP1980245A1 (en) 2007-04-11 2008-10-15 Cephalon France Bilayer lyophilized pharmaceutical compositions and methods of making and using same
US20080260836A1 (en) 2007-04-18 2008-10-23 Thomas James Boyd Films Comprising a Plurality of Polymers
ES2963291T3 (en) 2007-04-26 2024-03-26 Sublimity Therapeutics Ltd Manufacturing of multiple mini capsules
WO2008142627A2 (en) 2007-05-17 2008-11-27 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Multilayered modified release formulation comprising amoxicillin and clavulanate
US8202542B1 (en) 2007-05-31 2012-06-19 Tris Pharma Abuse resistant opioid drug-ion exchange resin complexes having hybrid coatings
AU2008258596B2 (en) 2007-06-04 2013-02-14 Egalet Ltd Controlled release pharmaceutical compositions for prolonged effect
US20100035886A1 (en) 2007-06-21 2010-02-11 Veroscience, Llc Parenteral formulations of dopamine agonists
WO2009005803A1 (en) 2007-07-01 2009-01-08 Joseph Peter Habboushe Combination tablet with chewable outer layer
RU2477995C2 (en) 2007-07-20 2013-03-27 Эбботт Гмбх Унд Ко.Кг Formulations of non-opioid and limited opioid analgesics
EP2200591A2 (en) 2007-09-11 2010-06-30 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Controlled release pharmaceutical dosage forms of trimetazidine
EP2200593B1 (en) 2007-09-13 2016-08-24 Cima Labs Inc. Abuse resistant drug formulation
EP2211760A4 (en) 2007-10-17 2013-09-18 Axxia Pharmaceuticals Llc Polymeric drug delivery systems and thermoplastic extrusion processes for producing such systems
MX360289B (en) 2007-11-23 2018-10-29 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tapentadol compositions.
US8415401B2 (en) 2007-12-06 2013-04-09 Durect Corporation Oral pharmaceutical dosage forms
US20100280047A1 (en) 2007-12-12 2010-11-04 Basf Se Salts of active ingredients with polymeric counter-ions
KR20100121463A (en) 2007-12-17 2010-11-17 라보팜 인코포레이트 Misuse preventative, controlled release formulation
AU2009207796B2 (en) 2008-01-25 2014-03-27 Grunenthal Gmbh Pharmaceutical dosage form
KR100970665B1 (en) 2008-02-04 2010-07-15 삼일제약주식회사 Sustained release tablet containing alfuzosin or its salt
CN101969931A (en) 2008-03-05 2011-02-09 万能药生物有限公司 Modified release pharmaceutical compositions comprising mycophenolate and processes thereof
US8372432B2 (en) 2008-03-11 2013-02-12 Depomed, Inc. Gastric retentive extended-release dosage forms comprising combinations of a non-opioid analgesic and an opioid analgesic
EP2100598A1 (en) 2008-03-13 2009-09-16 Laboratorios Almirall, S.A. Inhalation composition containing aclidinium for treatment of asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
TWI519322B (en) 2008-04-15 2016-02-01 愛戴爾製藥股份有限公司 Compositions comprising weakly basic drugs and controlled-release dosage forms
BRPI0912014A2 (en) 2008-05-09 2019-03-06 Grünenthal GmbH A process for preparing an intermediate powder formulation and a final solid dosage form using a spray freeze step
ES2393949T3 (en) 2008-07-03 2013-01-02 Novartis Ag Granulation process in molten state
CA2734646C (en) 2008-08-20 2016-06-28 James W. Mcginity Hot-melt extrusion of modified release multi-particulates
FR2936709B1 (en) 2008-10-02 2012-05-11 Ethypharm Sa ALCOHOL-RESISTANT TABLETS.
WO2010044842A1 (en) 2008-10-16 2010-04-22 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Tamper resistant oral dosage forms containing an embolizing agent
KR20110119845A (en) 2008-10-27 2011-11-02 알자 코퍼레이션 Extended release oral acetaminophen/tramadol dosage form
US20100260844A1 (en) 2008-11-03 2010-10-14 Scicinski Jan J Oral pharmaceutical dosage forms
KR20110097829A (en) 2008-11-14 2011-08-31 포톨라 파마슈티컬스, 인코포레이티드 Solid composition for controlled release of ionizable active agents with poor aqueous solubility at low ph and methods of use thereof
EP2379111B1 (en) 2008-12-12 2013-03-20 Paladin Labs Inc. Narcotic drug formulations with decreased abuse potential
AU2009327312A1 (en) 2008-12-16 2011-08-04 Labopharm Europe Limited Misuse preventative, controlled release formulation
US20100203129A1 (en) 2009-01-26 2010-08-12 Egalet A/S Controlled release formulations with continuous efficacy
ES2607209T3 (en) 2009-02-06 2017-03-29 Egalet Ltd. Abuse resistant pharmaceutical compositions
PL2408436T3 (en) 2009-03-18 2017-08-31 Evonik Röhm Gmbh Controlled release pharmaceutical composition with resistance against the influence of ethanol employing a coating comprising neutral vinyl polymers and excipients
EP2246063A1 (en) 2009-04-29 2010-11-03 Ipsen Pharma S.A.S. Sustained release formulations comprising GnRH analogues
GB0909680D0 (en) 2009-06-05 2009-07-22 Euro Celtique Sa Dosage form
CA2766179A1 (en) 2009-06-24 2010-12-29 Egalet Ltd. Controlled release formulations
WO2011008298A2 (en) 2009-07-16 2011-01-20 Nectid, Inc. Novel axomadol dosage forms
CA2765971C (en) 2009-07-22 2017-08-22 Gruenenthal Gmbh Hot-melt extruded controlled release dosage form
RU2015138422A (en) 2009-07-22 2018-12-25 Грюненталь Гмбх STABLE DURING OXIDATION, STRONG-BREAKED DOSAGE FORM
EP3064064A1 (en) 2009-09-30 2016-09-07 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for deterring abuse
US9044758B2 (en) 2009-11-13 2015-06-02 Moriroku Chemicals Company, Ltd. Method for producing fine powder and the fine powder produced by the same
US9320742B2 (en) 2009-12-01 2016-04-26 Noven Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transdermal testosterone device and delivery
US9579285B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2017-02-28 Gruenenthal Gmbh Preparation of a powdery pharmaceutical composition by means of an extruder
GB201003731D0 (en) 2010-03-05 2010-04-21 Univ Strathclyde Immediate/delayed drug delivery
SG183993A1 (en) 2010-03-09 2012-10-30 Alkermes Pharma Ireland Ltd Alcohol resistant enteric pharmaceutical compositions
EP2552425B1 (en) 2010-04-02 2016-07-27 Buzzz Pharmaceuticals Limited Abuse-deterrent transdermal formulations of opiate agonists and agonist-antagonists
JP5905872B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2016-04-20 ルピン・リミテッド Controlled release pharmaceutical composition of tapentadol
GB201006200D0 (en) 2010-04-14 2010-06-02 Ayanda As Composition
PL2560624T3 (en) 2010-04-23 2019-01-31 Kempharm, Inc. Therapeutic formulation for reduced drug side effects
US20130059010A1 (en) 2010-05-14 2013-03-07 Ethypharm Alcohol-resistant oral pharmaceutical form
FR2960775A1 (en) 2010-06-07 2011-12-09 Ethypharm Sa MICROGRANULES RESISTANT TO MISMATCH
AU2011297954B2 (en) 2010-09-02 2014-05-15 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper resistant dosage form comprising an anionic polymer
WO2012028318A1 (en) 2010-09-02 2012-03-08 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper resistant dosage form comprising an anionic polymer
PL2611426T3 (en) 2010-09-02 2014-09-30 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tamper resistant dosage form comprising inorganic salt
US20120202838A1 (en) 2010-11-04 2012-08-09 Abbott Laboratories Drug formulations
US20120231083A1 (en) 2010-11-18 2012-09-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Sustained release cannabinoid medicaments
GB201020895D0 (en) 2010-12-09 2011-01-26 Euro Celtique Sa Dosage form
JP5638151B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2014-12-10 パーデュー、ファーマ、リミテッド、パートナーシップ Tamper resistant solid oral dosage form
AU2012219322A1 (en) 2011-02-17 2013-05-09 QRxPharma Ltd. Technology for preventing abuse of solid dosage forms
PL3287123T3 (en) 2011-03-04 2020-11-02 Grünenthal GmbH Aqueous pharmaceutical formulation of tapentadol for oral administration
RS60152B1 (en) 2011-04-29 2020-05-29 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tapentadol for preventing and treating depression and anxiety
US8858963B1 (en) 2011-05-17 2014-10-14 Mallinckrodt Llc Tamper resistant composition comprising hydrocodone and acetaminophen for rapid onset and extended duration of analgesia
ES2628303T3 (en) 2011-06-01 2017-08-02 Fmc Corporation Solid dose controlled release forms
WO2013003845A1 (en) 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Neos Therapeutics, Lp Abuse resistant drug forms
EP2736497B1 (en) 2011-07-29 2017-08-23 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant tablet providing immediate drug release
JP2014521745A (en) 2011-08-16 2014-08-28 メルク・シャープ・アンド・ドーム・コーポレーション Use of inorganic matrix and organic polymer combinations to prepare stable amorphous dispersions
FR2979242A1 (en) 2011-08-29 2013-03-01 Sanofi Sa COMPRESSES AGAINST ABUSIVE USE, BASED ON PARACETAMOL AND OXYCODONE
ES2404734B2 (en) 2011-10-05 2014-01-29 Centro Tecnológico De Grupo Copo, S.L.U. CHEMICAL COMPOSITION FOR OBTAINING POLYURETHANE.
EP2763664A2 (en) 2011-10-06 2014-08-13 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant oral pharmaceutical dosage form comprising opioid agonist and opioid antagonist
PE20141671A1 (en) 2011-11-17 2014-11-22 Gruenenthal Chemie HANDLING TEST ORAL PHARMACEUTICAL DOSE FORM INCLUDING AN ANTAGONIST AND / OR OPIOID REPELLENT AGENT, POLYALKYLENE OXIDE AND AN ANIONIC POLYMER
WO2013084059A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2013-06-13 Purdue Pharma L.P. Pharmaceutical dosage forms comprising poly (epsilon- caprolactone) and polyethylene oxide
JP2013155124A (en) 2012-01-30 2013-08-15 Moriroku Chemicals Co Ltd Bulk powder of medicine and method of producing the same
US20130225697A1 (en) 2012-02-28 2013-08-29 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant dosage form comprising pharmacologically active compound and anionic polymer
EP2819657A1 (en) 2012-02-28 2015-01-07 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage form comprising nonionic surfactant
AU2013203493B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2016-02-04 Rhodes Pharmaceuticals L.P. Tamper resistant immediate release formulations
MX362357B (en) 2012-04-18 2019-01-14 Gruenenthal Gmbh Tamper resistant and dose-dumping resistant pharmaceutical dosage form.
WO2013158810A1 (en) 2012-04-18 2013-10-24 Mallinckrodt Llc Immediate release pharmaceutical compositions with abuse deterrent properties
CA2870012A1 (en) 2012-05-11 2013-11-14 Grunenthal Gmbh Thermoformed, tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage form containing zinc
US10064945B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2018-09-04 Gruenenthal Gmbh Thermoformed, tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage form containing zinc
WO2014022541A1 (en) 2012-08-01 2014-02-06 Acura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stabilization of one-pot methamphetamine synthesis systems
EP2887926B1 (en) 2012-08-27 2016-08-10 Evonik Röhm GmbH Pharmaceutical or nutraceutical composition with sustained release characteristic and with resistance against the influence of ethanol
WO2014032741A1 (en) 2012-08-27 2014-03-06 Evonik Industries Ag Gastric resistant pharmaceutical or nutraceutical composition with resistance against the influence of ethanol
US9463165B2 (en) 2012-09-05 2016-10-11 Teika Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Granular material for orally fast disintegrating tablets
CA2888278A1 (en) 2012-10-15 2014-04-24 Isa Odidi Oral drug delivery formulations
CN105209021A (en) 2013-03-15 2015-12-30 马林克罗特有限公司 Compositions comprising an opioid and an additional active pharmaceutical ingredient for rapid onset and extended duration of analgesia that may be administered without regard to food
US9517208B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-12-13 Purdue Pharma L.P. Abuse-deterrent dosage forms
US10420729B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-09-24 R.P. Scherer Technologies, Llc Abuse resistant capsule
AR096439A1 (en) * 2013-05-29 2015-12-30 Gruenenthal Gmbh DOSAGE METHOD RESISTING TO INDEED USE CONTAINING ONE OR MORE PARTICLES
CA2817728A1 (en) 2013-05-31 2014-11-30 Pharmascience Inc. Abuse deterrent immediate release formulation
EA032465B1 (en) 2013-07-12 2019-05-31 Грюненталь Гмбх Tamper-resistant oral pharmaceutical dosage form containing ethylene-vinyl acetate polymer and process for the production thereof
AU2014306759B2 (en) 2013-08-12 2018-04-26 Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Research Services, Inc. Extruded immediate release abuse deterrent pill
US9770514B2 (en) 2013-09-03 2017-09-26 ExxPharma Therapeutics LLC Tamper-resistant pharmaceutical dosage forms
WO2015048597A1 (en) 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 Daya Drug Discoveries, Inc. Prevention of illicit methamphetamine manufacture from pseudoephedrine using food flavor excipients
US10744131B2 (en) 2013-12-31 2020-08-18 Kashiv Biosciences, Llc Abuse-resistant drug formulations
CA2938699A1 (en) 2014-02-05 2015-08-13 Kashiv Pharma Llc Abuse-resistant drug formulations with built-in overdose protection
US20160089439A1 (en) 2014-09-28 2016-03-31 Satara Pharmaceuticals, LLC Prevention of Illicit Manufacutre of Methamphetamine from Pseudoephedrine Using Food Flavor Excipients
EP3285745A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2018-02-28 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant dosage form with immediate release and resistance against solvent extraction
US20170112766A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2017-04-27 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant dosage form with immediate release and resistance against solvent extraction
US20170296476A1 (en) 2016-04-15 2017-10-19 Grünenthal GmbH Modified release abuse deterrent dosage forms

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000015261A1 (en) * 1998-09-10 2000-03-23 Warner-Lambert Company Compositions comprising sympathomimetic amine salts unsuitable for illegal use
US20090004267A1 (en) * 2007-03-07 2009-01-01 Gruenenthal Gmbh Dosage Form with Impeded Abuse
US20130028970A1 (en) * 2011-07-29 2013-01-31 Grunenthal Gmbh Tamper-resistant tablet providing immediate drug release
US20140356426A1 (en) * 2013-05-29 2014-12-04 Grünenthal GmbH Tamper-resistant dosage form containing one or more particles
US20150118303A1 (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-04-30 Cima Labs Inc. Immediate Release Abuse-Deterrent Granulated Dosage Forms

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11224576B2 (en) 2003-12-24 2022-01-18 Grünenthal GmbH Process for the production of an abuse-proofed dosage form
US11844865B2 (en) 2004-07-01 2023-12-19 Grünenthal GmbH Abuse-proofed oral dosage form
EP3630074B1 (en) * 2017-05-29 2023-10-25 Grünenthal GmbH Multiparticulate oral dosage form providing prolonged release of tapentadol

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10842750B2 (en) 2020-11-24
EP3346991A1 (en) 2018-07-18
CA2998259A1 (en) 2017-03-16
US20210046009A1 (en) 2021-02-18
WO2017042325A1 (en) 2017-03-16
AU2016319203A1 (en) 2018-02-22
JP2018526414A (en) 2018-09-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20190142757A1 (en) Tamper-resistant dosage form containing one or more particles
US20200276188A1 (en) Tamper-resistant dosage form with immediate release and resistance against solvent extraction
AU2014273226B2 (en) Tamper resistant dosage form with bimodal release profile
US20210046009A1 (en) Protecting oral overdose with abuse deterrent immediate release formulations
US20160310428A1 (en) Tamper-resistant fixed dose combination providing fast release of two drugs from different particles
US20160310437A1 (en) Tamper-resistant fixed dose combination providing fast release of two drugs from particles
US20160310486A1 (en) Tamper-resistant fixed dose combination providing fast release of two drugs from particles and a matrix
US20160310427A1 (en) Tamper-resistant fixed dose combination providing fast release of two drugs from particles and a powder
US20200030317A1 (en) Tamper-resistant dosage form with immediate release and resistance against solvent extraction

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: GRUENENTHAL GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WENING, KLAUS, DR.;SCHWIER, SEBASTIAN, DR.;BERTRAM, ULRIKE, DR.;SIGNING DATES FROM 20160920 TO 20161006;REEL/FRAME:040172/0095

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: NOTICE OF APPEAL FILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE